Category: The Diary Of A CEO

  • 05/20/2026 – The Sugar Doctor’s WARNING – The Healthy Foods Quietly Destroying Your Body! – Dr. David Unwin

    Your waist should be less than half your height. So half of that string should go around the fattest bit of your belly. And this is a really simple test for everybody at home. I mean, it’s not. Yeah, you’ve just done it. You pass. But fat on your belly is more worrying than fat on your legs or on your arms. And unfortunately, we’ve started to normalize things like the dad bod without realizing that isn’t how you’re supposed to be. And maybe a third of all the people in the world with type 2 diabetes don’t even know they have it. But every year that you have poorly controlled type 2 diabetes, you’re losing 100 days of life. And it’s because people don’t know the truth being fooled with the packeting and advertising. So let’s talk about the food we have on this table because this is how much sugar I would have thought was in all of these things here. Cereal, a potato, white rice, a banana, and a chocolate bar. So now I’m going to give you the correct figure. The corn flakes is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8. That chocolate bar is 7 and 1/2. The banana that’s six. And then the potato is actually Oh my gosh. And then 150 g of boiled rice is Oh, I thought rice was healthy. But each of us has a number of different health futures. And what I’m interested in is how do I get you to pick a lifestyle that will get you the future you want? Because my job is about behavior change. The floor is yours. All right. So, off we go. This is super interesting to me. My team gave me this report to show me how many of you that watch this show subscribe. And some of you have told us according to this that you are unsubscribed from the channel randomly. So favor to ask all of you. Please could you check right now if you’ve hit the subscribe button. If you are a regular view of the show and you like what we do here, we’re approaching quite a significant landmark on this show in terms of a subscriber number. So, if there was one simple free thing that you could do to help us, my team, everyone here, to keep this show free, to keep it improving year over year and week over week, it is just to hit that subscribe button and to double check if you’ve hit it. Only thing I’ll ever ask of you. Do we have a deal? If you do it, I’ll tell you what I’ll do. I’ll make sure every single week, every single month, we fight harder and harder and harder and harder to bring you the guests and conversations that you want to hear. I’ve stayed true to that promise since the very beginning of the Dio, and I will not let you down. Please help us. Really appreciate it. Let’s get on with the show.

    Dr. David Unwin, you were named in 2018 among the top 10 most influential doctors in the United Kingdom. Um, you’ve got an incredible list of accomplishments and you’re held in the highest regard, maybe of all the doctors I’ve ever had the chance to speak to by many people that I’ve spoken to. We were talking before we started recording about what’s on your mind and what’s been bothering you. And so the floor is yours. What is front of mind for you, Dr. David? What’s front of mind for me is the the idea that each of us has a number of different health futures. So you have so in your future uh I don’t know there could be cancer. There could uh be multiple sclerosis or there there could be many futures. What I’m interested in is how do I get you to pick a lifestyle that will get you the future you want? And I think that’s very difficult in the world now to know what is the best lifestyle because you’re given so much conflicting advice. And the particular focus for me in terms of picking health futures is around young people because they’ve got the longest time to make a difference. And it’s getting harder and harder and harder to make good health choices in your lifestyle. It’s really hard. I’d say it’s a pandemic of poor metabolic health. Yesterday in clinic, I saw two people under the age of 25 who had poorly controlled diabetes and one of them was too heavy for me actually to weigh. And this situation is completely new. So when I when I was a young doctor uh and just starting off in practice, that was in 1986. Wow. A long time ago, just north of Liverpool in the practice, I’m still there now. Obesity was rare and we didn’t have a single case of type 2 diabetes in anybody under 55. Not a single case. It was quite unknown. And in fact, type 2 diabetes had a different name. We’ve had to change the name because of the epidemic. Used to be called maturity onset diabetes. That meant old people, right? Now we call it type two diabetes because we have to include so many young people. It’s really really serious because people are losing their life expectancy and I’m witnessing this. We’re all sleepwalking into a metabolic disaster and the people praying the greatest price in my opinion are young people and it’s a scandal and I’m hopping mad really. I think we’ve started to normalize the dad bod, you know, the big tummy and haha without realizing that maybe that isn’t how you’re supposed to be. So that that’s what’s on my mind. Young people and their future and they don’t even know. You say young people there. Yeah. Because they’ve got the biggest opportunity to change the trajectory of their future. Yes. But for the audiences listening that might be in their 50s now. Is this advice also applicable? Absolutely. So, we know from g government figures, UK government figures that for every year that you have poorly controlled type 2 diabetes, you’re losing 100 days of life. That’s about a third of a year, isn’t it? So, whatever age you are, if you uh have poorly controlled diabetes, you’re losing life expectancy. and and maybe a third of all the people in the world with type 2 diabetes don’t even know they have it because they haven’t taken a test. So, they don’t know. What do you think kills people with type 2 diabetes? Um, is it some cardiovascular issue? Yeah. Well done. Well done. You see, you’ve not been to medical school that most doctors, that’s what they’d say because we know that a high blood sugar over time damages your arteries. So, it’s a cumulative thing over time. But what you may not know is that actually a rising cause of mortality for people with diabetes is cancer. Oh, really? Yeah. So eight forms of cancer are strongly associated uh with diabetes. I want to just define that term diabetes because I think I went through a lot of my life assuming that diabetes was a disease that some people are born with and because I didn’t have it I thought I don’t need to worry about that. That’s really important. Yeah. So first of all there’s type 1 diabetes and type two. But before I can explain about diabetes I need to explain about insulin. This is absolutely key to our whole discussion. So I’ve already said that a high blood sugar damages your arteries. And in fact there’s work to show that a very high blood sugar damages the non-stick lining of your arteries within 6 hours. Oh wow. Really quick. It’s called the glycoalix. The non-stick lining. And uh damage is occurring very quickly. So I’m going to ask you a really stupid question. When you say high blood sugar, I get high blood sugar when I eat lots of sugar. Okay. So, first of all, we’re actually talking about glucose. Yeah. And sugar can mean table sugar or it could mean many different things, but we’re actually talking about blood glucose, which comes from lots of foods, which comes from many foods. Carbohydrate heavy foods. Yes. Yes, it does. It does. So, that that’s right. But you have the hormone insulin to defend you from poor dietary choices. So the question is, what does insulin do with the sugar you just ate? And here’s the answer. Insulin, the hormone insulin produced by your pancreas gland. It pushes the sugar and it pushes it out of the bloodstream inside cells where it can be used for energy for you to run around. But what if you take in uh more carbohydrate than you need to run around? Well, then that sugar is turned to fat inside cells because it’s safer for you to turn that sugar into fat than it is is to have it damaging your arteries. So, I am somebody with type 2 diabetes. So, we can talk about me. So, I had a really heavy biscuit habit. uh I was senior partner of the practice and it’s stressful and I had patients used to bring me biscuits all the time as a gift cuz they you know they want the doctor to be happy. So in the drawer in the top of my desk was packets and packets of biscuits. So, I’m taking in more sugar and I didn’t run around and gradually my waist got bigger. And what was actually happening was as I took in more sugar than I needed to run around, my insulin was working to get rid of that sugar and it was giving me two things. One, a belly. Mhm. So my you know and I thought it’s just middle-aged spread you know and the other was I didn’t know but my liver was filling with fat and that’s um that is very common now. So we have well it’s a third of everybody in the developed world has fatty liver now. Here we got the wonderful props. Let’s talk about these. Great. So fatty liver. This is the healthy liver here. And you see the color. Look at this one. It’s yellow. It’s the wrong color. And it’s because of fat. So in that case, like has happened to me over years, my liver began to fill with fat because it was essentially overworked and glucose was being stored there. Yes. So I was taking in too much glucose. Insulin was doing its good job of taking it out of my bloodstream and forcing it inside cells in my belly but unfortunately in my liver. Okay. And so there’s a progressive laying down of fat in the liver. So if we look at actually some qua liver. So this is the put on your seat belts now cuz this is somebody’s uh somebody’s actual liver. So then that’s the normal liver. But look at this. It’s larger. That’s a real human liver. Yes, these are human livers and that’s as it should be. But this, look at this liver. It’s larger. And it’s larger because there’s so much fat in it. Now, the twist in the story is fatty liver interferes with the good work of insulin. So, you develop a thing called insulin resistance, which means your insulin is no longer as powerful as it was. It’s beginning to become difficult for you to deal with carbohydrate and sugar because your insulin isn’t working as well. And the only way to deal with that is the next twist in the story. You have to start producing more insulin. Do you see? Because it doesn’t work as well. Yeah. So, your pancreas has to crank up the supply. We need more insulin. So, now you have two things. You have insulin resistance. Your insulin isn’t working as well, but at the same time, you’re trying to produce more insulin in the pancreas. This bit’s called the long silent scream from the liver. This is work by Professor Roy Taylor, a friend of mine at Newcastle University, and he pointed out that you you’ve got fatty liver for about 10 years. You don’t even know. You wouldn’t know that your liver’s gone fatty and yellow like that. But unfortunately, this is another twist. Fat is being laid down in the pancreas gland, the very gland that your life depends upon producing insulin. And your ability to produce enough insulin collapses. And at that point, you can’t regulate blood sugar anymore. But upstream of that, you have a problem. You’ve got that. But you don’t even know. You You’re talking about what’s in my mind. Why are we waiting until you actually have all the problems of type 2 diabetes? So since 2013, I’ve got hundreds of patients and I’m monitoring the baseline and latest follow-up. So what happens to them? It’s really important. And now I have a a huge data set that I can interrogate and answer questions. So number one question let’s think about pre-diabetes. So this is in the long silent screen. Well I can tell you that the people with pre-diabetes in my practice north of Liverpool 93% of them will get a completely normal blood sugar if they go low carbon. 93% resolution and that will last for years because I’ve checked. Okay. How about we wait for the 10 years and Stephen until Steven you’ve got type 2 diabetes and then you go low carb at that point if I can get you early I’ve got a 73% chance of you having a normal blood sugar let’s wait another few years because you don’t want to give up bread and you don’t want to give up chips and pizza fair enough I’ll wait but you know if we wait 5 years you only stand a 50% chance so do you see it goes 93 three over 70%, 50%. So the chances of me not needing drugs and be able to do a good job for you are diminishing. So really it’s a stitch in time. Mhm. And so much of this you don’t even know. You don’t even know it’s going on. One of the things that shocks me is um is how little we know about what’s in our food. Yes. You know, cuz I think we all know that like biscuits are a food that has a high glycemic index. Well done. Which is a term that I’ve learned from this podcast, which means some carbohydrates are more sugary than others. And then so that’s the glycemic index. What that is doing is comparing different carbohydrates with pure glucose. Okay? So you see pure glucose is 100 and then other sugars come further down. But there is there’s something better than the glycemic index and that’s called the glycemic load. The glycemic load takes portions of food and predicts how will that portion of food actually affect your blood sugar. And am I right in thinking the glycemic load would factor in the amount of nutrients in the food that so like protein, fiber? Yeah. Because if you took watermelon, well, it’s mainly water, isn’t it? Mhm. So you have to factor in you can have quite a lot of watermelon. uh to equal a chocolate bar. Mhm. So the density you’re all you’re looking at the density of sugar in it as well. Okay. So that’s why the glycemic load is better. Was there was there a moment in your career where you started to question what you had been told. Yeah. You know, so you start as a young doctor. I wanted to be part of a small community and stay there and make a difference. And then comes the sad bit really. So I for the first 25 years I was trying to do what’s in the guidelines. I was trying to be a good doctor. But what I noticed I noticed two things. Number one, I noticed what I’ve already said to you that the health of the population I cared for was deteriorating. It wasn’t getting better. So if I’m the doctor in charge of the practice looking after these people and health is deteriorating, am I not responsible? And where’s where is all this difference I was hoping to make? It just wasn’t panning out. At the same time, I’d always in my heart felt that prescribing lots of drugs felt a bit wrong. It felt like a mini failure because how is somebody well if they’re taking six tablets a day? Was there one particular patient that you met? There were two two things happened. Both to do with very powerful women. The first powerful woman was a lady I’d known for over 10 years. She and her husband I’d cared for them both. They both had poorly controlled diabetes and they were both very heavy at the time. I could monitor how my how compliant my patients were with their medication. And if I’m to be truthful, in part that was how I was paid. So part of my payment was to do with other patients having in this case metformin, the most commonly used drug for type 2 diabetes. Part of your payment? Yeah. Yeah. How would you? Because there’s a you’re supposed to the the government approve of the fact that we give drugs that are needed for type 2 diabetes so that you’re given a sort of quot it’s regarded as good practice that such a a certain percentage of your patients will be on metformin. What? Yeah, it’s true. So is it fair to say that you were somewhat incentivized to give people metformin? Yes, that would be true. But I think we should also be fair to say that the body of evidence at the time would say uh that it’s good practice to give metformin to people with type 2 diabetes and conversely poor practice not to use metformin but we’ll develop that. So the the backdrop is we’re we’re monitoring the patients who stop taking their metformin because that uh is number one poor practice and number two actually cost me. So, I wrote to the person, “Dear Mrs. So and so, I’m concerned that uh you’re not you don’t seem to be taking your metformin. Please make an appointment with me at your earliest convenience.” Very British, very polite. Anyway, nothing prepared me for what was going to happen that morning, and it’s changed my entire life on that point. So, the lady, let’s call her Mrs. Jones, that wasn’t her name. She marches in and uh she said to me, “You think you’re going to tell me off, don’t you, Dr. Enwin?” Well, I’ve got news for you. I’m going to tell you off. I was scared like, “What’s going on?” She’s never been like this before. She was a a polite person. Anyway, she went on to explain. She said, “When you do my blood tests, you will find that my blood glucose is completely normal despite not taking your metformin.” And she said, “I’m wondering if you’re actually qualified as a doctor because in the last 10 years, did you ever once tell me that bread was sugar or breakfast cereals were sugar?” I had to learn online uh that bread is sugar, that rice is sugar, that breakfast cereals are sugar, and when I cut those foods, I don’t need your metformin now. And she went she made it worse. She said, “This is school boy biology. You should have learned that when you were 16.” I was dead scared because you know complaints as a GP, it’s really bad. They go on for years and years. But mainly I was scared because every word she said was true. And one thing I had learned about when you’re an older doctor is you’ve got to listen to people properly. If they’re complaining, don’t deny it. Don’t defend yourself. Take it. So I said, “Okay, I’ve got I want to learn what you you know, if this is true, will you meet me again? Let’s do the blood test.” So we did the blood test. It was true. It was the first case of drug-free type 2 diabetes I had ever seen. I’d never seen a single case in 25 years where people came off medication. I was fascinated because she’d done it like a miracle. But there was another detail I just share with you. She was one of 40,000 people online learning from each other how to do it. And when I looked, they were being rubbished by the health care professionals. So people like me were telling them, “You’ll die. What you’re doing is dangerous.” And I was ashamed, really ashamed, and it’s complete coincidence. But in the same month, uh, we have to introduce my wife, Jen. Is there a photo? Come on, let’s see Jen. This is Jen. Oh, she’s probably the cleverest woman in the world. She’s so clever. I love that woman. So, Jen, uh, so her back, she is a, um, a clinical health psychologist and she specializes, she’s fascinated by the role of hope in disease and the difference it can make. And she spent her life researching the difference that hope makes to clinical outcomes. So, it just so happened that she was in a supermarket and she saw some a discounted diet book. That one. That’s the book. Escape the diet by Dr. John. Yeah. Dr. John Brier. What a lovely guy. So, Jen bought that book just around the time I’m telling her about this patient. So she said, “You have to read this book about the low a low carbohydrate approach to um insulin resistance to type 2 diabetes.” And in the book, everything that my patient had told me was there and but it was done in a medical way for and I understood. She said, “David, why why are you sort of failing? Why don’t you do one thing before you retire? Why can’t you do a cheerful something you really believe in? Why don’t you have a go at this low carb yourself? Yeah. She said, “Why don’t you and me go on this diet for see if some patients would volunteer and do it with us?” And I mentioned it to the partners and they said, “No, these are other doctors.” Yeah. So I’m senior partner. I’m supposedly the boss. Uh but at the time low carb was not respectable and they didn’t like it. And they said we don’t want you to do this. And partly because they said well how it you know is that a good use of the the resources of the practice because if you’re doing this David maybe you’re not treating chest infections or other things and there’s pressure on the health service. this felt a bit they felt it was a bit self-indulgent. So I got back to my wife and said the partners say no and she said I I I’ll tell you what we’re going to do. We’re both going to work for free and we’ll do it why don’t we do this in our own time in on in an evening when the p is no resources. So that’s exactly what we did. We found 18 volunteers who were interested amongst the patients and then Jen and I. So that was 20 of us. We started meeting every Monday night talking about low carb learning how do you cook stuff? How do you do it? We did it together. And one of the nurses was so excited. Heather is her name. Let’s give her a, you know, thumbs up to Heather. Heather said, “I’ll work for free. I’ll help you. I’d love to do this. I want to I want to believe in what I do. And then the magic begins. The results. I couldn’t believe it. I could not, you know, I’d never seen anything like it. And the first thing the first thing I saw was the liver function improving. You see, cuz I’m doing blood tests cuz I know I’m doing something weird. I’m doing something that I would be criticized for. So if you’re going to do a weird thing, you need to measure stuff. You can’t, you know, these are patients, so you can’t just experiment and not be, am I doing harm? What’s happening? What’s happening to the cholesterol and the lipid profiles? So I was monitoring stuff really closely. The liver function though, Stephen, I got people who I thought they were drinking alcohol and I thought the liver problem was due to alcohol and they’d had abnormal liver function for 10 years and suddenly within weeks the liver function was improving often by a third or 50%. I was so excited. Can you imagine? And I’m sitting there and the laboratory results are coming in and they’re like, “Wow.” And then another and another. So that was the first thing. Then the weight. So we’re all meeting every Monday night and we got the scales and everybody gets weighed every Monday night and the weight started falling off people. It really did. And then the all sorts of other weird stuff started happening. some of which I couldn’t make sense of for years. The first one was people said, “Are you hungry?” Cuz I’m not. And they started saying things like, “Do you have to eat breakfast?” Where? And I also I wasn’t hungry. I wasn’t hungry. They were telling me the truth cuz I was experiencing this with them. Why are we not hungry? That’s so odd. And I was starting I not bothering with breakfast. So, I didn’t eat it. You don’t have to have it. And my and my belly went away. Next thing was I noticed when I stood up from my desk, I felt dizzy. Weird. Now, I hadn’t told anybody, but I had moderate high blood pressure for years, but I didn’t like to be a patient. So, I never went to a doctor. I just put my head in the sand. So I had high blood pressure for years. When I took my blood pressure, it was low normal. Why? I didn’t know. But on the patients as well, I’m doing that as well. I’m measuring all the blood pressure and it’s improving. So it’s getting weirder and weirder. Liver function improving, weight going down, blood pressure improving. In those days we were the blood test that we we did was a thing called a hemoglobin A1C. The A1C in America this is the average suginess of your blood for the preceding 3 months. So the results take a while. Mhm. But then when the uh hemoglobin A1C came in there, it was we were getting really spectacular improvements in in average blood sugar. And that’s so that’s kind of how it began. So that’s 2013. So that’s 13 years ago. And uh the rest is history. But that I was completely blown away and I was full of curiosity about all these other things and how was it? Why were these things improving? So in those 13 years, how is your fitness your health changed? My mental powers were much greater. I could concentrate better. I wasn’t fatty. So I noticed that. Next thing I noticed was I needed a lot less sleep. So yeah, in the beginning I used to have to have a little sleep on my doctor’s couch every lunchtime. So I was senior partner. So you press do not disturb and you put the curtains round and have a little nap on my own couch for 20 minutes. It was the only way I could get through the day. I didn’t need that nap anymore. I was less sleepy. I needed an hour’s less sleep a day. I could think better. I was I could cope with the same problems and this is so weird mentally I was stronger. It was like being a younger man. Um the way I don’t know I think you have a sense of mental horsepower. Going back to the top of this conversation, you talked about how everybody listening right now has a variety of different health futures and which which health future they end up in is going to be determined by the everyday decisions they make. Yes. Yes. So, I want to really zoom in on some of those everyday decisions. We talked about you and your biscuits and at the time you said you were you were probably quite sedentary as a doctor. Yeah. Sitting in a chair, patients coming in. You weren’t doing exercise. No. Um, I didn’t fundamentally believe it would make that much difference. H and this is such a great point. You you really great point. So, let’s think about weight loss. So, I would give advice on weight loss to my patients. And I would say eat less and move more. And I’d even sometimes say that Bellson thing, you know, the no fat people came out of Bellson. I’ve never heard that before. But it’s a horrible thing to say to a patient, isn’t it? What’s Bson? Well, that that’s in World War II where they all starved things. So, the the point is you’re saying to somebody with an obesity problem. It’s their fault. Yes. You’re blaming them. That’s exactly the point. And that’s what I did. And it’s worse than that because I give them that advice and it just about never works. I did a horrible thing. I used to say to them, “Right, so why don’t you just have two tablespoons of all brand a day?” Oh, breakfast cereal. Yeah. Uh with skim milk and I would advise a few multivitamins and uh a couple of pints of skimmed milk a day. That was my advice. And then when it didn’t work, who do you think I blamed? Yeah. And this was all part of my epiphany. I never joined the dots. That the failure was not theirs. It was mine. And that’s horrible, isn’t it? Imagine 25 years of I was blaming patients for their failure to lose weight and it was my failure because I didn’t give them advice that worked. And if you keep giving the same advice to people and it doesn’t work, shouldn’t I have questioned? But isn’t that happening in society overall? How are we doing? How are we doing with health? How’s it going? It’s a disaster, isn’t it? So, we need to do something different. But for me, for 25 years, I did not believe that lifestyle was key. And now I do and that’s why I didn’t I didn’t think that the biscuits made that much difference. Obviously, I knew basic nutrition. So, I made sure there’s protein and there’s iron and stuff. I fundamentally believed that drugs is what I should be using, medication, and that lifestyle was a sort of add-on. Isn’t that terrible? I I think this is so important because it really gets to what I believe the average person thinks as well. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Um, we were talking before we started recording about some of my friends. They are there. There’s two friends I mentioned. One of them is a very very successful businessman. Um, everybody knows who this person is. And they asked me this weekend, “Is pizza healthy?” And I just couldn’t believe I it shook my mind. Smacking. It was like, “Oh, what pizza? What?” Cuz they were choose trying to choose between they usually have a big 12-in pizza for lunch. And And he was asking me, “What’s healthier, Stephen? uh Nando’s chicken or this 12-in pizza he was going to get. And I literally looked at him like I was looking at a ghost. I was like, “Are you winding me up?” And he was genuinely serious. He’s almost 60 years old now. And he doesn’t know if a chicken breast is healthier than a 12-in pizza. And the other example that I mentioned to you before we started recording is a very famous Premier League football superstar legend who you would assume had gone through those sort of 15 20 years of being an academy player and then a a pro alete knows what has sugar in and what doesn’t. And he was asking me is is a big spaghetti carbonara. Is that healthy? Is that a health food? Because he said to me during his football years they were told always to carb load. And again this it it gave me a huge amount of empathy because it made me realize how even though there’s podcasts like this where we talk so much about health and even though there’s the internet now the this information is not getting through to the average person for some reason and they too I believe think exactly what you just said that health is you know it’s this sort of accessory where my fate is determined anyway and if I do this health stuff which is a bit of an inconvenience cuz these Percy pigs taste great. Yeah. um or these these these candies taste great, then I might be able to look a little bit better, a little bit more aesthetically pleasing, but my fate is determined. The simple point, yeah, nutrition, we’re not teaching it. So, there’s only three macronutrients. There’s only protein, fats, and carbohydrate. And yet, your friends there haven’t even got the three macronutrients. And they are successful, intelligent people. So somewhere we’re going badly wrong, aren’t we? There was another example that’s really front of mind to me, which was, you know, I’m in Dragon’s Den at the moment and someone came in and pitched a fruit snack business and it’s basically dried out fruit pieces. Now I looked at I’m loving this already. Yeah. I looked at the back and it said in the range of 60 to 70% sugar because what they’ve done is they’ve taken exotic fruits like mangoes, dried them out and now you have this little chip which is this piece of mango 60 70% sugar. So I’m looking at the back of this thing thinking this is candy. This is basically candy. Thank you. But I’m looking around and every because cuz it uses the word fruit. Yes. People have this sort of halo assumption that if the word fruit is on it, fruit juice fruit, it’ll sell. Yeah. And who and also it’s a sort of who cares about the consequence but will make a pile of money. Yeah. Selling dried up fruit and they miss what you read on the back. Yeah. Sugar. I was like this is okay. How’s that? You know what? If somebody had type two diet what for kids is we’ll just give them Yeah. And I you’ve touched on another another thing about what’s going wrong. So when we look at my practice and this epidemic and really as I’ve said already it’s not an epidemic, it’s a pandemic. It’s everywhere. I go all over the world and obesity, type 2 diabetes, uh poor metabolic health is in it’s everywhere. It’s everywhere. And I think one of the things touching on what you just said is so you you wake up and you have your cereals for breakfast which you’ve got some here which we have some cereals there and then uh you’ll have why don’t why don’t you have a big glass of fresh orange juice as well. Great idea. And then uh okay, that’s your breakfast. But then on the way in, you have a little snack, and people do. They buy a bar or some crisps or something like that. And then even at school, they might get a muffin midm morning. Fair enough. They might then have an apple. At lunchtime, you’re going to have some sandwiches. And then you’ve eaten your sandwich. So you’ll, I don’t know, you might have might have a cake or something or some ice cream. Then you go home and then it’s time for you, you know, maybe your chips or your pizza. What you’ve actually done is have sugar with your sugar with your sugar sugar all day long. There’s hardly any protein going back then to those macro. Where was the protein to grow you? You know, and that that’s the thing that that’s changed over time that we are the snacking. So, I’ve I come across a lot of young people and their mother is saying, “I can’t get him to eat any proper food. He just eats snacks all day long and it it won’t I can’t they can’t get protein in them.” And some of them are actually thin kids. They’re not all fat. Let’s talk about what you just said there. And we can walk through the day using Yes. the food we have on this table. Now, I just want to caution that we do have some people that are probably out walking their dog listening and can’t see. So, we’re going to have to do a bit of a voice over as to what’s going on. But you said, “Wake up in the morning, you have your cereal.” Now, cereal growing up, I thought was a health food. Me, too. Yeah. Me, too. How much sugar is in the average standard bowl of, let’s say, frosted cereal. Well, we can do this different ways, Stephen. Mhm. This is actually like a test for you laid out here. Oh gosh. Is that okay? Yeah. This is a test for you, and I’ll describe it. So, what you’ve got, you’ve got um a bowl of we’ll call them they’re corn flakes. Then you’ve got a potato, a baked potato. It isn’t baked yet, but you could bake it if you want. You’ve got 150 g, and this is boiled rice, so it’s not dry. It’s boiled rice. You’ve got a very ripe banana. And at the end there, you’ve got a delicious looking chocolate bar. Yeah. So you’ve got there uh some cubes of sugar and this is the test bit you see as to how I’m going to give you we’ll score you in the end. Okay. So what I’d like you to do is consider these relatively and each of those cubes of sugar represents a 4 g teaspoon of sugar. Yeah. So, if you could now just go along these and put beside each food what you believe to be the equivalent in terms of teaspoons of sugar and then I’ll give you a score and see how you do. Okay? And and those are the answers. So, I’m going to turn it down so you don’t cheat. Okay? So, I’m going to score them as I would have thought two years ago. Thank you. Because because two years I’ve interviewed a lot of experts, so I’m I’m generally quite shocked by all these things, but I’m going to score them as I would have thought when I was 31 years old 2 years ago. So, yes, that’s great. Cereal, honestly. Yeah. Um I And there’s no sugar on it. It’s not a sugared cereal. It’s just the dry flakes. I honestly didn’t think there was sugar in that. Yeah. So, if you had pushed me, I would have We’ll give it one. E, I’ll give it one. But I didn’t think there was sugar in that one. Again, a potato. I didn’t think there was any sugar in a potato. So, even giving it one feels like I’m lying because I didn’t think there was sugar in a potato. And I’ll be honest, rice, I didn’t think there was any sugar in rice. Okay. A banana, it tastes sweet. Yes. So, my brain would have said one. Yeah. But this uh this chocolate bar that’s in front of me, I would have said I’m going to say two. Okay. Two or I’m going to say three, right? I’m going to say three. I actually think it was two, but that’s how much sugar I would have thought was in all of these things here. Cereal, a potato, white rice, a banana, and a chocolate bar. Right. Well, to be fair, I still kind of do, but I know better. So, now I’m going to give you the correct figure. Now, uh this is worked out from the glycemic load that we already discussed. So, I explained about the glycemic load and then so in clinical practice, I had a problem and my problem was in 10 minutes trying to explain to you how you could eat differently and why you should eat differently. And so I needed a way of quickly communicating with children, with old people, with a teacher the consequences of dietary choices. So I came up with a new idea which was why don’t we represent the glycemic load and instead of using grams of glucose which nobody understands and what’s glucose anyway. Instead of doing that, we redid the calculations, redoing it for t four gram teaspoons of sugar. And that’s my teaspoon of sugar equivalent system. And I’m using that now to give you the correct answer. Okay? Right. So the the corn flakes is 1 2 4 5 6 7 and 8. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 with no frosting. No frosting. No milk, nothing. The potato obviously it depends on its size. That’s quite a big one. So that one is 1 2 3 4 and there’s more. Five six

    is nine. There they go. equivalent of nine sugar cubes. Is that nine? Yeah. Right.

    I’m going to leave the rice till last. That chocolate bar is actually you can do it for me. Is seven and a half. So you you can give it seven. Seven. Seven. Now, the banana depends on the size and how ripe it is. A ripe banana has more sugar in as you probably know when you eat it. But that, let’s say that banana is quite a ripe one. It looks quite ripe. Let’s say that’s six cuz it’s a big banana. Oh my gosh.

    Okay, then the final one obviously is going to be the killer, isn’t it? I thought rice was healthy. Well, I thought it depends. Was really healthy. It depends. So, one, this is 150 g of boiled rice. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 and 10. So, that’s the winner. And I would say that’s the single fact around the world. So, my my teaspoon of sugar. There we are. That’s one of my teaspoon of sugar charts. So, what you’ve got there is the food, the glycemic index, the the serving size, and then the teaspoons of sugar there. So, this is available. The public health collaboration is a charity I helped set up with Dr. Rangan Chattery 10 years ago. It’s our 10th anniversary tomorrow. These infographics, there are actually far more than this. This is there’s seven more. They’re available in 35 languages. Volunteers have translated this to go all over the world. It’s not copyrighted. I want people steal it, take it, use it. So the the white rice fact I would say has astonished people all over the world and led to me becoming far better known. What what about orange juice? A lot of um parents including my parents give me gave me orange juice and I used to think orange juice was a health food. So I would literally I’d go to the fridge, I’d get open the sunny delight or whatever it was sunny delight and I would drink that and I’d think I’m going to be strong and big and my body’s going to love me. Well, let’s so that there’s a lot of sugar in orange juice. There’s a lot of sugar in orange juice and you’ve taken away all the once you take it from the fruit as it was meant to be and you juice it, the sugar hit is fast. M so what that does is if you think if we go back to insulin again um so you you you drink the orange juice your blood sugar goes up rapidly so your body responds rapidly with insulin then you what happens your blood sugar falls but then you’re kind of hungry again and that’s what happened to me with the biscuits wasn’t it I ate biscuits my blood sugar is up. Then insulin comes in heavy and slow but too much. Then I thought I was having a panic attack cuz I had low blood sugar. And what’s the answer to that? More biscuits. And round you go. Round. And that’s how without thinking you’d start the day. Starting the day with a sugary breakfast without enough protein in it is driving hunger. And then you wonder why you’re ravenously hungry at 10:00. There was a few others that shocked me. One of them was um I was in Peru and obviously Peru is quite famous for chocolate because of the cacao and all that stuff and so we went to a chocolate making class and um he told us to make dark chocolate, normal chocolate and then white chocolate. Yeah. And when I made the white chocolate, this guy got me this big glass cylinder and he goes, “Here’s some white sugar.” He goes, “Pour it in.” So I, you know, I get it and I pour some in and I and he goes, “No, no, no, no, my friend. Pour it in.” And I pour it and pour it and pour it and pour it and pour it and pour it and pour it. And I’m not kidding you. I feel like I have to check the facts here. So you know me on the screen. I feel like I poured into this huge glass cylinder 80% of white sugar. Yes. And then it’s true. Yeah. And then and then he said put some syrup in. I What syrup? This is this is white sugar. It was like some syrupy stuff. Some oil stuff. And I was like, “So, white sugar?” Um, so white chocolate is like 80% white sugar. Yeah. I’ve never eaten white chocolate since. Yeah. You That’s so important. So very often people think they’re a choahholic. That’s really common that people say to me, “I’m I’m addicted to chocolate.” If you look at if you actually look at how much sugar there is in milk chocolate, uh, you know, there’s many teaspoons of sugar in milk chocolate. If you eat 90% dark chocolate, there’s only about two teaspoons of sugar in a bar. And what you find with the choahholics is I say, “Well, if you’re addicted to chocolate, why don’t you get a bigger hit and have the dark chocolate?” And they say, “Oh, I couldn’t eat that. It’s too bitter.” What they’re actually addicted to is the sugar. But there are so I’ve done a there is for the folks at home there is one of these sugar infographics on chocolate on that subject of chocolate because I want people to understand the consequences of what they do. So just to illustrate this cuz I’ve just we’ve just looked up the stats. I I think this is this is this is what I saw. I just looked up the facts to make sure thing is true. When I made that bar of white chocolate in Peru. Yeah. This was the total ingredients and this is how much sugar I they asked me to put into it. I looked at it and thought, “Okay, so white chocolate is basically like 70 odd% just pure white sugar and nobody knows.” Yes. Exactly. Nobody knows. Exactly. The other one I’ve got to be in my bonnet about is smoothies. Yes. I eat one too. I thought smoothies were healthy. Yeah. No, they’re the, you know, I’m on X or Twitter quite a lot and that’s the kind of thing fills me with rage and I have to take a photo with like my look at the sugar. Uh, there was Yeah, it fills me with rage. I’ve got another thing. This is fun. I’ve got another I’ve got a question. Mhm. Right, Steven. Why don’t we could take all the blood out of me, right? There’d be five liters. We could bleed me out right now. There would be five lers of blood in me. Let’s get it in a bucket. All right. 5 L of blood. How much sugar would be in that five lers of blood? I have no idea. I didn’t. But it’s an interesting question, isn’t it? Because it relates to the consequences of eating some of these things. So, I would just like you to estimate. So, if let’s say my blood sugar is normal. Yeah. Um, if you have a normal blood sugar, I would like you to guess how much sugar is there in my entire blood system. One one cup like this. Thank you. No, the answer is this. Let me show you. That is all there is. You’re joking. I am not. And do you see immediately one sugar cube? That’s all. And I’ll do it on Twitter for you. X I can show you the calculations. So you see, if I have a banana and I have diabetes, the there’s too much sugar for me. You see, because glucose is number one vital, but number two toxic if you have too much of it. The level of it in my blood is controlled minutely. Wow. It’s controlled to this extent. And I think that single fact, you didn’t know that, did you? No, I did not. And it it immediately shows you how it’s so easy to have more sugar than you actually need. given that if your insulin stops working. So for me, I’ve done an awful lot of this. So I monitor my blood sugar with a continuous glucose monitor and I get my blood sugar up on my phone. So I can check at any time what my blood sugar is. And we’ll do it in a minute and see. But you see, if I if I eat a banana, it doubles my blood sugar because I can’t regulate my blood sugar because of the diabetes. Yeah. So, a whole banana is far too much for me and will double my blood sugar because you see if I’m only supposed to have this much and I have that much. Gosh. Yeah. It’s too much for me and I feel ill. Giving, you know, I go out into the world and I speak to the people that listen to the show and they’re like taxi cab drivers. It’s a lot of taxi. Do you know I wouldn’t I’ve got this bias towards thinking everybody that listens is a taxi. I’ve got this bias towards thinking that everybody that listens is a taxi cab driver because I really only spend my time in the office or in a taxi. So, I get lots of feedback from these cab drivers and the average person out there listening now, they don’t know how to check if the food they are eating is good or not because the labels on these foods I I’ve got so obsessed by the marketing. Yes. And um you know I was looking at this bag of sweets the other day and it said made with real fruit juice and they put it front and center and I I was almost tricked. So I can’t imagine someone who like me who doesn’t spend I can’t imagine someone who doesn’t spend their time interviewing health experts how easily the general public is being tricked. So what is your advice in terms of spotting this stuff? Like what do I look at? Cuz right now I spend a lot of time looking at the sugar part. Yeah that’s great. There’s different ways we can do this and obviously this is how I spend every clinic. That’s I’m in clinic yesterday. This is what I’m doing. I’m trying to help people understand. It’s sometimes easier to talk about what maybe what you would eat rather than what you wouldn’t eat. So I for somebody with insulin resistance or type 2 diabetes, I would tend to say, well, why don’t you base your meal on protein? So what have you got in the fridge? Could it be chicken? Could it be eggs? What would it be? So that’s your protein. Have loads of it. Then I’m thinking, right, green veg. Will you What green veges would you tolerate? What green veg could you buy? Might be frozen beans or it might be salad or whatever. And then I’m saying, how would you make that green veg tasty? Pour barbecue sauce on the top. Ah, no. Full fat mayo. full fat mayo or butter or olive oil or whatever. So that I say barbecue sauce because when I looked at the back of mine, I had the shock horror of realizing that there’s it’s a common one. 30 sugar cubes in a bottle, a standard bottle of barbecue sauce. It’s just pouring sugar on top. It is. It is. You have to be so vigilant. And I I think to do it successfully, I’m quite interested in the idea of could you eat real food that’s not in a packet. It’s it’s it’s Russian roulette food out of packets. And yet I understand my patients north of Liverpool, you know, where are they going to buy the stuff? So I try and help them with you could do it that way. If you’re not if you’re going to eat stuff out of packets, you have to wise up and you have to look at the carbohydrate content. And bear in mind, every four grams is broadly equivalent to sugar. So if if if there’s a if there’s if something’s got 100 grams of carbs in it, I’ve already said carbohydrate varies in how sugary it is, but it gives you an idea. It’s very sugary. So you see the the area you made with the corn flakes is there’s no sugar there but it’s all carbohydrate and it it’s a very sugary carbohydrate. I think we need to just explain that for people which is when I looked at those corn flakes the question I asked you is they’re not frosted so there’s no sugar on them but what the body is doing is it’s converting the carbs into glucose right I’ve got a good way so we have to think of starchy carbs as actually glucose molecules holding hands okay and then digestion comes along and breaks down they’re they’re not holding hands anymore more and they become free sugar again cuz we think if it’s not sweet it’s not glucose. Exactly. Exactly. I don’t know whether when you went to school was it this thing where you chewed bread for ages and then you could see if it became sweet or it turned into sugar. It’s a school boy experiment that’s done a lot to prove that uh the amalayise the enzyme in spit uh turns starch into sugar. But that’s the point starch is soon to be sugar. It’s glucose holding hands. Yeah. And when it holds hands, it’s not sweet. But then when you digest it Exactly. it’s no longer holding hands. And that was is broadly what And you’re not alone because didn’t I make that error? Isn’t that what the lady in 2012? That’s what she was so furious that I was making. So here here we are. Senior partner of a large practice had forgotten uh that starch was sugar. And we come full circle because and so many other people they they patients say to me, “Dr. I know uh not to have sugary things. I’ve given up sugar in my tea and coffee and I don’t understand why my blood sugar is so high.” People say that very often. And then of course we use the teaspoon of sugar equivalents or a continuous glucose monitor to really show them what’s going on. Something that a lot of people have is bread. Yes. Um, white bread. So, I I did some research and it said a single slice of white bread contains about 0.5 sugar cubes, but a full loaf can pack up to 12 cubes of sugar in it. That’s true, but it doesn’t it doesn’t include the fact that the wheat that makes the bread will turn into sugar as well. Okay. So on my teaspoon of sugar equivalent, even a small slice of brown bread is about three teaspoons of sugar. Is there a healthy bread? That’s a really great great question. And of course it depends how well your insulin’s working. So if you’re young and you take a lot of exercise and your insulin’s really good, then maybe brown bread is is okay. If you’re like me though with insulin resistance there it would have to be low carb bread. So I wouldn’t normally eat bread under any circumstances but I might have low carb bread. I did some research said sprouted grain bread. Never heard of that before. Or 100% whole grain rye are the healthiest options because they contain zero added sugar and high fiber. So, right. I mean, what I’d say to people again, it depends. How much exercise do you take? How do you know? Have you had your fasting insulin measured? Do you know if you’re insulin resistant or not? Mhm. Um, if you’re healthy, take lots of exercise. Sounds good. Fair enough. If you if you’re beginning to develop a tummy or maybe not so good. And if you don’t know, I’m a great one for experimenting. And that’s where I come back again to consider uh buying a continuous glucose monitor. The thing you wear on I’ve got one on me now and it tells my phone how is my blood sugar so I can experiment. Then I could try your bread and within an hour I would know. Am I wise to be looking at the back of packets? I look at the back of everything I eat. Yes. Um and I’m building I guess a mental model of the different levels of carbohydrates and sugar content and fiber and all sort of things and proteins etc. But I always seem to zoom in on the sugar the added sugar. Ah right there is an error there. Okay. So you that’s brilliant and you the fact you’re interested and trying is great because you’ll learn so much more because of course the sugar is one thing but you must also look at the carbohydrate. carbohydrate content. Now, um this is done differently in the United States from here. Confusingly, here we talk about carbohydrate separately from fiber. So that in the UK when it says carbohydrate that turns into sugar. In the States, you’ve got uh the carbohydrate including fiber. So it makes it more complicated for you because you need to know which how much of that carbohydrate are you going to absorb. Well, let’s go back to the three macronutrients. So you should be interested in protein. How much you want? You want you want to be a musly kind of guy. So you want your protein. Uh the carbohydrate. Well, why do you need that? I’m wondering. And then fats. Well, you might need those for fats soluble vitamins. So those are the uh the three things so that you become more sophisticated and if things have a lot of preservatives, if they have an awful lot of ingredients, I’m immediately suspicious. I think one of the things that people that I’ve come to learn through interviewing people like yourself is that it’s not just the direct consequence of having a big uh glucose spike or you know having high blood sugar. It’s also the fact that when I eat things like Mars bars or the white rice here, I then get more hungry later. Exactly. Which means I eat even more sugar that same day and the next day and the next day. And of course, that’s what my patients right back in 2013, it was the absence of hunger they found fascinating. And I did cuz I’d been hungry all my life because all my life I’d been uh carb heavy. And I didn’t realize that the more carbs you eat, the hungrier you become. I don’t know. Have you ever tried fasting? I bet you have. Oh my gosh. Yeah. Right. I fast most days to be honest. I haven’t eaten today. And what time are we? Well, I don’t know. Uh 1 1:00 p.m. And during the Dragon’s Den filming, I I don’t eat often until the evening. So great. So isn’t that interesting? So I used to I used to have a model which was um that if I didn’t eat, I was hungry, right? M. So if I didn’t eat for even twice as long, I’d be twice as hungry and it would rise exponentially until I went mad. And what’s surprising that you must have found is as you fast, you don’t become more hungry, do you? Yeah, it’s crazy. Well, isn’t that interesting that actually get the more I eat, the hungrier I become. When I’m on keto, pardon? When I’m on keto. Yeah. I I can’t believe I can’t It’s like hunger just vanishes. And you know the other thing that the remarkable thing I love what are those cinnamon roll things? I love those cinnamon rolls usually. I love them. And when I started doing the ketogenic diet which is very very very low carb. I remember walking up to this cinnamon roll concession stand in Cape Town and looking at them and they were doing nothing to my brain. There was no temptation. I’ve had that superpower. Honestly, I’ve had that with Christmas cake. It was my kryptonite. It was the kind of thing I was sneaking down when they’d all gone to bed and having more and then one day you can look at it and it and you think it’s not actually food. Your brain that isn’t food. Yeah. Exactly. And I’m the same with buns as well and all sorts of things that a lifetime of and they’re no longer food and it feels like a superpower cuz I can I’m such a man. In fact, I I throw this down as a challenge to men. Are you man enough to resist? You know what? Whatever it is, let’s do a challenge. Come back in a week and tell me you’ve not had any biscuits. It it it it works. It works. What do you think of the ketogenic diet? Wow. That’s a Oh, that’s a big question, isn’t it? And don’t you think we need to begin with what you want? So, I think we need to begin with your goals and hope. Why would is it are you wanting to lose weight? Are you wanting to sort out type two do diabetes or and I mean George Reed, Dr. George Reed is a close friend and nutritional psychiatry is really growing and the Ian Campbell in Edinburgh University is doing some amazing work with bipolar disorder and other things. So why are you doing it? That’s so that’s my first thing because there’s I see it as there is a spectrum of carbohydrate that you’re on. So I try and find out where are you now and I you know approximately where are you now and then I’d say well could you could you give up bread or reduce it and then I’d say let’s let’s measure whatever parameter we want which might be blood work or weight or whatever then we say how are you doing are you happy now is this is it or do you want would you like to go a bit lower and what I’ve discovered with my patients over 13 is is they tend to go lower over time because when they experiment when they go keto, what they like is the brain thing. Oh gosh. Yeah. And that’s what I’m that’s right. So I would say to you now cuz I’m interested. Why would you go keto? What are you after? Um so I’m going to put the brain thing at the top of the list which is just the clarity of thought. Obviously in my job I have to sit here with very smart people like you and I have to talk sometimes for 3 four hours whatever it might be. But also, I’m on television a lot now and I’m speaking, you know, cameras, nine cameras rolling BBC1 and I’ve got to think of something smart to say to this entrepreneur sit in front of me on that’s pitching to me. And then also I’m in meetings, you know, I’ll leave this conversation now and I’ll go straight downstairs and I’ll have 2 hours of straight meetings about very very complicated things about buying companies. I’ll be meeting founders, interviewing people. And what I’ve noticed profoundly because so much of my job centers on speaking and articulation is there is this wild wild variance that I hate. And what I mean by that is some days I’m on it and some days I am almost embarrassed by my inability to string a sentence together. Today I’m I’m almost testing myself now by trying to speak really really fast and see if my brain’s connected to my mouth. That’s like that’s actually like what I do. I try and see if I if it flows out. Today I’m okay. Um but there are days where I’m stumbling over myself and I go what’s what’s causing this? What’s the causal factor and how do I prevent this? That’s one keto. When I mean keto I always sound like Buster Rhymes. it always just it it’s always uh it’s always working. And then I’d say the aesthetic stuff because I want to look good as well, especially for, you know, my fiance. So, I want to be in shape. I want to be uh And then I’d say the third is being strong. And then the fourth is I want to live long. Exactly. I want to have a long health span, not just a long lifespan, but I want to be able to do things as I age. So, you see, you’re that’s exactly what I began this meeting with. you’ve got a clear idea about your preferred future. Mhm. And it’s it’s it’s it’s fairly specific, too. And the more specific you are, the more likely you are to be successful. And then you’re noticing. Then afterwards comes the feedback. Do you think most people even have thought about this? No. I was just thinking about my listeners and I was thinking they’re listening right now. I wonder if they have written down their top four. Yeah. So I do you know what I’d love to do now is tell you something about my wife’s work because it relates to changing behavior fast and that she won’t mind. So that we’re back to Jen now. We have a woman. She spent two years um thinking about CBT and what was what this is a type of therapy and what were the necessary parts of it and what was junk. and she reduced CBT down to something I’ll teach you right now. All right. So, well, off we go. Off we go. So, the first thing is to think about your health goals. So, to think about what in a year’s time, if what you do is great, how does that look specifically? So, I’ll give you an example. You might think you’d like to lose weight, but that isn’t specific enough. I want to know what difference would that make to you? So, we’ll do it now. So, you said you wanted to be in shape. Yeah. What I don’t know what do you mean by that. Do you want to lose weight? What do you tell me more? Um, I want to be able to

    h

    what I’m really I think scared of, I’m going to be completely honest, is I’m scared of

    having the same health profile as my dad. Ah, right. Yes. Because I’ve seen we have the same, you know, we have a lot of the same genetic profile. Yes. So, I think a lot of us look at our parents and go, “Is that my future?” Yes. Yeah. And to make it even more specific, I remember walking down some stairs. I’ve said this once before, but I remember walking down some stairs in Bali, long steep set of stairs down to go white water rafting with my fianceé. And I remember those stairs recrafting

    because we’ve got to walk back up these stairs. And so my dad would have lost out on one of the great joys of life, which is doing enjoyable things with friends and people you love because his health is now in that regard is gone. Um, so I’ve always thought of that. And then generally like I I remember when I was younger, my dad used to play like football with us and and all these things and he’s unable to do that now. Um and so I’m and because I’ve done this podcast so many times with health experts, I realized that the decisions I make at 30, which is where I am now, exist on this really interesting, quite predictable curve of inevitable decline. However, not like inevitable

    uh loss of lifestyle. What I mean by that is I just have this picture in my head of all these graphs I’ve seen where like your peak is around maybe 2030 and then you’re going down which we all accept but how far you go down is determined by decisions you make right now. Absolutely. The decisions I make now will end me at 70 80 years old in either the inability to walk or the ability to run. Yeah. And it’s all about what I do now. is so that let’s just refine that. So we we’ve we’ve I’ve got your goal. Yeah. Now so let let’s park your goal. Now the next thing we’ve got is in the past what have you done that’s worked towards those goals. So you probably tell me some stuff you’ve done that’s worked. Um

    things like going to the gym. Yeah. Yeah. anything anything quickly that you did that worked that was is is a is a first you know helped that you did and you remember that worked so tell me anything so I said to myself one year that I was going to go to the gym every single day terrible idea because I got 5 months in and then I missed a day then it was over I said to myself another year I think this was 2017 that I’m going to get a six-pack for summer terrible idea because when summer came or I got the six pack my question was what did work in the past not what didn’t work so what has worked for you in the past so those two incidents um helped me change my idea and the idea that I came up with was I set not a achievable thing as a goal but consistency as the goal and consistency became for the last 4 years this idea that the goal my fitness goal is consistency means that every day I wake up I get a shot at it and if I [ __ ] up today then I’ve got another shot tomorrow right leave it there that’s good so we we did the goal and then we did the next thing what what I just the next thing is is resources is m so it’s it’s what do you bring to the consultation that you’ve done in the past intelligence resources friends that will help you come already with expertise in yourself so it’s not I’m not the expert to tell you what to do you’ve already got some stuff then we go to the next thing so if we had your goal at the beginning which was the fitness and the so and so today what might be a small step towards your goal. A realistic small step towards the goals we’ve already established.

    So I can think of two good one of them is uh creating a social pact which again was one of the things that helped. So we made a WhatsApp group. This is quite funny. We made a WhatsApp group. We put 10 friends in it and we made a simple rule. Whoever’s the least consistent every month is evicted and we invite a new friend in. Wow. We’ve done that for 4 years. I’ve not been evicted in four years, which means that I’m doing enough. I’m consistent enough over those four years to not be evicted. Every day when we work out, it puts our workouts into the group chat and um every every week and every month um there’s a winner and there’s this league table and you get these little emoji medals and there’s actually I won one year so I’ve got this physical massive gold belt on my bookshelf at home. It says fitness blockchain world champion. So I’ve done that for 4 years. Um, so social pack really helped me the the sort of accountability to others. Yeah. And uh the other the other honestly was just as I said a second ago when I set the the goal of going to the gym every single day. I set myself up for failure. Now I set myself the goal of consistency which means that I can do have bad days where I do 20 minutes or 15 minutes. yesterday cuz I was finished Dragon’s Den late, drove down to London, got home at 1:00 a.m. I did 18 minutes. Yeah. And reducing the size of success really helped me to keep my feeling of momentum. Brilliant. We’re nearly at the end of your degree in psychology. Okay. And I’m going to pull it together. The final thing is um when things if you what would you notice for you when things are going well? What would you notice? So you’ve done some of these things. What is it you actually notice as in the benefit to me? Yeah. What what do you notice? So if you do if tomorrow is a really good day, what might you notice at the end of it? Because you’ve much experience in this now. What would you notice? I mean the first thing that comes to mind is just how I feel. Yes. I just feel Do you mean emotionally or energetically? Great. All of it. Emotionally I feel good about myself. Yeah. Um energetically I feel more energetic. Um and there is this um there is this element of identity in there where I have an opinion of myself and who I think I am and I think I’m a healthy person and I think I’m someone that’s in control. And when I’m when I’m not going when I’m not performing the consistent behaviors that I want to, I think I start to question identity in a way that’s that causes a lot of discomfort and say, “Well, you’re not in control of your own life.” Like, how that’s crazy. So, I think it it links into self-esteem. Yeah. It really So, what we’ve just did, we had the goals, G. Yeah. Then we had your resources R. Yeah. Then we had increments. What things had you done? little things on the way. And then finally, I invited you to notice and reflect. And that spells grin. And that’s Jen’s published grin model. I just did it for you right there. And I could do it faster than that. I do it in nearly every surgery I do because what I’m trying to do is find out about you. And you didn’t find out much about me in that process, did you? No. But I found out a lot of really useful stuff to you. And it’s motivational. And much better to do that than me tell you what to do. And I’m not a talking leaflet. But motivation, this is what Jen has taught me, is key in everything we do. And the grin model isn’t bad. Clever woman. So what do we do with the grin model? And so this is really helping me figure out how to change my behavior. Like how how does one apply it? Or are you saying that everyone listening now should should answer those four questions themselves? Yes, I do. Because otherwise it’s possible to spend a lot of time blaming yourself. Mhm. You know, and particularly around if we’re discussing weight problems and so on, you can spend a lot of time saying I’m to blame or I wish or I shouldn’t have that. You know, after Christmas, everybody feels like this. But what is much better rather than focusing you’re wasting energy if you start thinking about guilt and negative stuff. And what Jen’s trying to do is getting you to engage by in in thinking about a better future. And what the whole of that five minutes was engaging you in in first of all the goal of a better future. then some resources towards your better future. Then the first steps towards the better future and then noticing what’s good. Mhm. Because I think in medicine what we’ve done, how do you get a doctor’s attention? You get a doctor’s attention by saying, “Oh, it’s so bad. It’s so so bad. My pain is so so bad.” And I realized I had trained my patients to think that moaning was how, you know, they got my attention. And if you do that, the result is a very miserable 2-hour surgery. But if you can talk, even people having a a terrible time have got hope if you can find it. They have goals if you can discuss them. And you could have somebody with a drug addiction or what you know I see people dying people all sort every clinic I’m seeing sad stuff but if you can also investigate hopes and good stuff as a doctor I’m so much more energetic so much more hopeful I’m having a great time and I wasn’t when I was 55 and that’s the process I bet there’s so many people listening now that maybe they you know cuz they listen to this show and they’ve got the sort of basic They go, “Do you know what? I understand this stuff and I’m making good progress, but I live with or love someone.” Yes. Who I I’m I’m scared they’re going down a slippery slope and I don’t know what to do. Do I intervene? Do I hide their sweets? Do I blame? What do I do? That’s so hard, isn’t it? That’s so hard. I think you can. Weren’t you in that position to some degree? Yes. Uh yeah. So, uh, my first wife had a very severe addiction problem. So, I lived with that for 12 years and she’s unfortunately died now. Um, so I lived with very, very serious addiction for 12 years. And what you’re doing then is you’re living with uncertainty. Serious uncertainty. Uh, you never you cannot say what you’ll come home to. You have no idea. No idea. It brings chaos into your life. It’s very very hard. Addiction. Yes. Are you able to say what kind of addict? Was it a food addiction or a drug addiction or It was it nearly everybody concerned has died now. So I don’t know whether I can say or not. But it was very serious multiple addictions. I will say that. And she had she died some years ago. And it doesn’t it it it actually wasn’t food addiction. Mhm. But it brings I have so much sympathy with dealing how how hard it is to deal with uncertainty and not be able to you love somebody and you can’t do anything. It’s very hard. There are things you can do. I think um if you can engage people in in that talking about goals that can help. Uh what we will do now is we’ll change that conversation to to the current Mrs. Unwin which is what we laughingly say this is Jen. So we we’ve been together for 30 years now. And Jen’s story is that she actually is an ultrarocessed food addict. genuinely. And what that means is I didn’t un neither of us understood what that was. Even though she’s a consultant psychologist, she didn’t realize that she was an ultrarocessed food addict. What she saw it as was a weight problem. And all her life she’s she’s been boomerang dieting. So she’d be a big woman and then a little woman and a big woman. And I used to watch it all. What’s going on? And then she would there’d be tray bakes like she’s trying to lose weight and making tray bakes saying it’s for the children and then scoffing the lot herself. So then I’d because I loved her and I think blokes we try and solve problems don’t we? We’re like caveman you wanted to rescue her. So, I’m I’m either throwing the food away or I’m tackling her and then she we’re having such arguments cuz she’s defensive and cross. I I couldn’t understand with an intelligent woman what’s going on. But then uh this is only a few years ago. She understood for the first time this is addiction. When you have intelligent people, highly, highly intelligent people doing stuff that harms their health repeatedly, is this not like cigarettes? Is it not like alcohol? That is ultrarocessed food addiction. And there’s a patient I’d like to tell you about that is explains it even more clearly. And this patient has consented for me to tell you because he wants to help the world. So this is a guy who’s a very successful guy. He runs um he’s a wealthy person with a successful business. He’s not stupid. He has type 2 diabetes. He’s 55. He has type 2 diabetes. He’s very much overweight. Unfortunately, he needs really serious surgery because both his knees have been so destroyed by his weight that he can hardly walk because he’s in real agony. But his type 2 diabetes is so bad, his blood sugar control is so bad, the anis won’t touch him. So, he’s trapped. He can’t get the op because his blood sugar is high. he can’t run his business easily because he can’t hardly walk. So obviously what we do is we say you need to go low carb and it works for a bit and he loses some weight but then he gains the weight again and this goes on for 4 years while I see him so regularly every month. What’s going on? What’s going on? Oh excuses the grandchildren. Um I’ve got a holiday Christmas it goes on. Anyway, then his wife came to see me and she said, “Dr. Min, I need to level with you. You need to understand what’s going on. I find that my husband is getting up at 4 in the morning and eating bread out of the fridge. So, what I do now, what I started doing was at the end of every day, I put all the bread in the bin if it hasn’t been eaten that day. But then I discovered my husband was going in the bin to eat the bread. Then what she does, she’s a a a very formidable woman. She started putting detergent, liquid detergent on any bread that goes in the bin, but he still eats it. He’s getting up at 4 in the morning rumaging through the bin to eat the bread with the detergent on. So then she tries something else and she says, “This is the only thing that will stop my husband from eating bread if it’s there. I spray bleach on the bread and leave the can of bleach by the bin so he knows don’t even look. Okay. What I’ve described to you is addiction. This is an intelligent person and imagine his self-esteem. how it was to live like that, concealing what he was doing and not telling his doctor cuz I’m trying so hard for him for years and he’s so sweet to me now and he often uh shakes my hand and gives me a hug. He said, “You tried. You really tried.” Anyway, my stories have a happy ending always. What I did for him in the end, he needed everything. So, low carb. Then I got him using a continuous glucose monitor. Mhm. so that he would get feedback immediately and see that spike. And also I could see the spikes as well cuz he had to come and show me his tracings. And on top of that, I did something unusual. I gave him a low dose of the new GLP-1 drugs, one of those. Um and the three together he managed to not he couldn’t moderate but he could abstain and then he could do it. The ampic helped reduce the noise the cravings in his head. The feedback from the CGM helped him know how he was doing and the support he got from me and the low carb pulled together and all three and he’s had his operation now. And so it’s a happy story, but he’s got maintenance all his life. He’s going to have to sort that out. Um, and it’s a wonderful example because I think we trivialize this. We call it carb creep like it doesn’t matter. But there are many people listening to us right now and they know they know they’re addicted to various foods. They know because when you ask them, they often burst into tears. Often I somebody will say I’ve never told anybody in my entire life about and bread is a common one and if you’re not addicted to bread you can’t imagine it but if you are addicted to bread they say this sounds so stupid I’m so embarrassed to tell you I can’t control how I eat bread and so it’s not great for your self-esteem is it but people might be addicted to many things and uh my wife’s published many papers on this and written a book and this that and the other. Um, and she would say about 14% of the population has some aspects of ultrarocessed food addiction. Um, and it kind of explained so much why are intelligent people eating foods they know do them harm. I’ve got another example. One of my patients with type 2 diabetes, we got drug-free remission. Hooray. I’ve done that now 157 times. So, every one of them I’m cheering when it happens. So, this guy, we did it. Drug-free remission. Then he vanished for a while and um came back with two dead toes and he had to have them amputated. Toes? Yeah. They started rotting because diabetes takes the blood supply particularly from your toes. So he had to have surgery to have part of his foot removed. And so you call it carb creep and he ended up with half his foot taken off. That’s not carb creep. Something far more sinister. But I never give up. And fortunately the wounds took a long time to heal because he was sugary. So we do it all over again. I got him back into remission because this time he and his wife are really determined. But it’s a struggle and he needs help and support to achieve that. He’s not a foolish man. He’s an intelligent man and yet various foods called to him, eat me, eat me. And it’s very difficult for him to not. And that I mean that’s a very extreme example, but many people with overweight and some who are not overweight are struggling with very very significant carb cravings and they really really uh struggle to control them. For those people and I assume there’s a lot of people and actually some people have seasons where they’re in control, they’re out of control, they’re in control. You know, I’ve been there. Um, what is step one today? So, they’re listening to you, they’re going, “Fuck, I don’t want to lose my toes and all of these problems.” What is step one now? Now, are we talking about for somebody with type 2 diabetes or somebody who can’t control what they’re eating? Someone that can’t control what they’re eating. Great. Right. So, step one, we just did it. I think step one is acknowledging that is your problem. Because if you don’t if you’re not honest about your problem, how are you ever going to sort it out? Honesty. So the first thing is honesty. And that’s very hard for people. All of us have made excuses. You know, me and my biscuits. I believed the the it was easier for me to think that that was stress and a reasonable reaction to the stress of running a practice than it was to say I’ve got a you know, biscuits. For me, it took me a year to give them up. a year. How pathetic is that? I was so driven that it took me a whole year. How did you give it up? Um I did it by weaning myself off a bit like methadone. So I went from um I like chocolate ginger biscuits and then I went to digestive plane and then I went to oat biscuits and then eventually I went to almonds. Why didn’t you just do it all at once? I should have done. And uh Jen Jen’s a great believer in cold turkey. Like what is the thing? Stop it. I wasn’t man enough for that and it took me a whole year. So the first the first thing is be honest. Truth. Be honest with yourself. Even if you can’t tell other people, be honest with yourself. Is there an addictive potential there? Could that be? Does that fit? Number two, specifically which foods is your problem? And be honest. Um because if you if you’re not honest then you number three is have a plan for abstinence because if you if if there is an if you have got an addictive potential um it won’t be one biscuit and we all who you know how many of us have said I’m going to give up ice cream or biscuits or pizza or whatever it is and then you have a [ __ ] day and you did well or you have a drink or whatever you think tomorrow. Work stresses you out. Yeah. Tomorrow, tomorrow, tomorrow, tomorrow. So, it’s very important to be specific about the food and then to have a plan for how you are going to do it. And another thing is sometimes it’s helpful, you know, the people around you that love you. Mhm. maybe share with them that it’s it’s that it’s important and that I need I might need some help. Please be tolerant with me like cigarettes. Please be tolerant if I’m short-tempered. I’m going to try and do this thing cuz it’s important. The difficulty it depends whether the person that loves you can be gentle or if they’re heavy-handed. If you confess this and then they police you judgmental. Yeah. It doesn’t help. Yeah. Yeah. What you’re asking for is gentle support and tolerance. I can think of a time over my life where I was with somebody Yeah. and I was they were so into their health. Yeah. That it made me start to hide when I was eating bad. I would Exactly. Thank you for that. That’s that’s what happens. And you see that people become deceitful. So the if you police somebody you love, the result is deceit. I was hiding the rappers of the things I was eating. Jen did that with me. She would uh she she knew that I was monitoring, so she starts hiding the rappers or then I’d find them in the car and and but then we have a situation that we can no longer talk about it because so the if if somebody if you’re forcing somebody to become deceitful, you have to back off a little bit. Yeah. Because that deceit then affects self-esteem and that can make them worse and you didn’t want to make them worse and then they’re lonely because they they can’t share the bad days. Yeah, it it’s really good. I wonder please could we show Jen’s book at this point? Of course. So, can I just explain the book? So, this this is Jen’s book and the most important thing is Jen doesn’t make a penny out of this book. So it’s fork in the road with the idea that in your journey, which one are you going to pick? Do you see? So it’s fork in the road. She doesn’t make any money from this. Every penny goes to a charity that she’s set up helping people with food addiction. It’s available on Amazon and self-published on Amazon. How How much does this book cost? It’s not a lot, is it? It’s about £15. Oh, no. It’s less. I think it might be 10 10 quid. Okay, I’ll tell you what I’ll do. Yeah, I’ll buy a thousand of them. Fabulous. And I’ll put a link below in the comment section. And so I All you’ve got to do is if you’ve really enjoyed this conversation and you’d like to get Jen’s book, um, fork in the road. A fork in the road. Maybe we can even get some of them signed. Not all of them cuz that hand, but get a couple of them. Oh, that is brilliant. Click below and um, we’ll send a thousand of them out. And that’s just a thank you from from me to both you and Jen, but also to the community who tune in for these conversations. And it’s so great that people can get such simple information that’s so accessible and so um rigorous in its scientific credentials um in a way like this that they can that could change some people’s lives. Great. Isn’t that a wonderful thing? You know, that a simple book like this, which isn’t long either, not a big read, could change some people’s lives. That’s such a wonderful thing. You said something earlier on about the link between sort of your dietary choices and cancer. I’ve actually got a friend of mine who used to work for me who is going through a cancer process at the moment. She’s very very young. She’s actually younger than I am. Wow. And she was diagnosed with breast cancer. She’s a really good friend of mine. Um and she was my actually my manager for a couple of years. She’s called Katie. She’s very public about this. So she’s posting her journey online so I can I can say her name. and um I’ve been following her and she’s she’s you know she’s removing a lot of the the foods we’ve talked about today from her diet. So she’s very front of mind for me at the moment and I was looking at some of the stats around the link between our dietary choices and cancer outcomes and I’m going to read them now. My team might cut some of them out but I think they’re worth hearing because hearing them I think is quite um enlightening. A massive French study found that drinking just 100 mil of sugary drinks per day, which could be, you know, a third of a can of soda, is associated with a almost 20% increased risk of overall cancer. Women who consume two or more dietary drinks daily have over double the risk of early onset calorical cancer compared to those who drink less than one a week. High consumption of sugary sweetened beverages is linked to a 78% higher risk of estrogen dependent endometrial cancer in women. Drinking 20 ounces of sugar of sugary soda daily is linked to shortening your telomeres which are the protective caps on your DNA equating to 4.6 years of extra biological aging which is a major risk fac. High sugar intake causes chronic hyperilliminia.

    Chronic hyperinsulinemia can. So that is when I’m saying when the insulin levels are high which I explained at the beginning which can inhibit aptosis the natural process where damaged or cancerous cells self-destruct. Wow. Two more. Fructose is processed in the liver and converted into lipids which are fats which is what we were talking about earlier which recent studies show certain tumors directly consumed to build their cell membranes. And lastly, diets high in added sugars chronically elevate C reactive proteins called CRPs, an inflammation marker that is heavily correlated with tumor progression and metastasis. Yeah. So what I’d like to this is that is so interesting and it brings to mind a really important point. We talk so much around the world about treating cancer, but what about prevention? Because for your friend, that’s a life sentence and she’s living with uncertainty and fear. And when I tell patients they have cancer, you know, you feel it right here because you just took away so much. And it’s interesting. Do we try hard enough? If we know that, are we trying hard enough to prevent cancer? Because that’s what we should be doing because we know a lot that I think after smoking, diet is the next commonest cause of cancer. And you know, how serious does it have to get when when you you just gave all those references then? And uh I know that uh junk food is linked to all cause mortality. It’s linked to so many things. Uh what what are we prepared to sacrifice for enjoying, you know, treats and snacks? It’s kind of when you look at it like that, it’s really bonkers. Really bonkers. This sounds a bit crazy, but sometimes I imagine receiving the diagnosis. Yeah. And I do a bit of I guess they might call it a premortm. Um a premortm, not a postmortem, where I imagine on that day the decisions I wish I would have made. And I’m not saying all cancer is linked to what we eat because that’s not the case. But I’m I’m imagining like the worst diagnosis I could ever be given and the doctor telling me that my lifestyle choices contributed to that over the last 5, 10, 15 years. And in that moment, is there any sugary drink that is worth it? There’s just no, you would just wish with every bone in your body when you come home and tell your fiance, your partner, your kids that you’ve got this horrific diagnosis, you would just wish that you had made a different decision. I also think that’s a very good strategy for dealing with problems. Mhm. You know, your life must be so complicated. I can’t begin to imagine how many problems you’re solving and the complications and the people you deal with and yet all of them are as nothing against a cancer diagnosis, aren’t they? So that you would look at the problems you have right now and you’d laugh. Yesterday I was worried about the traffic or whatever and I think it’s a leveler. Mortality is a leveler. All my life I’ve been obsessed with death and it worries me. I can’t sort out in my head what does death mean or you know it really scared me when I was a child the idea of death but what it’s given me is a drive to not waste time and and to think about what’s the best use of today and and you seem to have that kind of energy as well. The interesting thing about this idea of wasting time as well is through everything you’ve talked about today, we we can both waste less time but also have more time. And when I learned about the difference between like lifespan and health span, that also added to this equation. You know, people still live to 80 years old, but they’re healthy for like 30 40 years. And that’s a very the idea of health span is very important because we know in the UK it’s going down. Oh, is it? Yes. Um uh it’s it they’re looking at that now. Lifespan is hanging out there as sort of stuttering along, but health span is going down in the UK and it’s worth thinking why that is. Well, I would I guess it’s uh relates to all the things you’ve talked about today. It may do. In England, you’re totally right. It says in England, the situation is particularly alarming. Health span is actively declining even as overall lifespan slowly creeps up. Recent 2024 to 2026 data from the office of national statistics the ONS and the health foundation paints a stark picture of the UK’s widening sick years gap. Over the last decade healthy life expectancy in the UK has fallen by roughly 2 years. As of the latest data, men in the UK can expect to spend about 60 years in good health and women about 60 years of good health as well because overall life expectancy in England is rising. Um people are now spending roughly up to 23 years at the end of their lives with poor health and in sickness. This means the average person spends nearly a quarter of their life managing chronic illness and or disability. And that’s exactly the point, isn’t it? That’s exactly the point and it relates to another thing I’d like to tell you about as well. This is um government figures. Every taxpayer in England pays an extra £7,000 tax per year for the consequences of ultrarocessed food. Everybody’s paying tax, extra tax, £7,000 a year. And this is because it’s not just the cost of the drugs. The bigger co bigger cost is this is the people not paying tax themselves and not able to work because they’re ill. And that is that’s twothirds of the cost is the lack of revenue because so much of our population isn’t well enough to work. And that’s very and a lot of it’s young people too. It’s very serious. I know I think about 30 40% of our listeners are in the United States. So I’ve got some bad news for everybody in the United States as well. The US is there. The US currently holds a rather grim record. It has the largest health span to lifespan gap on Earth. Despite the United States having lower overall life expectancy than almost all of its peer nations and premature death rate that is nearly twice the average of comparable countries, its health span stats sit as the worst in the world. So, if you’re in the United States, as things stand, you will be sicker for longer. Um, or we’re trying to keep catch up with her though, aren’t we? We’re, you know, we’re doing our best, you know. We’re doing our best to catch up. Um, I have this piece of string here. Yes. Which is, I guess, a mechanism you use to figure out if people’s waist and I guess fat levels are too high on the on the belly. I think it’s bigger than that. So I’m interested in lowcost ways for people to find out well how are you how are you doing? How are you doing? And so one recognized way looking at metabolic health is your waist should be less than half your height. So if we have a piece of string which we have there I believe you’re 6’1. Yes. And you’ve you’ve marked halfway. So half of that string should go around the fattest bit of your belly. People come up to me all the time, you know, and they go, “Oh my god, you’re so much taller than I thought.” Because they’ve only ever seen me sat down. My entire career is watching. That’s right. Cut it in half. And then let’s see. Will it go around your belly? Yes or no? Okay. So, I’ve cut the the string in half. Yes. Which part of my belly? The fattest part. The fattest part. Okay. Yeah. So, be honest about the fat part. Okay. Can I look? Yeah. You did it. Yeah. Is that Are you squeezing? No, I’m not. Are you Are you cheating? Let me see. I mean it’s it’s not Yeah, you’ve just done it. You’ve passed. It’s so interesting. I know. Funny, but that is a very interesting thing for you. And as I say, it’s insulin resistance tends to put weight on your belly, but you may have a very muscular abdomen. Let’s pretend it’s that, you know. Yeah, you’re just about there. You’re just about there. But it’s a really simple test for everybody at home. Piece of string. As long as you are tall, cut it in half. Will it or will it not go around your middle? Okay. So, everybody at home, go buy some string. Yeah. I mean, there’s lots of other things you can do, but that that’s as a simple way because your weight alone, as I said, it’s where the fat is distributed. It it’s fat on your belly is more worrying than fat on your legs or on your arms really. So, so one of the things people always ask me about is supplementation. Um, good, bad, indifferent. What’s your point of view? Right. So, my point of view is if you can, my my gut reaction is to try and use diet to give you what you need if you can. Which diet? A lower a real food, lowish carbohydrate diet is my preferred thing with plenty of protein in there and healthy fats.

    I’m very interested in farming and regenerative agriculture and all that kind of thing. And what I know is that the nutrient profile of crops grown today is not nearly as good as it was 100 years ago. So we have some problems and it it’s to do with the soil. If you keep just adding nitrogen and harvesting crops, those crops do not contain as much zinc or magnesium particularly. And so the tragedy is that although my aim would be to have you healthy with a real food diet, there are some things you cannot get in the diet now that your grandparents could. And one of them is magnesium. It’s very very difficult to get enough magnesium in your diet without supplementation. And as you get older, you absorb the magnesium less and less. Also, a lot of medication interferes with magnesium absorption, particularly drugs for um acidity. So, magnesium supplementation for most people. In myself, it was magic at getting rid of muscle cramps. I sleep a lot better. I think we also need to talk about magnesium. Which magnesium? Cuz it varies a hell of a lot. And uh this bit’s embarrassing. Depends on your bowels. Okay. Right. Have you got fast or slow bowels? You don’t need to tell tell me. If if you if you tend to be a bit constipated, magnesium citrate is very good. It helps. It’s more laxative and it you’re you absorb some of it. Anyway, if your bowels are not a problem and particularly if you’re wanting better sleep or mood, magnesium glycinate or thriionate is actually crosses the bloodb brain barrier but won’t help with constipation. So that’s a very quick thing on magnesium. Have you have we got time for me to tell you about the first cow I ever bought? Go ahead. And it’s relevant to magnesium. Go ahead. Right. So my wife and I, my wife Ken, we have this idea that if you love somebody, then gifts are you try and think what would that person like. Don’t buy somebody a present you would like. Yeah. Yeah. And it was Jen trying to get me to grow up. Yeah. Right. And this is how she did it. So she said to me one day, “Right, get a coat and a pair of Wellingtons. I’m going to take you out.” And she drove me into Lanasher and there was a field of cows. And she said, “I have bought you any one of those cows.” cuz I’d always wanted a cow and we had a field and she How what a woman is this? She knew I wanted she went to the farmer in advance and prepaid for any cow and said this field I’ve I I bought a cow. You just pick which one you like and he’ll transport it home. How does this relate to magnesium? You’re wondering. Well, it does because the farmer said you can have whichever cow you like, but I’ve lost 15 cows uh to a thing called the staggers this year, and you cannot have the cow unless you promise me you’ll buy magnesium supplements because the grass is now so short of magnesium that uh cows die fitting if you don’t give them a magnesium supplementation. But it’s better than that. At the same time, I had a patient that I couldn’t work out why he was fitting. I was really fond of this guy and I kept being called out and admitting him to intensive care fitting. And we couldn’t work out it wasn’t a brain tumor. Why was he fitting? And I expect you’ve joined the dots. It was magnesium deficiency because of medication he was on. And that’s the first time I ever seriously thought about magnesium. It’s a most interesting subject. very important and the modern diet is most people are magnesium deficient and uh problem is you can’t measure it. So your blood magnesium the serum magnesium um doesn’t reflect what’s going on because magnesium is mainly inside your cells. So in the you have to get the intracellular magnesium level. But do you know what? It’s just easier to try a magnesium supplement and see how you feel. So, do you take magnesium? I do because the guests, the experts on my podcast have told me that magnesium is one of my five. For me, I’ve said to myself, I’ll take five supplements a day. Um, five. Yeah, I’ll take five. So, vitamin D because I’m inside all the time. Vitamin D. So, yes, definitely. And I’m black, so that you know, well, that combined, but everybody, particularly in the most people just don’t get enough sunshine. It’d be better if you could do it with sun, but yeah, vitamin D is very, very important. I take magnesium. Yeah, cuz people like you have told me how important it is. Which magnesium do you take? That’s a great question. I think it’s citrate. Citrate, but I actually think it varies depending on what my team get me. Yes. Yeah. Um, but that’s good to know cuz I’ll think about my bowels. I take creatine. Yeah. Um there’s this fiber supplement that I take because I did a couple of blood tests and um they said that fiber would help this particular fiber supplement would help reduce my LDL y cholesterol. Yeah. And multivitamin to cover everything to cover everything. That’s probably I mean that sounds okay really. Yeah. I mean one of the worries that or one of the clinical things I find is honestly if you ask people how many supplements they’re taking is a carrier bag comes in and there’s a blue one and a yellow one and it is possible to overs supplement quite easily particularly maybe vitamin D you can know various uh vitamins you handed this as well oh that’s vitamin D fine fine so I think that that’s I would agree with you basically mine’s mine’s also going um off my blood test results. So, I’ve done two blood test results. Actually, I’ve done two blood test results in the last month. One with Function Health, who are a partner of ours, a sponsor of ours, and another one with um with Nico Health, which is actually a company that I’ve just invested a couple of million quid into, which is this health testing company. Have you heard about Nika Health? You walk in, $299, whatever. You lay down, you get all of your your sort of blood tests done. You get all of these incredible tests done on your body. Um, they show like how, you know, how how good your circulation is from your like neck to your toes. You stand in front of this scanner. It takes like 2,000 3,000 photos of your body, tracks all of your moles, tracks your heartbeat, does all of these incredible things. And then instead of waiting 2 weeks for the results, you walk into a room and your entire body is on this screen. Yes. And you can look at, you know, all these different parts of your body. They do the blood tests at the very start and then literally like it felt like 20 minutes later I’m in a room. I’ve got my blood test results back. I can see my entire body. They’re going through my LDL, my this, my that, the other. They’re showing my heartbeat. They’re showing every single mole in my body. And it cost £299. And you get the results then. And I my alternative, and this is me really plugging, the alternative that I used to do every year was this. Honestly, I’ll be honest. It was this £7,000 health screening where I’d take it would take me 6 7 hours and I’d get the results back in 2 weeks. So, what Nico have tried to do, it’s actually a company started by the founder of Spotify, Daniel. And yes, so I did my blood test the other day and both my function health test and my my Nico health test said the same thing. And then I took those results and I I processed them using some AI tools and said like what am I deficient in? And one of the things I was deficient in was omega-3. That was the other one. uh omega-3, vitamin D. I had high LDL and so they said this fiber thing would be really good for you. And yeah, those were the main things. Otherwise, I was great, but yeah, high LDL. I think one just that makes me think of something when you’re screening. I think the important point is that you don’t just scare people that it has to be linked to what can you do about it. So, I’ve had a lot of experience of scared patients. Mhm. So GPS, we we’re we worry about screening cuz what happens is people do that and then people get scared and use up loads of appointments in the health service trying to sort out. So what what’s good is if you do screening that relates to actionable points and then you help the people understand what they can do. Yeah. And avoid leaving them as just worried. Exactly. Because that is for you, you know, if if I can, I might be able to tell you accurately, you’re going to die, aged, whatever, of whatever. But if you can’t do anything about it, you don’t want to know. Yeah. What you do want to know is what can I what can I take action on? What can I You know, it’s about optimizing, isn’t it? The things I hate about the health checking process before Nico was like I hated how expensive it was. And that’s quite it’s quite a privileged thing to be able to get a health a full body health scan especially like so but now you can do it for 2.99 but then it was I walked into a room straight away with a doctor and the doctor sat me down beautiful screen of my body and was like do this this this is fine this is fine and she was so nice about it but yeah I say that cuz I’m so passionate about it cuz I realize there’s a certain privilege that people that are able to access private healthcare have that I think is really really unfair. Well, obviously I I think that’s unfair because I only work in the health service. Yeah. The state self. I don’t do anything other. I won’t take private patients or because I think it it would be wrong. And because don’t you think health inequality is getting really bad? Yes, exactly. Really bad. And it kind of troubles me. And also if you you start in the UK and you go northwards, it just gets worse and worse and and the states is the same where it’s not like the same nation. Oh my gosh. You know, if you go to California, there’s one kind of a thing and then you go elsewhere and it’s not the same. But hopefully this is changing. Um this is I I Well, I think social media helps because it don’t cost much, does it, to go on social media and find out things. Exactly. and people like you who have um increasing increasingly loud voice across lots of podcasts and who are reaching millions and millions and millions and millions and millions of people um and teaching them. What’s difficult though is not to become confused, you know, because you have the newspaper saying eggs are good, eggs are bad, and then you have this expert who’s saying this and another expert saying the other. I think what I’ve tried to do is base what I say on real world data and that’s different. So I’m I’m very careful to take baseline data from my patients and then update it all the time. So what I’m the publications I’ve done are based on the real world, the health service in the north of the UK. I can’t cherrypick my patients. I’m allocated my patients by the state. So I I can’t just pick wealthy people or people that will live longer. I’m allocated people and that’s that. So part of what I do is proof of concept because if you can achieve this in the north of England near Liverpool and if other people can replicate it in Australia, New Zealand, North America, maybe it’s true perhaps. Dr. David Unwin, we have a closing tradition on this podcast where the last guest leaves a question for the next, not knowing who they’re leaving it for. And the question left for you, yeah, is I’m sure the guests will figure out who left this one. Um, if humanity organized to make contact with a more intelligent species, who should represent humanity and why? Funny. God, that’s a brilliant question. Who should

    The first person, this is a person I’m going to nominate. What about David Atenburgh? you know, he’s 100 years old and he spent so long um thinking about the planet and wouldn’t he be a wonderful ambassador and because I am passionate about biodiversity, I’m passionate about sustainable agriculture and sustainable food. I pick David As. I think that’s a wonderful choice. I think the aliens would really like him. They would. They would. That’s my answer. Thank you so much for what you do. Um, you’re really remarkable in a way that’s quite rare. And listen, I would know because feedback. I love feedback. No, you really are remarkable. You’re really remarkable in a way that’s very rare. And I don’t say this to all of my guests, but you are for a variety of reasons. Okay, I’m going to give you all of the feedback. Thank you. The first the first the most notable is you’re a very kind human and the way that you speak is very nice to listen to. Again, rare. The other thing that I noticed is you’re very, very, very natural and good at telling stories. And listen, why does this matter? Because the human brain, from what I’ve discovered from doing this podcast, is really orientated towards stories. Now, you could sit here and say banana bad or you could say magnesium good, but I’ll never forget the cow story. Yeah. You know, I’ll never forget the cow story. I could have I could have forgotten that magnesium good, magnesium bad. But the way that you tell these stories is so captivating that it enables me to learn in a way that is engaging and that is rare, very very rare. And the other is just um your your depth of experience, your humility, your willingness to admit when you were wrong, which means that I trust you so much with what you’re telling me because you’re you’re saying, “Listen, I’m I’m an imperfect human, too. I’ve made mistakes both in myself, with my patients, and this is what I’ve learned from it.” And um the other thing is just your ability to simplify. It’s remarkable. Listen, I sit here all day with super geniuses from this university and Harvard and Stanford and whatever else and I’m struggling to understand what the hell they’re talking about because they don’t take a second to build the bridge between the science and the average person and you do that so naturally. So I I have no I have no surprise coming from you that means a great deal. It really does. Thank you. It’s just what 40 years in general practice does to you. Because if you wish to be effective and if you notice as in the grin model, I’m I’m watching your face. I’m watching an audience and I’m reading how I’m doing or you’re getting bored or I need to move on or whatever. And that’s what I do with patients. I watch very carefully. But coming from you because you really do know because you’ve had all sorts. So that means such a lot. It’s a really rare skill. actually cuz it’s so rare. I would just implore you to do more. And I know you’re only doing so much, but it’s like it’s so rare that you can have such a massive impact. Yeah. You know, so I really I really wish Well, we need to talk about how them how we So, I’m trying to get bigger on Twitter, so this will help me um immensely. Um Well, how can the audience help? How can the audience help you with your mission? Well, lowcarbgp on Twitter. Please follow me on X, low carb GP. The other thing that would help very much is to support the British charity that I set up, the public health collaboration. Um, it’s our 10y year anniversary. We set up, these were clinicians who got together, 16 clinicians said, “How are we doing rubbish? Can we do better? Can we give clearer public health advice?” So, it’s called the public health collaboration. So, please, please support our charity. Go online, find out about it, come to our conferences. I’d also say notice each of us is on a journey. Be clear about your goals. Notice what works for you because that’s what you’re doing. And each of us see yourself as an experiment. Don’t be frightened of experimenting. But if you’re going to experiment, notice, measure something, measure something, and then you’ll see how you’re doing. Um, and I I one thing I think that gives me hope is continuous glucose monitors because you’re getting, you know, individualizing right there. How is my blood sugar? I can check mine in a minute and see how I’m doing. I think continuous glucose monitors, which by the way are only 20 $30 on on Amazon or Yeah. I I would think, you know what, if you loved your dad or you had somebody and it’s Christmas and you could buy a useless ornament or something and they don’t need it anyway, but would they be interested to find out about their blood sugar? Yeah, you could maybe consider. You’d ask them first, but if they’ve if they’ve got a mobile phone, they could try a continuous glucose monitor and find out. Have you Have you tried one? I have. I have. What did you learn? I mean, so much I learned. Ah, well, did you learn? I learned that all these things I thought were had no sugar in them. Have loads of sugar in them. I had no idea about ketchup. I thought it was And the point is once you’ve seen it on your phone, you can’t then see it. No. And I see them as the the cavalry coming over the hill because we can’t be fooled much longer. Do more. I’m just going to look at seeing what my blood sugar is right now. So, can I just show you? Oh, wow. So, what that is, that’s somebody with type 2 diabetes. But look, my blood sugar is absolutely level. Wow. And that’s good. uh because you want it. But look how how level it is. And that is because I don’t eat stuff that puts up my blood sugar. If I was to have some of those, you’d get a um you’d get a spike. But that’s feedback. Also means if I get very stressed, it puts up my blood sugar. And you’ve been so kind. I haven’t been stressed. Great. Thank God for that. So other podcasters are not as gentle and kind as you and I get a horrible spike. So I was going to open. Here’s some feedback for you, Steven. So, you and I have been together for a few hours, and my blood sugar, I felt safe, so you’ve done your job, too. And there’s some feedback for you. No spiking. I’ll tell you a final story. A final story. Um, so type 2 diabetes is brand new as a problem for pediatricians. What is a pediatrician? So a pediatrician is a doctor who specializes in the diseases of children, people under 16 years old. And the the the international problem is that children everywhere are now suffering from type 2 diabetes. Okay. But the pediatricians have had no training because it’s a new disease. So um a large group of pediatricians sent for me and said please do a keynote and teach us what to do because they although they’re specialists they haven’t experiencing type 2 diabetes. This is a new disease of children what we’re doing what we’re doing. Leave it at that. We didn’t show the fuagra but I’ll eat some of that later. Dr. David Anwin. Thank you. We’re done. Fabulous.

  • 05/16/2026 – The Savings Expert – Passive Income Is A Scam! Post-Traumatic Broke Syndrome Is Controlling Millions!

    People talk a lot about passive income. It is not a thing. Look, there’s two ways to get wealthier. And passive income is not part of that equation. But what’s really important for people is how we should spend money. Cuz I’ve written about money and finance and investing for 20 years. And I can tell you the correlation between how much you spend and how happy you are. It can exist, but it is not as simple as you think. Morgan Hel is the legendary financial guru, revealing that everything we’ve been told about saving and spending money could be our biggest downfall. And here’s why. If you’re unhappy with your life, it is a very easy assumption to make that if you had more money, a bigger house, a better car, or whatever it might be, things would be better. And it’s a lie we tell ourselves, of course, because here’s the truth. So much of spending is a psychological itch that you’re trying to scratch. And that manifests in so many different ways. For example, life is a competition. It doesn’t matter how well I’m doing, it matters how well I’m doing relative to you. And the most tangible way to do that is the material stuff. I was reading some funny stats. They say that if you win the lottery, the probability of your neighbor going bankrupt increases. It’s an amazing statistic. So, be careful who you socialize with because you’re going to anchor to them as a baseline level of success and happiness. So, is it wrong to buy a Rolex? Absolutely not. But when it’s controlling your personality, it’s no different than any other addiction where it’s forcing you to do things that you otherwise don’t want to do. What about people who don’t seem to spend anything? It’s just as dangerous. Like there’s something called post-traumatic broke syndrome and I’ll talk about that. But I guarantee you that everyone can spend money in a way it’s going to make them happier. So if I wanted to make a framework to know how to spend my money, where do I start? But also based on everything you know about money, if I want to get complete financial freedom, what’s the five things that I should be thinking about? The first thing that I think is most important is

    Morgan. Everybody loves to talk about investing. They love to talk about saving money, but I’ve never heard anybody emphasize the importance of spending money. You’ve written this book, The Art of Spending. So, it begs the question, why would someone like you who sells tens of millions of copies of their books when they write about something and really, really cares about the art of writing commit themselves to writing a book about the art of spending when you couldn’t when you could have written anything that you wanted to and it would have been a success. So, I’ve written about money and finance and investing for 20 years, and almost never had I myself said, “What is my spending philosophy?” I could tell you how I invest. I can tell you how I save. I could tell you why I do those things. If 5 years ago, if you said, “Morgan, tell me your philosophy about spending in your own life.” I’d be like, I I don’t really know. And as I looked into it, there are literally tens of thousands of books on how to invest, how to grow your money, how to get rich, how to help your career. that top that topic is endless. There is virtually no book out there written about spending money. And I think the reason why is because we don’t I think we intuitively think nothing needs to be said because the answer should be obvious. More is better, fancier is better. That’s the end of the topic. But if you know particularly wealthier people, I mean it affects everybody, but particularly wealthier people, you know, it’s not that simple. that the correlation between how much you spend and how happy you are. It it can exist. Everyone can spend money in a way that’s going to make them happier, but it is not as simple as you think. And as I started digging into it in my own life of when have I been envious of other people, of their material possessions, why was I envious? Why when have I been jealous? Why was I jealous? What kind of spending made me happy? What left me completely flat? It’s it’s a much more complicated topic than it seems at the surface. You know, another title for the book could have been the psychology of spending money because that’s what this is. So, it’s a look at the psychology of greed and envy and social aspiration and like climbing the social ladder, who you’re trying to impress, whether those people are paying any attention to you. That’s what this book is. So for someone like me who wants to improve my relationship with spending, I guess the question Yeah, I guess the first question is understanding the art of spending money. Simple choices for a rich what is it going to do for me? How is it going to make my life better to understand this? Why why does it matter to the person that’s listening right now? I think it is a very easy assumption to make if you’re unhappy with your life that if you had more money, those problems would go away. Sometimes it can be true. It’s not automatically false. It’s just easier to assume that that’s true than it actually is. And so I guarantee you that every single person listening to this right now has some degree of that. If I had a little bit more money, my problems would go away, even if they don’t necessarily know it or not. So much of spending is a psychological exercise. There’s an itch that you’re trying to scratch and that manifests in so many different ways. And so I’ve often thought of money, look, is money the root of society, the core of society? No. There’s obviously a million things more important than money, but I do think it’s the clearest window that we can look through to try to figure out what’s going on in our own lives, in other people’s lives, in society. It shows very starkly what people value, what they’re scared of, what they’re aspiring to become. There are many more elements to the puzzle. Your health, your friends, your family. We can go on that forever. But money is a very clear window that if you see how somebody engages with money, you’re like, “Oh, I understand your insecurities. I understand your aspirations. I understand your self-confidence. I understand what you think of other people. But the point is that it’s a psychological itch. It It’s not just I want the nice car because nice cars are better. There’s a social signaling. You’re signaling to others. You’re sending to yourself. It’s a trophy for yourself of what you’ve overcome. The more I dug into it, the more it was so clear of like spending is not just on material stuff. It’s not just I want to buy this car or this house or these clothes or these jewelry because it’s nice. It’s I’m trying to send a signal to others or to myself of what I’ve overcome. One of the ways I thought about this in my own life was if I was on a deserted island with maybe just just me and and my family, nobody could see how we were living. Nobody can see your house. Nobody can see your car. Nobody can see your clothes. Nobody can see your jewelry. How would I live? For me, and I think most people in that exercise, you immediately gravitate away from status and towards utility. Like I would not want a Lamborghini. I probably want like a pickup truck, something that has like more util if nobody could see it. I would just want utility. I would not want an enormous house. I would want a house with a nice view because I’m not trying to show off to other people. I just want something that is calming and and serene to myself. And so once you start seeing the stark difference between utility and status, once you once you force yourself to see it, you’re like, “Oh, it’s everywhere.” Is something inherently wrong with status? Is it wrong to buy a Rolex? Absolutely not. particularly at certain points of your life. Okay. So, when when is it good, when is it bad, when is it indifferent? Like indifferent. I don’t know. I don’t know. It’s hard to say what’s good and bad in terms of a formula because everybody’s different. But I would say this my own personal desire to show off materially happened when I was in my late teens, early 20s. And looking back, I didn’t know this then, but the reason why is because I had nothing else to offer the world. I had no intelligence. I had no wisdom. I didn’t know how to love anyone. I had nothing else to offer. Friends, family, spouses, whatever it be. And so the last remaining lever if you’re trying to get attention and respect is, well, look, I have no intelligence to offer. I have no wisdom to offer. Maybe people will admire me for my car. That was why I wanted it. And now that I I hope in a in I hope to today, 20 years later, I have a little bit more to offer to my wife, to my friends, to my family, to employers and customers, whatnot. Then my desire for those things has gone down. not to zero, but it’s gone down. There’s a great Warren Buffett quote where he says, “Success in life is when the people who you want to love you do love you.” And key to that is like you have to ask the question like, “Who do you want to love you?” And for a lot of people, the quick knee-jerk reaction is everybody. And so you want to have a nice car, nice clothes, nice jewelry because you think everyone’s going to stop and stare. When I drive this down the road, people are going to be stop and say, “Look at that guy. Look, look at her. That’s amaz like they’re so successful. I I admire them. I respect them. And by and large, that is almost never true because no one’s thinking about you as much as you are. They’re not they’re not paying attention to your car or your clothes or your house. They’re busy worrying about themselves. Jimmy Carr, who I think you’ve had on the show before. Is that right? Mhm. Love Jimmy Carr. He said this a couple weeks ago. I heard it and it was one of those I had to stop and write it down because it was so profound. He said, “In your 20s, people worry about what other people think of them. In your 30s, you say, “I don’t care what anybody thinks of me.” And in your 40s, you finally realize a truth, which was nobody was thinking about you the whole time. They were busy worrying about themselves. And look, that’s not black and white. Of course, people think about you and look at you and sometimes judge you, but not nearly to the extent that we think. And that was why I get back to the exercise. If nobody was watching, how would I live? The truth is because virtually nobody is watching except the people who I really love and admire. and they’re going to admire me for things that have nothing to do with the kind of car that I drive or the clothes that I wear. What’s the the evolutionary basis for all of this stuff? Life’s a competition. It doesn’t matter how well I’m doing. It matters how well I’m doing relative to you. It doesn’t matter how big my house is. If I’m trying to signal, all that matters is my house is bigger than yours. That’s true for all wealth. There’s no such thing as you are wealthy once you have x number of dollars. That that does not exist. Everything is relative to other people. And the truth is like we live in a world of such material abundance where the majority of people listening this will have some sort of shelter and a car and and can buy can buy clothes and whatnot. And because relative to a lot of history, we live in material abundance, the competition, the arms race for bigger nicer things is extraordinary. And it’s way more powerful and potent today than it’s ever been for two reasons. One is social media. So I am now aware of the homes that other people live in. the cars that they drive, the clothes, the vacations that they take. I’m now aware of it in a way that we were not 15 years ago. The other thing is because the internet has democratized access to audience and attention. The ability to become extremely rich is much more powerful than it’s ever been. It’s still rare, of course, but it’s it’s easier today than it’s ever been to become very very wealthy, even if only a small number of people are doing it because your your potential customer base is now the entire world. You know, 100 years ago, if I was a businessman, my customer base was whoever lived in my town. Now, if you’re a businessman, your customer base can be the entire world. And so, it’s easier to make a huge fortune. And because of social media, once you make that fortune, people are probably going to know about it because a lot of those people who become very rich are going to say, “Look at how I’m living.” And so you have this like trickle down aspiration of everyone else being like my definition of wealthy. If you’re a young person today, a young person’s definition of wealthy might be a multi-billionaire with a private jet and a private island where I think 80 years ago people’s definition of wealthy was a three-bedroom house and one car and and a and a happy family. And so we live in a world where like aspirations have inflated by such a dramatic degree that the arms race of spending just gets that much that much higher. I think there’s something in this idea that you almost have to develop the skill of disconnecting your admiration from your aspirations if you want to live a good life cuz so many kids will like look up to you and say I want to be like Morgan when I’m older. um because they admire what you’ve done, but the reality is they they’re just seeing the sort of shop window. Yeah. Of your life. And so people do this with Elon all the time, right? And Elon has even said he’s like, “You might think you want to be me, but you you don’t.” And he the clip where he did that, he points his head and he’s like, “It’s a it’s a tornado up here.” And I think that’s true that for most people who are extremely successful, who are the ones that people tend to look up to, like the extreme outlier successes, a lot of the reason they’re so successful financially and then their career is because they’ve devoted every second of their life to that career, which most of the time comes at the expense of everything else. So they are very successful, made a lot of money, and that came at the expense of their health, their relationships, relationships with their their spouses, their children. So I make the point in the book that of the top 10 richest men in the world there are a cumulative 13 divorces among the top 10 richest people and it’s a small sample size like you can’t really you know say that that that much with that but this is a group that is almost universally admired particularly among young men you know Elon Musk Jeff Bezos Mark Zuckerberg how how amazing would it be to have that much money but if you dig into their actual the the their whole life not just their net worth not just the house and the jet that they have but if you look at holistically their entire life, you’re like, I don’t know. It’s it’s it’s it’s not that great. It’s it’s one thing to admire someone if you can pick bits and pieces. I want I want his house and her car and his career and his physique, but you can’t pick bits and pieces. You have to take the whole thing. And once you take the whole thing, you realize that like a lot of the people who you may have been looking up to either did not have a better life than you did or it was just marginally better in a way that was easy to overlook. I had this conversation with a girl in New York last week. I was at a shoot a client like a brand shoot and she sat me down to interview me for Tik Tok and she said um she goes what age did you become a millionaire? And I said about 24 25 and she went oh I’m 24 25 now and I’m not a millionaire. And I remember saying to her I was like yeah but would you would you take my trade? And I explained to her I was like so I was lonely between the age of 18 and roughly 20. I was working in call centers. My parents wouldn’t speak to So I had no contact with my family really um for through that period and then I started shoplifting at about 18 19 to feed myself and my brother had given me this big um sort of industrial packet of oats and what I had to do is it’s like powder I mixed the powder with water and there’s there’s there’s a photo online I think from my previous TED talk my first one where I was just drinking this this powdered water. So I said to her, I said, and I was a millionaire at 24, lonely, not speaking to my family, drinking powder do shoplifting, working night shifts in multiple call centers. Would you take the trade? And she went, “No.” She went, “Absolutely not.” She wouldn’t take the trade. And I said, “So you can’t you can’t pick it apart because I if you want to my outcome, you have to take the path that I took if you want my specific outcome.” And people don’t think about that. Like one of the things this podcast has actually taught me is to think through the framework of trade-offs. Yeah. So, think about everything as a trade-off. Think of a Zen as a trade-off. There’s a trade you’re making somewhere. And even, you know, when you aspire, you admire people. If you admire what we’ve done here, for example, think about the trade-off. Like even with this team, the team have been working here every single day, including the weekends from morning till night for the last 14 days here in New York. Every single day. Right. Do you want to do you want to do you want a podcast? Like, do you want the trade? And if you do, fine. But just be informed about, as you say, both sides of the trade. Another Jimmy Carr quote that I love, he’s a profound individual. Not only is he hilarious, he’s very smart. The quote is, “Everyone is jealous of what you’ve got. Nobody’s jealous of how you got it.” Yeah. And I think it’s just so easy to overlook. One of the things I write in the book is what’s called the reverse obituary, which is it’s a very good helpful exercise to write down. It’s kind of morbid, but what do you want your obituary to say? kind of a weird thing, but for me, everyone’s different, but for me, I would want it to say Morgan was a good father, a good husband, a good friend, helped his community, was a good worker. That’s what I would want it to say. Never in a million years in that obituary would I want it to say what my income was, how big my house was, how many times I went on vacation, how many horsepower my car had. Like, it’s ridiculous to think that that’s what it would be. I would want it. You instantly drift towards the things that you know you’re actually you actually want in life. And of course, it’s going to be different for everyone, but I I I found it a helpful thing because you realize that it would be completely absurd to put the things that I might be chasing in my life in my obituary. And so if in any given day, in any given year, you’re like, I got to earn a higher income and I want to buy a bigger house and I got to need a new car and all you see, they came out with this watch. But at the end of your life, you know, that’s not going to matter. What’s going to matter is were you a good spouse, a good parent, a good worker, were you honest? Were you a good friend? Were you funny? That’s you know that’s what’s going to matter because that’s what you want in your obituary. I think part of the reason people spend in the way that they do as well is linked to that which is sometimes that behavior which is also linked to the point about trauma at the start might result in a savings addiction. I often wonder this because you know when I was younger I had this crazy spending problem and I’ve also seen people who don’t seem to spend anything and they’re just like hoarding capital. You talk about this a bit in the book like what is that equally bad behavior? I think it’s equally bad cuz both of them are the exact same thing which is money’s controlling you. Money should be a tool that you use to become a better version of yourself to become a happier more content version of yourself. But when it’s controlling your personality, it’s it’s it’s no different than like any any other addiction where you don’t it’s forcing you to do things that you otherwise don’t want to do. And that can manifest on either end of the side. Either people can’t stop spending or they cannot spend enough. A lot of financial advisors will tell you one of the biggest problems that they have are clients who have saved enough money for retirement. Good job. You saved for 40 years. You maxed out your 401k. You did everything you were supposed to. and now you’re 70 years old and you have enough money to travel and play golf and you won’t you won’t do it. And I think it’s because they become so accustomed to the identity of I’m a saver. Every month I save and every month my net worth goes up and they cannot bring themselves into switching gears and going in the other direction. And for a lot of those people, the money is in full control over their identity. It’s telling them how to live, what to like, what to aspire to, what to enjoy. the money is totally in control of their personality and and it’s it’s just as dangerous and just as just as detrimental as you when you were a teenager of I can’t stop spending. It’s both of those are in are there the money is like playing the marionette doll of your life. It’s telling you exactly what to do and when to do it. If I wanted to make a framework to know how to spend my money, where do I start? Do I have to get clear on something? Do I, you know, and I guess the other question which is somewhat linked to this is this overarching debate around can money make you happy? Right? But I’m trying to figure out like where do I start cuz I I want to one of the things I want to get out of today is I want to have a a clearer framework for how to spend my money. Well, those two points that you just brought up, I think are very related. The first on the point of can money make you happier? The answer is yes, but there’s a there’s a there’s an asterisk next to it that we need to get to. For years, there was a big academic debate of does more money make you happy? A lot of some of the studies showed yes, clearly it does. Others show studies showed no, it really doesn’t. And the academics, the economists were like battling for decades. It’s kind of been cleared up in the last just the last couple of years, this last couple of decades with some nuance, which is this. If you are already an unhappy person, if you’re already anxious, if you’re already depressed, by and large, having more money will not help you at least that much. It might help you a little bit around the margins. If you’re if you start as an unhappy, depressed, anxious person. If you are already a happy, content, joyful, laughing person, having more money will give you a better life. So in either direction, it’s just leveraging who you already were. It’s not going to change you that much. It’s just going to leverage who you already were. Very similar to like they say this about power, like once you gain power in politics or something, it just leverages the personality that you already had. Money is very much like that. And so it’s it’s not a a a panacea in the sense of like oh like if if you’re miserable like if you had more money it’s going to clear up your problems. It can make some of your problems a little bit easier to deal with. But I mean think about it in these stark terms. Let’s say you are overweight and unhappy. You hate your job and you’re recently divorced and your kids won’t talk to you but you live in a mansion and has a Ferrari in the driveway and you got all kinds of fancy stuff. Is is is that a good life? If all if everything else in your life sucked and you woke up every morning going, “Ah, I got to go to work today. I hate my job. I can’t stand my job. I’m I’m lonely. I’m miserable. I’m overweight. I can’t sleep. I’m addicted to alcohol.” Whatever it might be. Of course, it’s a terrible life. The house and the car don’t matter at all. But you can flip that around and say like let’s say you live in a very modest middle class house and you drive a a 10-year-old Honda Civic, but you love your job. You love your co-workers. You have a great relationship with your spouse. Your kids admire you. You have your friends over for a barbecue every Friday night. Materially, it’s very modest. You have what you need. You’re not impoverished. You’re not homeless. You have the food that you want and the shelter that you want. But you would be an absolute maniac to choose the miserable person in the mansion versus the content, happy person in the middle class house. If your goal is to live a good life, it’s psychotic to pick one of one over the other. I felt this quite starkly recently cuz I flew to Cape Town on my own. Um I’ve only ever been there with my girlfriend and with other friends. And the first time I’ve only been there a few times. I’ve got a house there and it’s a very big house. And the first time I came was with my family. Second time it’s with my girlfriend and my friends. This time I came on my own and I felt this deep existential feeling waking up walking through that house alone thinking [  ] me like it was so clear to me that the point of such a such a thing is to fill it with people and you say that’s what I I make this point in the book of like the very simple question will a big house make you happier? I think it will make you depressed if it’s empty because that’s how I felt. I was like, I’d rather be in a studio apartment alone than a big house on my own. Right. I had a similar realization to you a couple years ago when I took my my my my family and I went to Maui for a vacation. And I love Maui. It’s my favorite place in the world. And now I have kids. So I’m building sand castles with my kids on the beach in Maui. And that I remember thinking like this is this is a 10 out of 10. This is like this is peak life for me. Building sand castles with my kids. Everyone’s happy in the sun. But then I had this realization of like if that’s a 10, playing with Legos at home on the living room floor with my kids is like a nine. Like it’s really close because realization was what I enjoy is like quality time with my kids. And I think a lot of the reason that people like vac like travel is not because they like getting on an airplane and flying around the world and being jetlagged and cramped into a small hotel. What they like is uninterrupted time away from work, away from all the other stresses of everyday life. That’s what they actually enjoy. That’s why they like travel. It’s not necessarily the location. It’s like what the location is doing for you. So the question of will a big house make you happier? It will to the extent that it makes it easier to have your friends and family over because your friends and family are the ones who are actually making you happy. And so the answer can be can will a will a nice house make you happy? The answer can be yes if you’re using it for the right reasons. There was this article in the New York Times. This is probably 10 or 15 years ago. And uh the article said two things happened to Julia Roberts this week. One, she won the Academy Award and two, she found out her husband was cheating on her. And so the column said, “Pop quiz, did Julia Roberts have a good week?” And it’s like, you would be a fool to say yes. It was probably the worst week of her life, I imagine. Yeah. Um but what we see from the outside was dolled up in a beautiful dress accepting the highest honor of her career and saying like, “Wow, that must be amazing.” But he gets back to once you see the full picture, you’re like, “Nah, it’s not as easy as it seems.” You say on page 23 of your book, a quote that I loved, “Show off the inside of your house, not the outside.” Right? Because the inside of your house or what your friends and your family are seeing. Is there like a a hack here? Like is there, you know, cuz you have all these like internet communities that come up with these like hacks, these other ways to live. They they they step outside of the matrix and they form their own little their own little cult that are like doing it differently and not not abiding by the rules of the the quote unquote matrix. I very much feel like most of us are trapped in the matrix. We’re trapped in this like status game competing against each other, not not searching for happiness. Like what is the the hack here? How do we get out of the matrix and what does that look like? I think if there is a formula that I I lay out in the book and I I make the point that like there there’s no formula for how to spend money. But if I did try to make a formula for a pretty good life, and this extends way outside of money, the formula for a pretty good life is independence plus purpose. If you want to say like, how can I be a happy person? You need to be independent. You need to be able to do what you want to do when you want to do it with whom you want to do it with. And you need some kind of purpose that is higher than yourself. And that could be a million different things. It could be friends, it could be family, it could be career, it could be religion, whatever it might be. I think it is very difficult to imagine anyone having a good life without those two things. If your entire life and your schedule is dictated by somebody else of you have to go to this job that you don’t like, you have to have a long commute that you don’t like, you have to do this when you don’t want to do it, it’s it’s hard to be happy. And if you don’t have any kind of purpose that you’re doing it for, it’s difficult to be happy. And so the idea that to me, the best thing to spend money on is independence. And I view it as purchasing I I don’t view it as saving money. I view it as purchasing independence. That’s how I I view I view like I’m buying independence when I save. And so to me, the biggest thing that I spend my money on, and this sounds weird, but I is saving. And I view that as buying independence. I view that as every dollar that I save is a little bit more independent than I was before. It’s a little bit of my future that I now own and control. And if if you’re listening to this and you’re like, look, I’m not financially independent. I have no I have no possibility of being financially independent. Independence exists on a spectrum. And literally every dollar that you save is a little bit more independent than you were before. If you have a $100 in the bank in savings, that can make it so that if you were to lose your job, you have a little bit more flexibility for rent or groceries or whatever it might be that you didn’t before. $1,000, $10,000. Any amount that you have is a little bit more independent than you were before. And so when you view one of the cores of living a good life is independence. And any amount of saving money will buy you independence. I think that’s a powerful observation for people. And then the purpose part is going to be different for everyone. For me right now in my life, it’s being a good father. That’s what I want my end my identity to be. That’s my overarching goal in life is to be a good dad. I I think the vast majority of parents will tell you that there was no greater joy purpose than watching their kids thrive. Can also bring a lot of sorrow and a lot of sleepless nights and a lot of anxiety and a lot of worry that comes along with it. But nothing that I’ve experienced or any of the other parents that I know would would say that anything in their life has come before that that it’s been a great thing. So we got on this point because the formula is independence plus purpose. For me the purpose is being a parent. That’s not going to be true for everyone. But you’re trading independence for that. I’m trading it’s internal independence that I’m giving up. I want to sacrifice for my kids. I want to like loyalty to people who deserve your loyalty is a wonderful thing. Loyalty to people who don’t deserve your loyalty sucks. And so if you are working, if you’re giving your loyalty to a company that doesn’t respect you, that sucks. That’s terrible. Loyalty to people who deserve it is a very fulfilling thing. So my kids deserve my loyalty. How did they end that loyalty? Just by being my kids. And there’s some days where I feel like they they don’t appreciate it, of course. But I I think that tends to be true. People get into problems when they are loyal to people or organizations or political affiliations who don’t deserve the loyalty. That’s when it gets dangerous. Do you think the promise of independence and freedom has a secret hidden dark trade-off that people don’t talk about? Because there’s this culture right now of like, you know, be your own boss and stand on your own two feet. And when you think about what makes humans happy, it seems to be collective things. It seems to be actually in your case, as you were saying, dependence. Your kids depend on you. In some ways, you depend on them. All the things that seem to like having my friends at my house made me happier than being in the house alone. Right. But the nar the public narrative is all about like optimizing for freedom, whatever that means, and really more so optimizing for independence, not depending on someone else. But when you look at the people that seem to be the most unhappy, they seem to be the most independent, right? because they’re if you picture someone like living in a cabin by themselves in the middle of Montana with no one around them or whatever it might be. No family, no pets, freelance work on a laptop on their own in a in a glass box in Dubai. Um no no big obligations, not not in a church. Back to the formula, independence plus purpose. Those people have no purpose. Oh yes. And so I think it’s I think yes, everyone is going to be I’m I’m dependent on my wife, my kids. you know, there is dependency there, but I’m I’m choosing. I chose her as a spouse. I chose to have kids, and so I I still did it on my terms. And so, you’re never going to be or I think you don’t want to be a 100% independent in the sense that you don’t rely on anyone and no one relies on you because then you have no purpose. It’s choosing who you want. I think it’s I think you’re not independent if you have to be loyal to a job that you hate, but you have to have it cuz it’s the only job you got and you and you have to do it and you’re you you have to pay this exorbitant rent on an apartment that you don’t even enjoy that much. Like those are dependence on things that you don’t want, but like I want to be dependent on my family because that gives me purpose. It’s like the independence to make the choice, I guess. To make the choice of who you’re going to be dependent on, right? Got you. And on this earlier point, you were talking about saving um and that you your favorite form of spending is saving. Yeah. Someone’s listening now, how much money do you think they should at a minimum have saved? If you try to get technical about it, I would say, what are the odds that at some point in your life, you’re going to lose your job and not be able to find another job for 6 months? The odds are not bad that that will happen to you at some point. Not very comfortable to think about. Maybe it’s already happened to you already, but the odds that at some point that will happen are pretty good. And therefore, if you were to say like, look, a good measure of some level of higherend independence, not a low level of independence, but like a a medium level of independence is six is is I could keep myself going for 6 months. Now, for a lot of people, that’s a daunting task. And it it’s okay. You’re probably not going to achieve that when you’re 18. Am I it’s going to take some savings to get there, but that is a level at which you can exhale to a degree that most people have never been able to do before of like there’s going to be some bad stuff happening in your life. It’s going to be uncomfortable, but it’s going to be okay. And for for for most people, for most of history, it was there’s bad things going to happen to you and you’re not going to be okay. It’s going to be very traumatic. And and one of the important things there is when you lose that job, the ability to go find a good job, even a better job where you want, doing what you want with the people who you like working with is very important. If you don’t have any savings, you’re going to have to by default pick the very first job that you can come across, even if it’s a terrible job in a location that you hate, doing something you hate, working with people you don’t like. And so the flexibility to give yourself time to find a job that is a little bit easier and better for you, that is the purpose of savings. And that goes back to your point about independence, which is you want to building up those savings is building up the independence or the freedom to make a choice about who you work with, right? If the worst were to happen, you don’t have to necessarily go get a job at, you know, some awful place, some some terrible place. You talk about jealousy in the book as well and um I was reading some stats that quite funny stats but they they say that essentially that if you’re if you win the lottery the probability of your neighbor going bankrupt increases. It’s an amazing statistic, right? So what’s what’s happening there? Well, you’re looking at your neighbor who won the lottery and your neighbor probably bought a vacation house, bought a new car, sending their kids to private school, whatever it might be. and you watching that are like, I need that for myself. I it’s it’s unfair that they have it and I don’t and I’m going to go do any reckless financial decision to get that. So much of what we think is is normal, our definition of success is what other people around us have. And so if you are watching your neighbor live a better life than you, then all a sudden your definition of a good life is what they’re doing. And you will do some reckless things to get it. I think that’s that’s what happens. And so one of the takeaways there is like be careful who you socialize with because you’re going to anchor to them as a baseline level of success and happiness. Be very careful with what you do and who you look up to and who you aspire to. I grew up in Lake Tahoe, California, and this was before tech money when it was not a wealthy area. it is now because all the tech money from San Francisco came up but Tahoe in the ‘9s and early 2000s was was just a out in the woods and you know you could buy a house for nothing and most people in town didn’t have any money and then I went to college in Los Angeles where there is a lot of wealth there are high expectations and there are Lamborghinis and Rolls-Royces and whatnot and one of my observations was people were happier in Tahoe and I think the reason why is because the definition of success in Tahoe back and was a two-bedroom house and a pickup truck. That was success. In Los Angeles, the definition of success was a mansion and a and a Bentley. And so it was it was easier for people in Tahoe to be like, I’m good. I I checked the boxes. Like, look, I’m successful. Look at look at my tiny little house and my beat up pickup truck. That’s success, right? And so that was like be careful who you socialize with because you’re going to anchor to their level of success. I have a some graphs in front of you there. Um, I think one of them is the spectrum of financial independence. Yeah. Could you explain to me what that is and and how how that’s useful to understand and why that’s useful to understand? I think it’s I had this friend uh 10 or 10 or 20 years ago and he said, “I don’t save any money because I don’t see the purpose. All I’d be able to save is a hundred bucks a month and what’s that going to do for me?” And since I don’t think it’s going to do anything for me, I I might as well just go spend it. And I think no, no, that’s like $100 in savings or if you do it for a year, $1,200 in savings is $1,200 more independence than you had before. And again, not if, but when you lose your job or your car breaks down, you’re going to realize how unbelievably valuable that money is. And it’s not savings, it’s independence that it’s giving you. So the idea that independence is on a spectrum. It is not you either don’t have to work or you have to work. It’s not that stark, but most people think of it in those terms. Why would I try to become independent if I have no chance of not working? And the simple way to view it is every dollar that you save is a piece of your future that you own, that you control, that is yours. The flip side of that is like every dollar of debt that you have is a piece of your future that somebody else controls. It’s a it’s a moment in time in the future that is not yours. It belongs to somebody else. And so I’ve always viewed it on a spectrum. When I was younger and much poorer, I was a big saver. Even though like was I independent? Like no, of course I had to work. I had to work to pay my rent and pay my groceries, of course. But I viewed it as like every $20 that I saved, every $50 that I saved put me in a better position than I was before. And looking back on it, I I don’t think I could have articulated that 20 years ago, but it’s what I felt. A lot of that for me back then was coming from a place of fear. I didn’t have a lot of self-confidence in myself, in my career. So, I was like, I need to save to prepare for when this all comes crashing down. Mhm. And even though it didn’t come crashing down, I’m so glad that I did it cuz I’ I’ve had a sense of financial security and I’ve had a sense of independence financially since I was in my early 20s. Not because I had saved a ton. I hadn’t. But any amount that I saved, I I viewed as like the cushion that that gave me a much higher sense of confidence that if or when things go wrong, I’m not going to be flailing. I’m going to have some cushion to fall back on. And what is this this spectrum? Uh what are the stages of this spectrum? So let’s start at the very bottom. You’re homeless. You’re panhandling. Relying on the kindness of strangers. As you go up from there, you can be completely reliant on your boss in a job that you don’t like. Now that’s that’s that’s a that’s another low level. As you go up from there, you have look, I am I’m relying on my job. I’m relying on my on my paycheck, but I probably have some opportunities. I could go work at another job. I could I could choose to work here. I could choose to work there. And then you go up from there. It’s like, yo, I I like my job and I have some savings. So if I lost this job, I can fall back onto it from there. You can go up from there to have you can live where you want. You can work where you want. You can change fields. You can you can go and you can do a completely different job. You can take two months off and travel if you wanted to. Like you’re working your way up all the way to the highest level of financial independence, which is I don’t need to work anymore. I’ve saved enough and I can I can I can wake up every morning and do whatever I would like to do. That’s obviously an aspiration that for most people will never be reached until they’re maybe in their, you know, 70s and they’re retiring and they have social security and some other savings from there. But for most people, like a good level of independence as a good goal is enough savings so that if you lost your job, if your car broke down, if you needed to replace the roof on your house, you would be able to do it without losing that much sleep. That is a realistic level that I think almost anyone can achieve. Based on everything you know about money, if I want to get to that highest level of complete financial freedom, what what what’s like the the five things that I should be thinking about at just a sort of a very simple level, you know, cuz so many people listening right now think, you know, my goal in life isn’t to become a billionaire or tens of millionaire. My goal in life is just to get to that point of freedom as soon as I can where I can start calling the shots. And there’s there was someone who I was speaking to the other day and said that there’s this internet movement of kids who are trying to get what do they call it it’s like they’re trying to get to the point where they can retire early fire something financial independence retire early that y y like how do I get how do I get there the first thing that I think that’s most important this is the first and the last thing this is the most important part is that all wealth your feeling of wealth is what you have minus what you want and it’s so easy to ignore the latter I talk about in the book my my late grandmother-in-law, my wife’s grandmother, passed away a couple years ago. For 30 years, she lived off of nothing but 17 or $1,800 a month in social security. Not a lot of money by most accounts, very little money. But she didn’t want anything more. She did. She if she made $1,700 a month, she did not want $1,700 in one in $1. She was perfectly happy. She she found all of her happiness working in her garden, going for walks, watching the birds, watching the sunrise, watching the sunset, talking to her friends, hanging out with her family. But if you asked her, you said, “You only make $700 a month. You’re broke. Doesn’t that make you unhappy?” She’d be like, “What? Like, do you think having more money makes the sunset more beautiful? Do you think having more money makes going for a walk more pleasant?” And I’m not saying you should live like you should be content with that amount of money, but the point is like, she was content. She was totally content. And it was her choice. And I think she was happier financially than some billionaires because there’s a lot of billionaires who have a billion dollars but they want two. They have two billion but they want four. One of the things is that happiness might be the wrong word here. The word that people want is content. When you sit here and daydream about having the bigger mansion, what you’re actually doing is you’re imagining yourself in the mansion being content with it. You imagine yourself sitting in that house and saying, “I don’t want anything more than this.” The feeling that we are aspiring to is just being content. Happiness is always like a 30 secondond emotion. It’s like laughter. Like if I tell you a funny joke, you’ll laugh for 30 seconds and then and it’s over. Like very few times in life are you happy for more than a couple minutes at a time. But what you want that is like a durable emotion is being content. Just saying like I’m good. I’m good with this. I don’t want anything more. I interviewed Dr. Anna MK and she’s like the the uh the scientist who’s most uh renowned for talking about and writing about dopamine. Yeah. And I was wondering how much do the molecule dopamine dovetales into this because I think one of the things she said to me was that dopamine is the chemical for wanting. Yeah. And people have I think mistaken it for being the the pleasure happiness. Yeah. Happiness. It’s it’s more more. It’s like you want more. And she told me this crazy study about this rat where they removed the dopamine receptor from its brain so it couldn’t produce dopamine and then they put food 2 in from its mouth and the rat starved to death because it it it and in that I’ve always thought about that is like okay so that’s what dopamine is. It’s the motivation to go get to go get to want to pursue. What role is dopamine playing here? It’s huge and that’s actually a good realization to be like a lot of this is not something you can solve on a spreadsheet. It’s not something you can solve with a formula. It’s chemicals in your brain. And obviously some people are going to be more susceptible to that than others. I think my grandmother-in-law just had for whatever it was was was wired differently than most people. Part of that was like she was a product of the Great Depress. She grew up during the Great Depression which probably like lowered her expectations. She never had social media and whatnot. But of course, I think some people are wired differently than others for a level of contentment. But I think just there’s a big thing in psychiatry where diagnosing a mental illness is sometimes more important than the treatment. If you just get a diagnosis of like, oh, you’re ADHD, whatever it is, just knowing just like the the fact that you can stop questioning why am I having these thoughts? You can you can understand why you have those thoughts is more important than the treatment sometimes. And I think that’s true here. If you It’s easier said than done to completely control your desires, but just knowing why you’re doing it and realizing that it’s probably not going to give you the happiness that you want, that it’s just like any addiction that the more you chase it, the further away it’s going to get, can go a big ways. And so for me myself, there’s all the time there are moments where I’m like, “Oh, I I should I I should get that car. Maybe I should get a bigger house.” I have those feelings daily. So the feelings don’t go away. But I think I’m better now than I’ve been in the past at reminding myself of like it’s not going to make you happier. You know that. You’ve tried this before. You’ve tried it before and it didn’t make you happy. What is going to make you happy is spending time with your kids, having a good relationship with your wife and your own physical health and laughing with your friends and having good times with people who you enjoy. You know that’s going to make you happy. And you know that’s not. And I have to remind myself because it’s not intuitive. And I have dopamine that tells me you should want more and more more. So, you never get over it, but I think once you’ve diagnosed the problem, it becomes easier at just like spotting that emotion and realizing that it’s telling you a story that’s probably not true. I wonder if you I could trade the addiction cuz you you know, you referred to it there as being an addiction if it’s a dopamine equation. Could I not shift my addiction to something more productive? And would that mean that my spending would get better? So actually when I think about me as 18 years old and having that horrific spending problem, maybe I just shifted the the thing that gave me dopamine to like building businesses or to podcasting or to writing books or to being a great dad. I don’t know. Do you know? I think it’s probably true that everybody without exception is addicted to something and it’s just harnessing that that process for whatever it might be. So some people are addicted to my wife’s addicted to gardening, let’s say. She couldn’t care less about about investing or spending money on a nice she could not care less about her car or my car or your car. But if you have a good gardener, if you you have a pretty garden, she’s she’s all over this. So, everybody’s got their thing and it’s just like, can you harness that for productivity? I think a lot of like extremely successful people are people who took their their natural addiction and harnessed it for productivity into their business. And that’s that’s why they’re so successful. They just became obsessed with one thing. And it’s it’s a good question of whether we can actually guide that addiction or if it’s just kind of pre-wired in itself. I think it’s true for myself, someone who’s written books about money for 20 years, thought about money for 20 years. My mom tells a story that when I was three, I would sit there and count pennies. I don’t want to count seashells. I don’t want to count cards. I don’t want to count rocks. I want to count money. And so I think I’ve always had this disposition towards being fascinated with money. Why? I don’t know. because I did it when I was three. I did it before I could even think through it. But I think everyone has their little thing. It’s always been fascinating to me. I don’t think I’m obsessed with money. I don’t think it controls my life, but I’ve had to go out of my way to have a a healthier relationship with it, but I think it’s definitely been true that the reason that I’ve found myself in this career is that it’s always been my thing. And I think everybody has that thing in their life. You know, people talk about addictive personalities and uh I was reflecting one of my best friends who was an alcoholic, had a problem with gambling, then had a problem with eating, then got obsessed with marathons. And he he traded each one of those things for the next thing. So now he’s like obsessed with health and fitness. And so I was when I was thinking about people that are struggling with money problems and even my own historical struggle with money, I I think I probably just traded it for something. And actually, I’m kind of happy about that because I traded it for a better addiction, one that was productive. your career my career and um I guess doing this I’m pretty addicted to doing this right and but I think makes me happier than the plasma screen. It’s exactly I think what’s true about a money addiction is that it tends to be the classic addiction of like you tell yourself if only I get one more hit so to speak then I’ll be satiated then then then that’ll be enough and the answer is like no it absolutely will not. I’ll tell you like a a personal thing. I don’t think this is true but it made me laugh. My wife and I bought a new house about a year ago. It’s an awesome house. We love it. It’s great. And my brother-in-law came over the other day and he goes, “You know, you’re only going to live here for two years before you want to buy a bigger house.” And I had to laugh cuz I’m like, “God, like I I I don’t think that’s true. I think we’re going to live here for a while, but I know what you’re saying is right.” That’s the natural guide towards it that when we bought the house, it was like, “Oh, this is going to be so great. You imagine we’re going to get to do this and get to do that and we have these neighbors and whatnot and you become accustomed to that very quickly and then your gaze shifts a little bit higher. You’re like, “Yeah, but look at that house over there. That one’s nicer, isn’t it?” That’s always the natural thing. And that’s dopamine at work. That is dopamine purely at work. Cuz the truth is our previous house was was great. And our previous house used to be our dream. And dopamine exists when there’s a when there’s a gap between where you are and where you want to be with something. And when that gap closes, they often refer to that as the arrival fallacy. Yeah. Right. Which is a really kind of what you’re describing. You tell yourself once I get there, then I’ll be then I’ll be good. Then that’s enough. And it’s a fallacy because you know that’s not true. As soon as you get to that whatever that mountain top is, there’s another mountain above it. It pushes you in a way that is not easy. Like nobody should pretend that you can just go do this today. But it pushes you into appreciating what you have now and finding your joy, finding your happiness through other things that don’t have the arrival fallacy. Never have, as I as a parent have I said, “Oh, if only I had one more kid, then then that would be great.” There’s no there’s really no arrival fallacy for kids. You just kind of be like this like I I I just appreciate being around you. I just appreciate all the and if if anything, it’s the opposite. It’s you look back and you’re like, “Oh, I I I miss when you were younger. It was like, “Oh, I I’m it’s it’s sad how fast you’re growing up.” If if anything, rather than like looking ahead and being like, “Oh, it’s going to be better then.” You’re looking back and you’re like, “Ah, I wish I had appreciated that phase a little bit more.” When you talked about um one of the ways to get to early retirement and to live a better life is to want what you have um and basically want less things. I go back and forward a lot with this idea because there’s like the monks who say that like happiness is not wanting something and then there’s like the reality of life where striving for things seems to make me happy and everybody describes the journey as being the most enjoyable part. That’s your purpose. Yeah. So like what what how do how do I make sense of this that like the monks are telling me that not to want anything cuz that’s going to make me frustrated and unsatisfied. And then my lived experience is striving for things with a group of people makes me seems to make me happy. I think there’s a there’s a difference. It’s a subtle difference, but between pursuing something that you genuinely enjoy doing, which for you is this and your your business and whatnot, versus being addicted to something that chasing something that you don’t have yet. And so I imagine, you can correct me if I’m wrong, but I imagine when you’re doing this, you don’t tell yourself, “I need to work harder so that one day the podcast can be up here.” I I imagine, tell me if I’m wrong, but I imagine you come to work every day and you’re like, I I like doing this today. I like today. I liked yesterday. I’m going to like tomorrow. And so, you’re not chasing a false goal. You just actually enjoy doing it. Do you know what? It’s a weird thing cuz it’s it’s uh I’m going to be honest cuz it’s the only useful position to take. It’s it’s a weird combination of both. So, I say like it’s important for us to have some like goal. Yeah. but also live in the in in the total understanding that the goal doesn’t actually matter. And it’s this weird dichotomy I live in was like if we become the biggest podcast in the world like set that as a goal because it gives us something to chase. I get that KPI and then like put time frames against and get excited by and focus on but then also living in the total realization that it’s not going to matter at all. Nothing is going to change in my life. zilch. What am I going to get? A better black shirt. It’s like, do you know, you know what I mean? But here’s the truth. The reason that we live in a world with a ton of technology and a ton of great businesses and great medicine, whatnot, is because virtually everybody for all of human history has woken up every morning and said, “It’s not enough. I need more.” That’s the fuel of progress. And I don’t want to live in a world where everyone wakes up and says, “I have all I need.” Cuz then progress would stop that day. We probably start declining that day. And so there is a paradox here of like as a whole society I’m grateful and you should be grateful that people wake up unfulfilled because we live in a way better world today than existed 100 or 200 years ago because of that. And the richest people in the world who I think are by and large tortured psychologically have created amazing technology that you and I benefit from. And the reason we’re doing this podcast is because people before us who were way wealthier than you and I woke up in the morning and said, “This is not enough.” Bill Gates, Jeff Bezos, all all those people, Elon Musk, Mark Zuckerberg, they woke up and said, “I don’t care if I have a hundred billion dollars. It’s not enough. I need I need to create better technology and that’s great. We benefit from that.” And so there is a paradox here that what is and that will never change. That will never change. So there’s a paradox that like the more the better society becomes. I think like it’s always going to be the case that as a whole society we’re going to have a level of angst and anxiety and not be satisfied and say it’s not enough. At the individual level though I think you can recognize that game and contextualize it with your own life and say like look I want more money. I I want to sell more books and have a better career. I want to save more money. I also have to go so far out of my way to put it into context and say none of it’s going to matter unless I have a higher purpose beyond that money. So I think you can aspire for more and still go out of your way to realize what the expectations game is. Even if you can’t perfectly control it, it’s similar to like I want to eat a good diet. Of course I want to eat healthy food. I’m not going to pretend for a second that I don’t want Oreos and ice cream because they’re great and they’re always going to taste great. And so I’m never going to get to a point where I say, “I don’t want a nicer house.” I’m I’m a human and and so are you and so is everyone else. You’re always going to have those feelings. But you can recognize the game. You can recognize the voice that’s talking to you and realize when that voice lies to you and when it’s telling you a story that is either false or just a little bit incomplete. I think if you had to like say who is the happiest person in the world on average, not like naming a person, but if you had to describe the life of like who’s the happiest person out there, my guess is it’s probably something close to a a middle-ass family that lives in a three-bedroom house and has a a 5-year-old car, but they have an amazing marriage, tons of friends, they’re in good health, but they are by any other statistic ordinary. and at the end of their life more than the people who are very very successful that ordinary family is going to look back when they’re on their deathbed when they’re 95 years old and be like that was good that was a good time do you think um this is a very strange question to ask but do you think I could make myself like that no here’s the truth I think on the nature nurture spectrum most of what we believe and the feelings that we have is forged at conception and it’s just we’re just wired that And there’s not much we can do about it. Some people have different aspirations. Elon Musk was born wired very differently than you and I. And there’s nothing we can do about that. So, we are who we are, but I think we can put those feelings into a better context. Even if we can’t control having those feelings, we can choose we can put tell ourselves a more complete story about why we’re having those feelings and what those aspirations will actually do to our happiness. So on this point of how to retire early, the first one was about managing what you want. Is there anything else there that if if I’m trying to increase the probability that I get to retire early, um I should know in terms of tactics and strategies? Well, one of the things, this is a little bit different than the than the question that you asked, but one of the things that’s important is that a lot of the people who do retire early, who they tell themselves, I’m going to save so much money. I’m going to retire when I’m 32 and then life’s going to be great. What actually happens is they retire at 32 and 6 months later they’re bored out of their mind and they realize that like what actually makes you happy is purpose. And for a lot of people their purpose can be their career or they realize they had this idea that when they retired it was just going to be a great life. But the truth is all of their friends are working and don’t have time to go play golf with them on Tuesday afternoon. And so a lot of those people who retire early end up going back. They realized it was not what it was meant what it was made out to be because they had if the the formula is independence plus purpose. They gained independence but they kind of lost their purpose and then the for and so it was incomplete. They didn’t get what they wanted. Well, what about passive income? People talk a lot about passive income. I had a friend DM me the other day and say, “Steve, I’ve got some debts, etc., but if I could just figure out a way to create some passive income, then that should solve the problem.” And this term passive income has become like completely overused because for example a lot of people when they talk about passive income they’re like oh I’m going to own real estate I have some rentals and that’s passive income. If you think owning a rental property is passive income you’ve never owned a rental property because there’s nothing passive about it. It is a constant chain of broken toilets and leaky roofs and tenants who don’t pay you on time and there’s nothing passive. That’s a full-time job doing that. And so I heard someone say this recently that there’s two ways to get wealthier. You can sacrifice more or you can want less and that’s it. And gain passive income is not part of that equation because what’s the first one? Sacrifice more. Sacrifice more. What does that mean? Work harder. Work work in a job that is that has a lot of downsides that might stress you out and requires you to wake up early and go to work and do some things that you don’t want to do and spend time away from your kids in a way that you don’t want to do. Sacrifice more or want less. Those are your two choices. And I think that’s important in the passive income debate because I I I don’t think there’s by there by and large is not a thing of passive income. Even if you’re just like, you know, you put your money in a in a savings account that pays 3% interest. Well, you had to sacrifice to earn that money and to save that money and to delay the gratification of that money. I I I really think it’s an ironclad formula. Sacrifice more or want less. Those are your two options. It’s not nice. True. People want, you know, tell me which crypto to right to invest in to get that. Of course, everyone’s always going to want the easy answer. Just like for health, the answer is eat a better diet and exercise. Nobody wants that. They just say get what’s the what’s what’s the secret potion? What’s the secret formula? And maybe now we have OMI. So maybe now we have it’s closer to a to a secret formula. But the truth is what’s the secret to better health? Sacrifice more because working out and lifting weights and running is a sacrifice. It’s not fun. It hurts. That’s why it’s good. Or want less, be happier with your imperfect body. I mean, I think that’s a great analogy between health and and wealth. How much do I need to understand what’s going on in the wider world in the economy in order to understand my own spending behaviors, what I should spend on, how to get wealthy, how to save? Is it important to have any understanding around the macro? Because most people that listen to this show will probably hear these terms being spouted out on by political commentators like the Federal Reserve, interest rates, tariffs, etc. And should I understand any of this? Should does any of it really impact me in a way that matters to me and my family? I don’t think it’s necessary. And you could point to people I’ve written about in my books who had no financial education, no training, did not read the Wall Street Journal, could not tell you how the Federal Reserve works, but they had control of their psychology, control of their emotions, they they worked hard, they saved their money, they invested it, and that that’s all you need. They you you you so the answer is you don’t need to know how this works. Just in the same way that in order to be healthy, you don’t need a PhD in biology. You don’t need to understand how cell division works in order to be in good shape. And I think it’s the same for the economy. And it can actually backfire for a lot of people that once they start reading the Wall Street Journal and learning a bit about finance, it increases their confidence more than their ability. So they’re like, “Oh, like I read the Wall Street Journal. I should go day trade crypto now because I read a thing that teaches me how the Federal Reserve works. So now like I’m going to It increases your confidence more than your skill.” That’s so interesting. And so I I I think it’s important to be an informed citizen and the Federal Reserve impacts your life and tariffs impact your life. So it’s important to have some baseline understanding, but I think that’s more about being an informed citizen and informed voter than it is having financial skill. Of all of my best friends, there’s like five or six of them. The one that’s most cri is the one that knows the least about I think he’s the most rich period to be honest. He’s the one that knows the least about finance and he knows the least about investing. He knows the least about crypto. Well, what’s the meme of like the the the tail spectrum of like the poor person drives a Toyota, the middle person has a Porsche, a BMW, a Mercedes, and the rich person goes back to Toyota of like it’s like whether you are very uneducated or extremely wise, you tend to end up, oh, this one. Okay. And so I I think I think it it does tend to be the truth that the people who do the best financially either have like no financial education or extreme financial education. And it’s a person in the middle that has their confidence is increased much faster than their ability. And they’re like, “Oh, no, no. I I read this thing on Reddit that taught me about day trading. So now I’m going to go bet my entire net worth on this company I’ve never heard of.” So funny. But so what is it that the the person on the left and right side of the spectrum are both doing that is the same here? So for anyone that can’t see, I’ll put it up on the screen, but it just shows the bottom axis says net worth. And it basically says that people with low net worth buy a Toyota, people with like in the middle, that sort of middle percentage by Lamborghinis and Porsches and Jaguars, and then people with extremely high net worths buy Toyotas. And obviously it’s it’s a metaphor. It’s not it’s not it’s not exactly perfectly true, but I think people like a lot of comedy you see it like it’s funny because people are like, “Yes, that’s true. That’s how it works.” I think a lot of it is like the richer you become, you realize that the big house and the fancy car didn’t do anything for you. It did. It didn’t give you what you thought it was going to give you. And then so you’re like, “Look, I’m just going to go back to utility.” Like status didn’t do it for me, so I’m going to go back to utility. It can also be the case that if you’re successful and rich, you can gain your admiration and your attention through what the business that you built or the intelligence that you have or the the friendship that you can offer others and therefore your desire to be like look at my car, look at look how cool my car is just goes down from there. The way I also interpret it is that when you’re when you don’t have much money or when you don’t have a huge financial understanding like my friend, you end up playing the really boring money games. Yeah. And when you have a huge financial understanding, you probably also spend a lot of time playing the boring money games. And by boring money games, I mean index funds. Yeah. And the S&P 500 versus like crypto. Yeah. I think you’ll see that in investing that like the absolute lay person will invest in index funds and the extremely experienced Wall Street veteran will invest in index funds as well. And it’s a person in the middle that just has like a little bit of intelligence, a little bit of experience, a little bit of information that’s trying as hard as they can to outperform the market. I kind of learned that from reading your your book, The Psychology of Money, because I I think like many people thought there was some trick or hack that this book was going to teach me to figure out how to trade coins at the right time or to like do forex trading or whatever. But ultimately, the book, if there was one overarching lesson it taught me was that like patience and uh more boring investing is is the way to get to build my wealth over the long term. and that like all other strategies have hidden trade-offs which lead you to being broke. Yeah, I think there’s a truth too that like there’s a there’s an optimal level of intelligence that you want for investing where you want to be smart enough to understand the basics but not so smart that the basics bore you. And a lot of people get so smart that they’re like look index funds compound interest like I’m just putting like it’s too boring. like I I need something really complex to satisfy the intelligence that I have and I I there’s a sweet spot where like for me I’m just like ah index funds and compound interest like that’s that’s kind of as high as my intelligence goes here. But I think the truth is that that is the best position to be in. Smart enough to understand the basics but not so smart that they become boring to you because once they’re boring to you you’re just like ah sweep those away. Let’s try to pull some more levers here. What is going on in the world at the moment Morgan? There’s um it feels like people are more divided than ever before and I feel like a lot of these subjects we talk about are somewhat interconnected. It feels like there’s a rise in inequality. You probably know the numbers better than I do. Um I mean there’s a graph in front of you there which shows I think it’s is it wage growth? Yes, monthly wage growth. Monthly wage from about 25 years and it appears to be going down. Well, but this is growth. So in any given year, even if the growth is 2%, that’s 2% higher than the previous year. So this is not wages over time. Now, it is true that if you look over a 25-year period and you took the average American family, not everybody, but the median, that their wages adjusted for inflation have gone up. Not not up as much as people would want over 25 years, but that that they are better off than they were 25 years ago. What is also true is that the average median family would probably disagree with that statement even if it is true statistically for several reasons. One of which is their expectations have gone up over the last 25 years. The other is even if you’re looking at average wages average and when we talk about these statistics does not refer to any specific family. This is just a statistical number. Everyone spends their money differently. So, if I told you, “Hey, average family, you’re richer than you were in the year 2000.” And they’re like, “Yeah, but I’m trying to put my kids through college, and have you seen the price of college?” And like, yeah, that might be true because the price of TVs has gone down, but have you seen the price of rent and housing? Like, at the individual level, these statistics don’t really mean that much and never have. I think a lot of economists get into a problem with that when they’re like, “Well, statistically, X, Y, and Z has happened.” But ignoring the psychology and the individuality of like what’s happening actually on the ground in people’s heads and how they spend their money, there’s a there’s just endless amount of nuance in here. And so I think it’s it’s always been true that we live in a world where over long periods of time there’s good economic growth. We become wealthier. We be we have bigger better things. We have more income. We have better medicine. It’s equally true too that like there is always something legitimate to complain about and it’s legitimate to complain about. It’s not just like oh you should be more grateful. It’s a real thing. And so when I look at a graph like this actually what like if I was thinking just like with my math head I’d be like oh there’s been quite a bit of growth over the last 25 years. Like the growth has been gone up and down but it’s growth. You know never in this chart is growth below zero. I guess the question there is are rich people getting richer and are the poor getting poorer? It depends. I mean it’s at the indiv are rich are the rich getting richer? Yes. Are the poor getting poorer? Statistically no. Even adjusted for inflation. I mean it it depends what period we’re talking about here. There was about a 20 or 30 year period where the answer was unequivocally yes. There was an interesting trend over the last 10 years where in percentage terms the the group of of wage earners who had the highest percentage growth were actually the low wage. That was true for 2 or 3 years after COVID where if you were a low if you were a minimum wage worker those were in percentage terms great years for you for getting wages. It’s tapered off. So I the answer to your question is the rich are getting richer. The poor, I think, are treading water by and large. There’s there’s always people who are doing differently than that. But when one group of society is getting richer, treading water feels like you’re falling. And the the specifics of how people spend their money, so even if on average adjusted for inflation, their wages are flat. But if your rent skyrocketed or you’re trying to send your kids through college or you have a long commute and you got to put gas in your tank, at the individual level, things can feel very very different from what the statistics show. And what role do you think this sort of wealth inequality that is widening between the very very top and everybody else is playing in everything that we’re seeing play out at the moment? Because in the UK, it’s almost like there’s we’re on like the verge of riots it seems. And I think last last month there was millions of people in London protesting against immigrants coming over on boats and society becoming more multicultural. I’m so fascinated by this subject because you know earlier on we said that unless you have immigration in the western world you have population decline and if you have when population decline sucks because you have a GDP the biggest problem right now throughout a lot of the world at least one of the biggest perceived problems is immigration and the same is playing out in the United States if I go on X although I know I know what X is um it’s people maybe it’s just my algorithm but it’s people attacking immigrants and immigration and people that are brown and black and whatever else it might be I’m wondering how all of this is intertwined and and if it if it is connected at all in your view. I think as a amateur student of history across cultures all over the place all through history what you want to avoid more than anything in society is when probably a third of the population wakes up every morning and says this isn’t working. That’s the point at which it’s gonna collapse from there is when enough people wake up in the morning and just have this feeling of like whatever this is, it’s not working out for me. You want to avoid that part. And so, like, look, I’m a I tend to be a a free markets guy. I’m a capitalist. I think people should be able to become very wealthy, etc., etc. You also don’t want to get to a point where people become so wealthy that a big chunk of society just wakes up every morning and says, “Fuck this. This is not this is not going to work out for me.” And I think we’ve got we’ve we’re either there or precariously close to there in a lot of areas in the world. Social media, that’s always been the case. And social media makes it 100 times worse than it’s ever been. Mhm. For example, you and I are recording this a day after Charlie Kirk was assassinated yesterday. And there were who knows what number percentage it was, but and I think it was not hard on social media to find people who were celebrating it yesterday. Now, when Martin Luther King was assassinated, did those people exist too who celebrated assassination? Of course. But because of social media, by and large, you did not hear from them unless you were part of that group. Whereas today, virtually everybody yesterday saw people celebrating Charlie Kirk’s assassination. And so, even if those feelings existed in the past, they’re much more apparent today. You see them today in a way that that you did not before. So, because of that, it’s easy to say we’re more divided today. We’re more extreme today. were more pessimistic than they today. I think the nuance is that’s not actually true. You’re just more aware of it. That those feelings always existed. They existed in the 1990s. They existed in the 1950s. It was just much easier to contain those. And for the average citizen who got their information from one newspaper, one evening news program to feel like things were much more stable and in control and that people were much more uniform in their opinions than they actually were. Before we start recording, we were talking about the Charlie Cook shooting and how social media’s ability to dehumanize other people at a probably a faster rate than history would have done it is pretty remarkable. And you see a lot of that. You see a lot of it taking place on both sides. I think both sides describe each other as being like animals and inhumane. and one side’s calling the other side Nazis and then the other side is calling the other side referring to them in in animal terms because of maybe the color of their skin or their behavior. We saw a lot of that when the that heinous individual killed the young lady on the on the the train in in America and the way this person is the [  ] this worst thing on planet Earth. Um but the language was very it was putting that person in a group of other people. Yes. And then making the whole group a pack of animals. Right. Because in that situation too, we talked about this earlier. I I don’t know that individual’s name doesn’t matter, but no one refers to him by his name. It’s them. It’s they. And that once you dehumanize any group of people like that, and this has been the case for all of human history, that 99.9% of people cannot kill another human, but they’re perfectly fine killing them. They, that group, once you dehumanize, you can do anything. And at the at a much lower level, everyone realizes this with road rage. I’ve had road rage. The person cut me off. Son of a [  ] hung my horn, flip I I don’t I don’t get too extreme with it. But in things I would never do eye to eye. But once I’m looking at a car, then it’s it’s there’s no human there. And my ability to have a level of anger is so much higher than it would be if we were just looking eye to eye. I had this experience a couple years ago where I was pulling into a gas station and I inadvertently cut somebody off. It was an accident, but I totally cut them off and he honked and threw up his middle finger at me. And um we since we pulled into the same gas station, we were now like eye to eye and I walked over to him and I think he thought I was like coming to like confront him and I put up my hands. I said, “I just want to apologize. I didn’t I didn’t mean to cut you off. I’m so sorry. I did.” It was not on purpose. And he I think he was so surprised. And he was like, “Wow, thank you. Thanks for like and we had this moment of like almost hugging of just like I’m so like I hope hope you have a great day.” It was one of those of like once in the moment when it was you strip the humanity off it when it was two cars each other both of us were like [  ] you once we looked eye to eye it was like oh brother like it’s okay it’s okay I think that was just like for me that was an individual example of what happens at society when you strip the humanity off it we’re capable of so much anger and hate eye to eye we’re like oh that’s all good and I think all of us know somebody who we disagree with politically regardless of what it might be and it’s easy to be like oh that person’s an idiot. They’re stupid. They’re illinformed. And actually, if you sit down and talk to them, you’re like, “Ah, look, we might have some disagreements here, but it’s all good. Cheers. Let’s have a good night.” Like, eye to eye, like the vast majority of people get along and get together. But social media has turned all of life into road rage. Gosh. Yeah. I mean, you know that more starkly than anyone as a podcaster because I sit here with everybody of all political opinions, extreme left, you know, pretty extreme right. And at this table, we get along, right? We even off camera we get along. I think so many people have said this in the last 24 hours about Charlie Kirk. One of the most common phrases I’ve heard was I didn’t agree with everything he said, but at least he was brave enough to have a conversation with people who he disagreed with. That was what he did by and large was going into schools and being like, I know you disagree with me. Let’s talk. And and he turned it from road rage into a conversation between people. And even if you disagreed with him, I think he did it very right in that sense. And I think that’s what’s why people from all over the spectrum are devastated in the last 24 hours. It was like he was one of the people who was doing it right. Even when you disagreed with them, he was having a conversation face to face and bringing people together. I think that absolutely hits the nail on the head which is I think, you know, there’s things that I absolutely don’t agree with him on. But I actually think that’s just completely beside the point because I want to live in a world where there’s people that I disagree with. Like I actually wouldn’t choose the world where everyone I encountered agreed with my opinions. There would be no intellectual growth. There’d be no understanding. there’ve been no real progress. Um, but also as you’ve highlighted the way that Charlie Kirk went about it was he would went to Oxford University and went on the formalized debate panel against in an office and a pine on social media. He went face to face and said, “I know you disagree with me. Let’s have a look.” Yeah. And I’ll listen to what you He wasn’t interrupting people all the time. He’s hearing out their points and he was making respectful about it. And what is missing from all political discourse today, it’s that it’s I know you disagree, but let’s talk and let’s try to be respectful about it. And I can’t think of anyone on either side who who did that as consistently as he did, even if I disagree with him. The idea that we’re only going to talk to people who we agree with is what causes all the problems. I don’t understand these [  ] people. I don’t understand. It’s much more comfortable to surround yourself with people who agree with you than to accept the nuance of life. And this is the problem with a lot of political media is that it creates much better content when people say this is right, this is wrong, he’s right, he’s wrong, to make it very explicit, binary, black and white than it is to accept the truth, which is like it’s complicated. I think I was like traumatized yesterday when I watched that when I saw the video of him being shot. I feel like it was this weird like deep sense of like like uh I’ve not been able to articulate what it is, but it was I don’t know Charlie Kirk. I’ve never met him. There was a time when, you know, we were potentially going to have him on the show and we were trying to figure out like, you know, who to who to have here with him cuz he’s such an unbelievable debater that he would have ran [  ] rings around me. Yeah. I was like, who can you put to You’d be like, you’d be like, fine, I’m conservative. Yeah. But there was something really surprising in how I felt when I when I both heard the news and saw um him being shot. This young guy, family person who was out debating, who had ideas that many people disagreed with, but was in a forum where he was having them challenged, could be executed in public on live stream in a way that his children are going to watch that video when they grow up, probably multiple times. And I was like, “Oh god, what?” Yeah. What does this say about the society we live in and where we’re heading? You know, I know guns play a huge role in this and we have to acknowledge that because it’s very very unlikely that could have happened in the UK because no, we don’t have guns there. Yeah. So, you could have thrown a rock or something, but you could have killed the guy. But it it’s almost a it feels like a crescendo of the moment. Yeah. Where division and algorithms and now that you know X has gone a certain way and other platforms are going certain ways. And if you look at the stats, there’s more social networks now that have more than 20 million active users than at any time in human history. It’s gone up by 50% in recent times, which means we’re becoming more splined. And then if you if you understand the commercial models of these algorithms, their commercial model is dependent on you spending more time there. So, how do I get you to spend more time there? Well, I give you more of the things that are going to trigger your amydala, which is, you know, your fear senses and and uh the things that are going to drive, you know, drive you into rage and debate and engagement and these and sharing things. And so, I don’t know. I I wonder if there’s a way back from here. I have a an optimistic view and this is not a forecast because I don’t have 100% faith in this but there are so many endless examples in history when people discount how powerful cycle cycles can be and so my optimistic my hope it’s not even a forecast it’s a hope is that 15 or 20 years from now we look back at this era as when things bottomed politically from which we grew out of we improved We’re going to look back and be like, man, the the 2020s were so bad and we were so divided, but that was also a bottom that we came out of, like a generational bottom. And that sounds crazy today, but that’s always been the case. If you and I were talking about the economy in the 1930s, it would have been preposterous, completely insane to say the 1950s are going to be the greatest, most unbound prosperity, middle class prosperity we’re ever going to have. That would have seemed insane. If this was the 1970s and we just had a raft of political assassinations in the 60s, John F. Kennedy, Martin Luther King, Robert F. Kennedy, and then Richard Nixon uh is impeached and resigned for Watergate, it would have been completely insane for you and I to say, “Hey, you know what? The 80s and 90s are going to be an era of political stability and political faith and trust in government.” Would insane like it’s always when things are the lowest that you feel like you’re never going to recover. But if you understand how cyclical things can be, it’s usually the case that looking back, you’re like, man, it was bad. But looking back, that was the bottom. And I have no idea if the bottom was yesterday or if it’s going to come 10 years from now. But I would bet that the most likely scenario whenever that bottom comes is that we will look 15 or 20 years back and be like that was terrible. And at that moment, everyone assumed it would go on forever. But looking back, that was actually a bottom. When enough people came together and said, stop, stop. This is this is too much. the forces that we’ve gone too far in the other direction. We need to we need to come around from them. It is always impossible in real time to wrap your head around that and to forecast it. It’s only looking back that you’re like, “Yes, that was the that that there was the bottom.” And you can see things getting so bad. Trust in government is so low. Polarization is so high. There would not surprise me in the slightest if we look 20 years from now and be like, “Oh, things things got better.” I understand that from an economic standpoint. I I struggle with it because of the presence of how we like because of the the medium in which we communicate now with social media. Yeah. And I was looking at the some of the stats here and it says in 1994 only 20% of Americans held a very unfavorable view of the other party. By 2022 that number has jumped to 72% among Republicans and 63% among de Democrats according to Pew Research. U and this is particularly pronounced in the United States. um and and the UK and other parts of Europe. In this report, it says that social media um and also cable news’s role has only amplified echo chambers, making the divide sharper and more emotional. And I I can’t especially with AI in the way I go, well, AI is going to make those algorithms even smarter. Yeah. At understanding exactly what to show me to increase my engagement, therefore increase their advertising dollars. So, I’m like, what what would be the the mechanism in this context? I have no statistic or even strong thing to back this up with, but my gut tells me that the younger generation in particular is going to be the one that looks at social media and looks at AI and recognizes the [  ] that can come out of it. It’s the older generation. It’s the boomers today on social media who believe everything that they see. I think that tends to be where a lot of the polarization comes from. Not to blame everything on the older generation. But I think if you were to look at statistically who is the most gullible on social media of believing every post in their feed, it’s the older generation. And it would not surprise me if the younger generation is much more attuned to how quickly you can be led astray into some [  ] rabbit hole that is not reflective of how the broader world works. I don’t know if that’s true or not, but if you were to ask me to articulate why we’re going to get around the social media bubbles, it would be that the generations who have been doing this the longest are going to be the best at recognizing how dangerous it can be. You’re a very smart guy and you’re someone that studies has studied history and understands, you know, you wrote the book Same as Ever, which shows a a guide to what doesn’t change through history and how things can often stay the same. So, this is a bit bit of a peculiar question for you, but in the wake of what happened to Charlie Kirk yesterday, his his public murder and all that’s rising from that, what should someone like me and you, who have public platforms, who reach people on a daily basis, do help? I think we have to remind ourselves two things about social media. One is that it’s been designed by the smartest people of our generation to deliver you in your feed not the best information, not the right information. Basically, what’s going to give you the most FOMO, the most anxiety, what’s going to like pull out the starkkest reaction in you. And the smartest people of our generation have gone to work at Facebook and Google and whatever and Tik Tok to make an algorithm that’s going to give you that. That’s going to give you the the thing in your feed that’s going to make you go, “Wow, like what?” Like, that’s so out. And two is that even when it’s it’s not that even when it is just people’s thoughts people go on social media to perform they go on like they are trying to give you and I’m trying to do this on social media as well. I don’t want to give you any random thought in my head. I’m going to specifically give you what I think is going to be interesting and what not. So, if we view social media as a proxy for the real world, and I think everyone kind of intuitively does, even if they when you say it out loud, you’re like, no, of course it’s not the real world. But it’s easy to assume that when I open up Twitter or Facebook or Instagram, I’m like, I I’m just I’m just seeing a window into the world. And you’re like, no, these are people performing for you and the smartest minds in the world ordering that performance for what’s going to give you the most anxiety. Are you optimistic about the the Western economy, the US economy? I could be optimistic long term and realistic about what growth means. The reason we tend to have growth in the economy and in the stock market is because it’s specifically because there’s short-term chaos. So, am I optimistic about the next 30 years? AB: Absolutely. I know that my kids will be living a better material life than you and I are. They’ll have better medicine. They’ll have better technology. They’ll have flying cars. whatever it is does that but I’m equally confident if not more confident that the path between now and then is going to be chaos and that’s not exclusually exclusive like the fact that I know I’m extremely confident that there’s going to be a lot of growth and that it’s going to be a constant chain of setback and suffering and misery between now and then. Is there anything that you see it creating a setback? I mean there’s these new protagonists in the story. There’s AI, there’s um the declining birth rates which is going to have an impact on the population. Is there anything that you think is your most focus? There’s tariffs as well. Um there’s Trump economics which can cause some instability. Historically, the biggest risk by far has always been the thing that nobody’s talking about. So when we ser you and I survey the world today, we talk about exactly what you just said, tariffs, birth rate. People know about those things. There’s never been a period when the biggest risk was something that was knowable. It’s always something like COVID, which nobody saw coming, September 11th, which nobody saw coming, the Great Depression, like all these things, Pearl Harbor, all these things that were not on people’s radar that did the most damage. And so, it’s not that I don’t worry about tariffs or that I don’t worry about uh birth rates. I I do, but I would guarantee you that the the worst economic story of the next 10 years, the biggest risk, is something that you and I are not talking about whatsoever. It’s a risk that’s going to come completely out of the blue, that is not in any newspaper. It’s not in any podcast. That’s going to be the biggest risk. Is there a particular chapter in the psychology of money which was your the book that sold I I hear almost 10 million copies and had a profound impact on my life and and my family’s life. Is there a particular story or chapter in this book that is your favorite? I think the the chapter on reasonable versus rational, which to very quickly summarize it is don’t pretend like you are purely rational and you’re a spreadsheet and your financial decisions have to like make perfect sense. Everyone is a little bit flawed, a little bit emotional, different family situations, different goals. As long as your financial decisions are merely reasonable, that’s good. And I think a lot of people, for me and for a lot of people, they’re like, “Oh, thank you for giving me permission because I have this quirky thing that I do with my money and it doesn’t make any sense, but it’s reasonable and but it makes sense for my personality.” And like, as long as it’s reasonable, like don’t be unreasonable, but don’t think that every one of your financial decisions has to add up perfectly in a spreadsheet. You want to use money as a tool for a better life. And there’s many different ways to do that. A lot of which might make sense to me, but not make sense to you or vice versa. And so that’s fine. And so, uh, I I think that to me of just like, hey, this is not an exercise in a spreadsheet where I’m just trying to make sure all the numbers add up. I’m just trying to use money to be a little bit happier and to sleep better and to give myself, my family, a little bit of a better life. Even if it doesn’t always make sense, it’s as a tool to give me a better life. If money is a tool for happiness, I guess you have to get really clear, which you talk about in in your new book, The Art of Spending Money. You have to get really clear on what your goal is. And I think most of us have never actually done an exercise to get clear on that. Yes. Which is quite shocking. Jeff Bezos talks about this in a way that I think was really profound where he’s like he thought about building Amazon with what he called the regret minimization framework which was he envisioned himself being 90 years old or whatever on his deathbed and looking back and he said the goal for life was to be on your deathbed and have as few regrets as possible. And he said if he started Amazon and it failed, he would not have regretted that. But if he never tried to start it, he would regret it. And so it was an easy of of course he has to do it because he wants to have as few regrets as possible. But I just think that very simple framework of the overarching goal in life. If you have like what is the base of the pyramid for how to live a good life, you want to have as few regrets as possible. Not take as few risks as you can. Just have as few regrets as possible. And I think what’s hard is that people by and large don’t have a good concept of what they will regret. It’s it’s easy to do because a lot of things kind of compound slowly. So, uh if you eat a poor diet or if you’re like not treating your friends as well as you should, that’s like a slow thing. You might regret it eventually, but you’re going to look back, but in real time, you don’t really understand what you’re doing. So, to have a good sense of what you’re going to regret is a difficult thing, but to me, that’s the ultimate goal in life. There is a a you know I I I heard the story one time of a uh of a guy who his his his last words on his deathbed were so much wasted time. Those are his last words. And I remember thinking like that’s that’s that’s as worse that’s that’s as bad as it comes to be on your deathbed and look back and being like man what a what a regret just filled with regrets of the things you didn’t do of the way that you treated people of the risk that you didn’t take. And so I think that if there is an overarching philosophy, it’s that. And I ask myself a lot like, do I have a good sense of what I’m going to regret? And for every decision that I make, do I ask myself, will I regret doing or not doing this thing? Easier said than done, but something I think about a lot. I think it’s generally just hard for us to appreciate that there will be a future self. I was reading a study where they put people in these MRI scanners and then asked them to think about themsel and then a celebrity and then themselves in 10 years time and the when they thought about themselves a certain part of the brain lit up when they thought about a celebrity or themselves in 10 years time a different part of the brain lit lit up which kind of makes you think that we don’t really our future self is a stranger. Yeah. And so we act and I think this about the people that I sit here with I think probably most of the people that I sit here with learning from. If you could like distill it down to why they’re here, it’s because they were able to think about themselves in 10 years time. They were able so they became an athlete and trained or they became a CEO or they became an expert in something. They were able to like think to and they got through the PhD and all the I don’t know just there’s a great quote from Jerry Seinfeld. He says self-control is empathy with your future self. M it’s you are making a decision to either do or not do something today because you have respect for your future self and you care about your future self. You know there’s going to be a Steven 10 years from now and you want to do something today with compassion for that person 10 years from now. I’m guessing kids help in some regard because they give you a future to think about. Yeah. Right. something that’s gonna outlive you and you want to teach them something and and you know push them into becoming someone that’s gonna outlive you. So you’re you’re having like by default you’re thinking about something that’s going to outlive yourself. You talk in the book about trying new things and and why that is uh there’s a chapter called try something new and I think a lot of us actually get stuck in ruts in life and that ends up we get stuck in routine. It’s weird how as we age we like routine more but intuitively everyone would say that routine makes them boring boring less less life less spontaneous less interesting less or less wonder there’s that thing people realize this that summer vacation when you’re 10 years old seems like it lasts forever but when you’re an adult summer goes by in 3 seconds and you’re like what like why does why is time going faster at least one of the theories for why it seems like time goes faster as you age is because when you’re a child every day is something new. You’re experiencing something for the first time. It’s a constant chain of novelty. When you’re an adult, it’s probably the same commute going to the same job, living in the same house, and one day blends into the next, and before you know it, 10 years has passed. And so, the idea of like trying something new, I think, is is is important. The point I made in the book about trying something new is you don’t know what your thing that you really are going to enjoy in life is. It might not be intuitive. Some people value travel. By and large, I don’t. Some people enjoy like spending a ton of money on wine. By and large, I don’t. But I do spend my money on things that you might not appreciate. Like, everybody’s different. You can’t. There’s no formula for how to do it. You have to try a million different kinds of spending before you’re like, “Oh, I like this. I don’t like that. I want to focus more on this.” And it’s not intuitive what that thing is going to be. My wife and I also had this realization in the last month. So many people when they talk and think about money and spending, they’re like, “I want to travel. I want to I want to have more money so I can travel.” And I think by and large that’s great. Travel is an amazing thing. My wife and I realized that like I think we’ve done so much of it and because we have kids right now that we’re like I don’t think we enjoy it that much. And it wasn’t until we were looking at our summer schedule that we’re like okay we got two more trips coming up that we were like really and we realized the best part of the last several trips that we’ve taken is coming home. The most enjoyable part of the trip was coming home. And we were like, can we just admit that maybe we shouldn’t be doing this as much as we do. That’s so fun. Even if society tells us that we should do it and everyone else I travel a lot for work. So like my idea of a vacation is not not going on an airplane. And but you have to realize like everyone’s unique and different. Like if travel is your thing or someone listening to this, awesome. Please go do it. We had to just admit to ourselves that at least at this phase of our life, we want to do a little bit less of it. The idea that everyone’s different is important. I think I mean I think exactly that. I think what underp underpins much of your message here is this ability to cultivate self-awareness. Yeah. And I think a lot of what throws people off with money is chasing a lifestyle that is right for somebody else but not right for them. And that it can be very a hard thing to do because you’re like, man, this person over here, he’s working this hard and and she has this house and they’re living this lifestyle and it looks like they’re pretty happy. And then you try to do it and you’re like, but I’m not happy. And the truth may have been that working that hard and spending money on that was right for that person, but it’s not right for you. That’s what we and I had Jeff Bezos’s ambition, Elon Musk’s ambition, I think we I I’ I’d drive ourselves absolutely crazy. It’s right for them, it might not be right for us. And so when we view it as it worked for them, so I should do it, too. No, no, no. It doesn’t work like that. You have to figure it out for yourself. But also the inverse, right? It didn’t work for them, so it won’t work for me. is also incorrect, right? I think it’s immature for people to say, I like this thing and therefore you should too or the reverse, this didn’t work for me and therefore nobody should do it. This is the whole work life balance. That’s not how life works. Right. Right. And this is what you see raging on LinkedIn is one group of people saying that amount of work and sacrifice is toxic. You should do it or or the order which is you’re lazy. You have you have to hustle. You’re lazy if you don’t live the life that I do. And both sides are wrong. Yes. It comes from a sense of immaturity that everyone else should enjoy life in the exact same way that I do. I think there’s a few psych psychological forces at play here. One is if you’re looking at a bunch of people working really hard and you’re not, it’s in a weird way holding a mirror up to you and implicitly sort of like indirectly saying that you’re not enough. Yeah. And then maybe on the other side there’s some other force going the other way. But I think both sides are kind of like misunderstanding that everybody is not them. Yes. And I can pick apart elements of your life and say, “Wow, Stephen, his podcast is is this and he’s got homes here and he’s doing this.” But there’s a million different components of your life and my life and everybody’s life that are invisible. And most people because of self-preservation or because they’re trying to get ahead in life will not disclose what the bad parts of their life are. Of course, everybody does this. I I do this, you probably do it. Everyone does that because either they don’t want to admit them to themselves or they don’t want to talk about it because they think other people are going to judge them for the bad parts of their life. So, it’s very easy to look at other people’s lives and have a sense of like, oh, well, theirs is better than mine because all you can see is what they are advertising. And uh and and and because of that, it’s very easy to be jealous or envious of people and say, “If only I had their life, things would be better.” And part of it is good. It’s part of is good for me to look at be like, man, Stephen’s been so successful doing this kind of content. Maybe I should do that’s motivation. But once I say their life looks better than mine, and if only I had what they had, I would be happier is is a very treacherous path, treacherous path to go down. Jack is the producer on the show. He’s he’s done the show with me since the the very beginning of us launching on YouTube. And so he understands the intricacies of my life very well. He understands my business. He understands, you know, the this what it takes and the trade-offs. So, Jack, would you want my life? Absolutely not.

    No hesitation there. There’s there’s no world where like I could even imagine being in your world. The amount of people that are bidding for your attention on a daily basis is mind-blowing to me. the podcast is like such a huge part of your life, but the fact that I barely hear from you on like a weekly basis can probably put into a little bit of perspective how much you have on your plate. I just like couldn’t imagine having the magnifying glass on me that much that the whole world is kind of looking at me and thinking like has an opinion on you. Mhm. And you run lots of businesses, so you almost have to perform a little bit. And I think I see the worst of you and I actually take that a huge compliment because you can be yourself around me. I remember the time when you had to schedule your lunch. Oh, I still schedule my lunch. It doesn’t happen but I schedule it. You schedule it cuz you like don’t get time for your lunch. Like you went out of here, you went to the toilet and people are asking you questions in between going from here to the toilet. It’s stuff that needs to be asked, but it’s that is your life. That’s the kind of thing that you’ve um gone into. And I don’t know if that kind of answers your question. I could probably go on for a long long time, but you should do a whole episode. Do you I’ve got last question then. So ask two more questions. The next question is do you think that I do you think I’m happy in my life? Uh yes. I don’t think you’re content. Mhm. I think you’re happy, but I don’t think you’re content. Yeah. And what do you mean by content? Like what do you mean by content? You’re always trying to chase the next thing. And I’m not sure why. Like, you could so easily just do this podcast and it would do so well for you. Like, it does do so well for you. Uh, you could spend all your time doing this and I think you’re super happy when you do do this. But then there’s also other stuff that clearly makes you happy that you want to do, but then you’ll come to me and you’re like, we should start this new YouTube channel. And I’m kind of like, yeah, great idea, but I don’t know why you want that extra effort. to your core, you’re a businessman, so you’re constantly trying to build and scale, but on like a personal reflection of how much extra toll that takes on you. And also for Mel, I know your relationship with Mel, you don’t see her that much. So, I think that’s quite an interesting one, but yes, I do think you’re happy, but I don’t think you’re content. And last question, what would you like from my life? What would I like from your life? Yeah. So, you said you wouldn’t want my you wouldn’t want my life because And you talked about the downsides. Yeah. What elements? Yeah. of my life would you like? It’s actually quite interesting cuz I was I think I was talking to Jem and Cozy about this last night. Your life is so engineered to be super efficient. Yeah. So you have someone books your cars for you, someone books your flights for you. You you basically, as far as I’m aware, I don’t think you do much kind of normal admin that I would do. No. I don’t even pick what I eat. Yeah. Exactly. I like I get the surprise. as I walk out here and it’s there and okay well I’m having broccoli today and I think so much of like the joys of what comes from life is the little messiness of life and I just think Morgan kind of touched on this at the start that simple kind of family that just they’re not like super ambitious but they’re super happy that messiness of life is kind of there’s so much like beauty in that I know you asked me what you would want from your life but I think on the surface I probably would like that stuff but I understand and appreciate the beauty of doing is I ask the question around um um do you think I’m happy because even though you heard all of that stuff and you go [ __ ] me this guy like he he doesn’t have much time and he’s he’s always working and like we took a toilet break which the audience probably won’t know but yeah as I walked out of there two different team members came up to two different issues they said someone wants to come on the podcast tonight I’ve got this huge meeting in New York City tonight with this major investor for 4 hours that then they asked me in the hallway they said do you want this major you guys to come on the show tonight or to cancel this huge meeting with this investor to make the decision in 4 seconds. 4 seconds. So you saw me sit down and go tell the team. Yes, I did. Which was me making that executive decision. I was on my phone for two and a half seconds trying to make the decision. But it also means that date night is if impacted with my girlfriend who’s so like that that was a little representation of my life. And I I um I asked Jack if he thinks I’m happy because my opinion and I could be living in a delusion is that I am happy and I the way that I would hazard a guess that I’m happy is I’m not unhappy and I don’t have unhappiness. My guess too is that you if you said I’m going to quit the podcast, quit all this, close the business down, you would be beside yourself with anxiety and depression. And so it’s less about like is doing this, does doing this make you happy? I think the better answer is not doing this would make you miserable. Yeah. But that’s who you are and that’s how and I again I’m so grateful that people like you exist because I get to benefit from the sacrifices that you made. It’s not a sacrifice to me. Yes, I I I I get that. But what from my perspective would be a sacrifice I get to benefit from because you great content that I listen to and whatnot. And so I like living in a world where most people wake up in the morning and say this isn’t enough. And I I I think I do that too. I want to write more books, better books, and but if you don’t have some capacity to say, look, I have ambitions. I have goals that I want to achieve. I want to work hard to achieve those. I want to sacrifice to achieve those, but I’m never going to have a good life unless I can take a step back and be like, man, like look what I have right now, even if it’s not that much. There’s a very good book written by a gerontologist named Carl Pillmer. He wrote a book called 30 lessons for living where he interviewed a bunch of elderly Americans who were like 90 to 100 years old. And he just said, “Tell me the secret to a good life. You’ve experienced a lot of life. Tell me what you know.” And he has a section where he says, “Of the thousand people who he interviewed, not a single person looking back at their life said,”I wish I made more money.” Not a single person said, “I wish I would picked a career that paid more money.” Not one, but almost every single one of them looking back at their life said, “I wish I was nicer to people. I wish I was more helpful to my friends. I wish I spent more time with my family.” That was universal. So, if you want to talk about like regrets, what are we most likely what are you and I most likely to regret when we’re 90? It’s not making more money. It’s spending time with the people around us that we love and appreciate. I find myself switching between states and sometimes it’s because of a thought, but I find myself switching between these states of being like in a moment and a in in a mode of gratitude. So last night I did the Jimmy Fallon show here in New York. My team were there. It was this really wonderful moment. My, you know, I woke up this morning feeling incredibly grateful. Last night I was like listening to some of my favorite music. I felt incredibly grateful and really happy. And then I know that I’m gonna switch into the lack of contentment that Jack’s referring to. Happiness is always a five minute emotion. Yeah. And and like today I’m I’m back to business and it’s like build build bill build. And then I have this moment last night where I was I was making the Instagram post to announce that I’ve been on Jimmy Fallon and I noticed my girlfriend next to me in bed had fallen asleep. And this thought comes through my head all the time now, probably from doing this podcast, which is exactly what you said, which is I am going to regret not spooning her and cuddling her while I have the chance, especially I think cuz Charlie Kirk had just been shot and I’d seen her his family. Yeah, maybe that’s why it was front of mind for me. And I remember putting the phone down and thinking the thing I’m going to regret is not cuddling her. And so I put the phone down and cuddled cuddled her. And so yeah, I I I’m I’m strange, I think, because I I I flock between these states and sometimes on an hourly basis, sometimes on a daily basis, sometimes on like a minute-by-minute basis. The fact that you’re just merely aware of those states and the the false story that those states can tell you puts you way ahead of most people. I think that I think to a some extent that there there’s a there’s an interesting book called 10% Happier and it’s about meditation and the point the title came from everyone’s like oh can meditation change your life and his point was like it can make you 10% happier but like that’s pretty cool and I think that’s true for money as well of like can it completely change your life and turn you into a much better person and way happier like I kind of feel like no but like it can make you 10 maybe 20% happier in life I think that’s that’s probably right but just Being aware of its limitations like is a huge relief. I say I think be like no if you want a happier life you’re going to have to find it through your purpose and your friends and your family and your health and your other philosophies of life that have nothing to do with money. It can help. It can make you 10 20 maybe 30% happier but understanding its limitations and what it’s not going to do for you is pretty important. That lack of contentment I think I sometimes feel guilty about because I sit with so many people especially like people that are monks and such and they tell you that wanting will make you despair and make you unsatisfied. But I find myself as being one of those people that you describe that constantly wants to chase and pursue and pursue and I think that I do have like am I supposed to feel guilty about that? Is there something like wrong with me? No. I mean I think that’s how humans have evolved is to because at the core of it is competition. like where you have that I think drive everyone has that drive is not necessarily because you want to build another business or build a grow your podcast it’s competition with others who might be doing that better than you or who might take your place if you were to step back that gives you the anxiety I think that’s what everything is as its core and that’s why I like asking the question if nobody was watching what would you want to do if nobody was watching your podcast would you still want to do these interviews If nobody could see your house, would you still would you buy a house that was as big as the one you did? Sometimes the answer is yes. The answer might be yes to both of those questions, but it’s an important question to ask of are you doing this because it actually fulfills you or because you are competing with other people and you think you’re gaining their attention by doing these things. I think everyone who is answering honestly would say for most of the decisions in their life, especially the big ones, the answer is both. Yes. So like choosing Harvard versus the other university which might have been better but it’s Harvard or buying the house where you bought it or that watch that you bought or the Apple watch instead of the whatever. And signaling is important. You can’t just discount it because if you want, you know, to attract the right the right friends, the right spouse, the right employers, there’s a signaling aspect. A college degree is signaling. It’s not the education you obtained. It’s you’re showing employee you’re giving a signal to an employer that for four years I showed up and did the material and got the right answers. It’s a it’s signal like signaling can be very very important. It’s not to discount it, but there’s a right and a wrong kind of signaling. There’s a right kind of like I’m I’m doing this. I’m dressing in a way and displaying myself and cutting my hair in a way that’s going to attract the right friends and the right mates, the right boyfriend, girlfriend, whatever it might be. There’s also signaling of like, I’m going to aspire to buy this car that’s a huge pain in the ass and I actually hate driving, but I think strangers are going to look at me and pay more attention to me. That’s the wrong kind of signaling. I think this is the thing that both sides misunderstand in the debate is that someone who is a workaholic, believe it or not, can be happy. And someone who does no work or works one day a week can be happy. And this is like a really difficult concept for either side to understand about the other side. And that’s why as well I asked the question about Jack like do you think I’m happy? Because Jack would know that if I’m like if I walk out of here and he sees me as this depressed person who never smiles, never laughs and has no joy in my life, doesn’t have mo, you know, then I would very much fit the stereotype of like the tortured work or whatever. But it’s uh yeah, it’s surprising. It’s surprising. I think we all just want contentment. So like we I think we get into a lot of trouble when we chase happiness when what we’re actually going for is contentment. We actually just want to get to an area where we’re like, I’m good. I’m all set. What’s the most important thing or the most interesting thing in your book that you can remember that we didn’t talk about that maybe we should have talked about? I think the relationship between money and kids is is a is an interesting one where every parent wants to use their hard work. What money they might have. It doesn’t have to be a ton. You don’t have to be rich, but they want to use their hard work in order to give their kids a better life. When a lot of times what the kid needs to do is learn on their own. and they’re going to learn vicariously the values that you have about money. They’re going to learn just by watching. You don’t need to sit your kids down and say, “Let me teach you how to budget. Let me teach you how to save. Let me teach you how to invest.” They’re going to figure they’re going to watch you and figure it out. And so, you have to just lead by example with those kids. You cannot lecture values into them. They’re just going to watch how you spend, what you value, how you save, how you judge other people and talk about other people, and they’re going to form a philosophy of money based off of that. I often think about money in terms of like attachment styles. You know, in like dating psychology and romance, they talk about anxious, avoidant, um, and then the what’s the middle person called? They’re like a basically neutral. But I think I had an avoidant money attachment style. I think money was the like the third parent in my household. And I learned that money causes problems. That it doesn’t come around as much as we would like. That it’s really why we argue in the household. That it’s the reason why I am embarrassed when we pull up in that terrible car. And I try and get my I hope the traffic lights change in a certain way so that I can be dropped off further away from the school so no one sees me. Like my relationship with money was established at such a young age. And it was it’s almost like a I had like a unhealthy like they say relationship. Yeah. like an attachment style to it. Um, and I just wonder like is that a useful frame to think through that you have this Yeah. like this romanticesque relationship with this thing and in order to change that you need to unlearn the lessons. I think a lot of like the lessons that we learn about money when we’re younger are because like I said earlier, it’s because you when you’re young, particularly you’re a teenager, you’re in your early 20s. Most people in that situation have very little other skills to offer the world. Yeah. Humor, intelligence. Some some people more than others, but in that situation, you’re always going to gravitate towards if only I had a nicer car when I was being dropped off at school, then they would pay attention to me. But the truth is, if you are the funniest kid in class, it doesn’t matter if you’re dropped off in an old junky car. People still respect you because they’re like, “Man, he’s a star of the football team. That kid’s hilarious.” Doesn’t matter what kind of car he’s driving. You gain your attention and your respect from something else. But if you’re not the star football player, if you’re not funny, if you have nothing else to offer, then you seek your admiration through, oh, he’s dropped off in an escalade. He’s cool. That’s where you want your attention to come from. Is there anything else we should have talked about that we haven’t talked about, Morgan? for people that are trying to get a grip of their life, be happy, make better money choices. To me, like the common denominator between all three of those books that you’re holding is the idea that we talked about quite a bit on all the shows we’ve done together, which is that there is no formula for it. And that’s very disheartening for a lot of people to hear. There’s no formula for here’s what I want you to go out and do, which is a lot of what people want out of content, whether it’s a book or podcast, like just tell me what to do. And the answer is like I I can’t because I don’t know you and you don’t know me. We’re all different. But I think that’s actually the biggest like relief. That’s actually the best news that you don’t have to follow somebody else’s playbook. You can do it your own way. And it’s easier to do it your own way when you come to terms with the fact that nobody is paying as much attention to you as you think they are. You can do it your own way free of judgment and other people, you know, making fun of you or judging how you’re living life because they’re too busy worrying about themselves. You have to figure out what works for you and do it. And that’s as close as we can get as a formula for living a better life. It’s funny because the book is called The Art of Spending Money, but much of the throughine throughout the book is really about happiness. And I guess that’s really what money is for many people. A tool tool. A tool to become happy. I remember when I interviewed Mo Gord who wrote a book um about happiness. He said to me a line that’s always stayed with me. He said, “Happiness is when your expectations of how your life is supposed to be going are met.” Yes. And so with through that lens, I look at everything. I look at like the food that you’re given in a restaurant. And if you expected it to be this and it doesn’t come like that, there’s unhappiness. Even if it’s like a fivestar a A5 Wagu steak or whatever. Um, and then your relationships. All of my arguments I’ve ever had with my girlfriend all stem back to unmet expectations. I was saying if if you ride the Amtrak train from like New York to Washington DC, on every train they have what’s called the quiet car. And in the quiet car, you’re not supposed to talk at anything above a whisper. No phone calls, no talking with your friends. It’s the quiet car. And people go there for peace and quiet and serenity. And the irony is that people are so uptight in there because if if they hear one peep out of everyone, they’re like, “Would you shut up? We’re in the quiet car.” They’re so frustrated about it because your expectation is I’m going to get quiet. And if it’s anything other than quiet, you lose your mind. And it’s like at that point, that’s when your high expectations are actually working against you. Interesting. People are actually calmer in the normal car where there’s chaos all around them because that’s what they expect. So that’s the unhappiness cart, right? Your like your expectations are a debt that has to be repaid. That gives us a controllable element to our happiness, doesn’t it? Your expectations because your expectations are more in your control than things like what the economy or the stock market’s going to do next. Like I have no nobody has any control of what the stock market’s going to do next. But you have you do have more control over your expectations of how much money do you expect to make next week? What do you expect out of the stock market? What do you expect out of your career? What do you expect out of your spouse? Like that is more in your control than influencing other people’s behavior. And this is probably why all these Eastern traditions talk about gratitude cuz gratitude is the very realization that expectations I once had are currently being met. Yeah. And it just even when you start to think about dreams you once had that you are now living out. For me, it makes me feel Yeah. that feeling of contentment. It makes me feel really really good inside. So like even yesterday where I took a moment and I was on the Jimmy Fallon show and it’s like this crazy thing to me that I could never have imagined someone like me doing and I took a minute to just like think about how far beyond my expectations this stuff was. Yeah. It if you feel overwhelmingly good about it. You But the truth was relative if you just thought about yesterday Yeah. you expected to go on the Jimmy Fallon show. You that that that met your expectations for the day. If you looked at your calendar for the day it was I need to go to Jimmy Fallon. I need to perform. I need to say the right things. But over the charts of your expectations and that’s the zooming out where we see the gratitude fills us up and it’s very difficult to say this without sounding ridiculous but you can even zoom out and be like god I’m so grateful to live in a world with antibiotics like it sounds crazy because we expect them whenever we take penicellin we’re like yeah like it’s just a thing that exists but can you imagine living in a world without that as 99% of humanity did before us like it’s it’s impossible to think of like the most basic things that we take advantage of. But that’s where gratitude like you have to zoom out to become more grateful for these things. And you’re not going to be content until you can exercise that level of gratitude. You said something earlier which dubtales into this where you said that um at different levels people will aspire you know the billionaire wants two billion. And I was reading a study many years ago that said roughly all the way up the income wealth spectrum people want like three times more than they have now is what seems like the amount that’s going to keep you happy. So if you have $10,000 people are like once I have 20 then I’ll be good. If you have $20 million, people are like, “Ah, 40 seems like the right amount.” It’s always two or three times what you have. And that’s just the intentional creation of an expectation gap. It’s like creating misery for yourself. Yes. It’s this idea that like if only I had a little bit more money, then these problems that I have, this anxiety, this unfilled hole that I have will finally be filled. And it’s a it’s a lie we tell ourselves, of course. And everyone listening right now has that. Everyone has a number in your head where you think if I got there, then it’d be I I have that. You have that. We all do. And if you and I have met that number, previous versions of that number, it’s the same thing. We’re like, okay, but double would be great. Double would be awesome. I met someone the other day whose income, annual income is almost exactly 2x mine. We were being very open with you. G’s a good friend of mine. And the instant feeling I had, I didn’t say this, but the instant feeling I had was like, okay, if I had that, everything would be everything. And it’s it’s absurd. We do that all day. And I’m sure if my friend met someone whose income was 2x of his, he would be like, “That’s the level. That’s the one.” Because your overheads go up, but then your competition comparison group also increases. So you’re now poorer in a different class of comparison. Like Yeah. Your like when you bought that new house you just bought. Yeah. That must have moved you to a new neighborhood. And there’s houses in the neighborhood nicer than ours. My wife and I talk about that. screaming. It’s absurd. Now, I I think I’m I think because I write about this stuff, I think I’m a little bit better at catching myself in those moments, but I won’t pretend that I don’t have those moments. They’re almost unavoidable. What has worked for you? Is there anything that has actually worked for you in terms of detaching you from comparison and what people think? Is there anything at all that’s worked? I like this term humble bubble. I want to live in a humble bubble. It has to be humble because I don’t want to live in a bubble where I don’t have empathy for other people. I want to take in the experience of others so I can try to understand the world that I live in. But I want to live in a bubble in the sense of like I want my expectations not to leave my own house. Easier said than done. But when my expectations don’t leave my own house, I’m like I want good health for myself. I want happy kids. I want a good marriage. And those things don’t leave my roof. Once my expectations leave my bubble, my once once once they expand outside of my house, I’m like, “Oh, look at his house. I want It’s like I just wanted I always think about that humble bubble of like the only thing that’s going to make me happy exists underneath my roof.” And I know that. And as soon as my aspirations are for are leave that, I know it’s just going to spin out of control. I I I try to think about that a lot. And as I mentioned before, the idea of if nobody was watching, what would I care about? That’s that’s the most powerful exercise to me. If nobody could see anything that I was doing, what how would I choose to live? I’ve always wanted to counter um this point with some thinking which is but if I put myself in a higher status position, I’m going to get more opportunities which means more money which is then going to better allow me to focus on utility. Not that that’s how it ever plays out for anybody. Yeah. But the thinking is well actually status does equal revenue. Yeah. Yeah, in a lot of the world and revenue can give you independence. Yeah, the the I think that’s right. I think to many extents that’s been my goal. How can I be successful in my career so that I can make enough money to not have to work in the career anymore? Like it’s not that stark, but it’s kind of like that. The flaw in it is that I like writing. You like podcasting. And so if we get more successful, like I I’m not I’m not chasing success so that I can stop doing what I’m doing. I just want to do things that I enjoy. We have a closing tradition where the last leaves a question for the next as you know. Um, do you have major regrets in life then it says they prove no real purpose. Do you still have regrets? Nothing huge. There are some regrets. I was thinking about this the other day. My wife and I, we have two kids and we’re done having kids. And there’s part of me that’s like, what would have life been like if I had four kids, three kids? we if we done that like each both my kids have given me so much meaning and purpose and I wonder what a life would have been like if I just had more and I I can’t imagine having just one kid I can’t imagine just having zero kids but there’s an alternative life in which I had four or five kids and you know life gets crazy at that point and that’s not a regret but you realize like once you’ve kind of closed that door on your life you’re like man what would have life been if I had done it if I had done it differently because it’s given me more purpose than anything that I ever could have imagined and I could have had more and maybe it would have been worse. But I I I wonder what that would have been. I think it’s not until you’ve we’ve chosen to close that door that chapter of our life that we’re like, man, what if we had what if I had done it a little bit differently. Do you wish you had frozen embryos? No. Because that would have kept the door open theoretically. Not really. Because I think there is a point of like you want you need youthful energy to be a parent. I I I couldn’t imagine having a newborn at 50 or 60. I just I think you need the energy of a 30-year-old or 25 or a 30-year-old to do that. And it’s not a regret because I’m very satisfied with the the family that I have now. But it’s one of those things of like you realize you’re there’s an infinite number of paths your life can go down. And we could have had no kids. We could have had four kids. We chose this path, but it’s one of just one. It’s one of multiple paths that it could have gone down. Morgan, thank you. Thank you for doing what you do. You’re my favorite author of all time, and I think I’ve told you this before, but it’s the way that you write. I find it so unbelievably engaging. You the message within your book is a profound one. All of your books are profound ones, but it’s actually the way that you tell the stories. And if anybody’s listened to you speak today, they’ll understand exactly what I mean. Your books are an a mirror of that. Um, The Psychology of Money, as I told you before, is the book that changed my financial life. the one book my brother who’s a very smart person told me to re to read and there’s no wonder that it’s one of the bestselling books of all time. I think it might be the bestselling book of all time in its category. Um and your new book The Art of Spending continues on the same trend. Incredibly accessible, incredibly engaging, incredibly human, but within there there’s a profound lesson that stands the chance of changing our lives for the better. So I highly recommend everybody goes and gets this book, The Art of Spending Money, which comes out tomorrow, October 7th. October 7th. So, I’m going to link it below for anybody that wants to grab a copy of this book. And if you’re someone that does want a happier life, it is a book about spending, but it’s also more broadly a book about happiness and regret. And it tells stories that allow you to make better decisions in your life. And it’s through stories, not through frameworks alone or data that I think we’re most influenced. And you can probably relate to this if you’re listening to this. You probably have heard stats before. You probably know you should save. But it’s sometimes hearing real stories from real people that stick into your amygdala and create that behavioral change. And that’s exactly how Morgan writes. He writes through the context of great stories that stand the chance of changing your life. So it’s a wonderful, wonderful book to read and I highly recommend you do. Thanks so much for having me. Thank you so much, Morgan. Hope to see you again sometime soon. Likewise.

  • 06/05/2026 – No. 1 Christianity Expert – If You Don’t Believe in a God You Need to Hear This

    because it’s got some of the qualities we normally associate with God. And some people welcome this and say this is the way we should go. But the danger is we treat these human robots as if they’re conscious beings. This is a seriously important thing. And I do feel that the Christian faith has a great deal to say about this. And it’s fascinating to me that you are very religious. You believe in God because typically I think that mathematicians lean more towards atheism. The great pioneers of modern science were all believers in God. And I’ve interrogated myself about its truth for over 70 years. I’ve made myself totally vulnerable. And I found that Christ offers me something nobody else offers me. Peace in my heart. The peace of knowing that I have real forgiveness. Things like for example, God has met people even in death row. And I never forget looking through the door for Russian security death row. I went up to the door and a chap came over and looked at me. He killed 12 women. He said, “I deserve to be here.” And then his face just burst into what I can only describe as a ghastly smile. And he said, “I met Jesus here and he forgave me.” So on this point of forgiveness with a serial killer, be forgiven and allowed into heaven. And then how do you know that this thing you’ve committed yourself to is true? So I have had several experiences enough to tell me look this stuff is real. Okay. So

    this is super interesting to me. My team given me this report to show me how many of you that watch this show subscribe and some of you have told us according to this that you are unsubscribed from the channel randomly. So favor to ask all of you. Please could you check right now if you’ve hit the subscribe button if you are a regular viewer of the show and you like what we do here. We’re approaching quite a significant landmark on this show in terms of a subscriber number. So, if there was one simple free thing that you could do to help us, my team, everyone here to keep this show free, to keep it improving year over year and week over week, it is just to hit that subscribe button and to double check if you’ve hit it. Only thing I’ll ever ask of you, do we have a deal? If you do it, I’ll tell you what I’ll do. I’ll make sure every single week, every single month, we fight harder and harder and harder and harder to bring you the guests and conversations that you want to hear. I stayed true to that promise since the very beginning of the diio and I will not let you down. Please help us. Really appreciate it. Let’s get on with the show.

    John Lennox. Yes. You’ve published over 70 peer-reviewed mathematical papers, co-authored two research texts at the um Oxford mathematical monograph series, and you’ve really become a pioneer in many domains through your career. But for anyone that doesn’t know you, what is the most important context they need to understand the reference points, experience, education that you’re pulling on that that is going to inform all of the subjects we talk about today? I mean, I’ve written a number of papers. I got a certain amount of international recognition. I chaired Oxford and all the rest of it. But I think the real value of that has been the training and logic really saying that mathematics works. The fact that it works is for me one of the strongest evidences that this is what I call a word-based universe. We can use mathematics to describe things about how the universe works. Thinking God’s thoughts after him, Kepler’s famous statement. But also we’ve lived to see a biological revolution where we discover biology is word-based as well with the human genome. And that to me resonates with the explanation given in both the old testament and the new language of John’s gospel. In the beginning was the word. I um I don’t know a ton about the bible. I do come from a religious family. So with um right we grew up as Christians. I think I I lost my faith faith at about 18 years old cuz you know me and my my brothers are extremely good at maths. They’re very rational thinking maybe to a fault and I think maybe I am a little bit too. I am too. You are this. I find it so fascinating cuz you know typically the scientific community lean more towards atheism and typically I think that mathematicians lean more towards atheism. Just to sense check if that’s true or not. We’ll throw the numbers up on the screen. So I find that to be a fascinating conversation which I’m looking forward to have with you today. Interestingly, you wrote this book and the word AI is on it. It says God, AI, and the end of history. Why are you so concerned, dare I say, about artificial intelligence as a leading pioneer in ma maths and sort of philosophical thinking? Well, because I’m interested in the bigger picture, anything that raises questions about the nature of human identity. And I was first struck by the drive for artificial general intelligence. That’s really become one of the it looks as if it’s the prime motivation of people like Sam Alman and so on. It is really hitting the headlines. But within that there’s the notion of transhumanism. What does that mean? The idea is that we go beyond the human. One of our most famous astronomers, Royal, he put it this way. He says in the distant future, it won’t be organic brains, it’ll be machine brains. And he seriously believes, as do a number of scientists who are not science fiction authors, that there will be some kind of merger between humanity and machines to have a transhuman, something that’s beyond the human and something that is, they hope, super intelligent, got all the human properties and much more. Now, one of the people who spreading that kind of transhumanist vision is the Israeli historian Yuval Noah Harari. And he’s written a book called Homodos, the man God. And that really made me prick up my ears because I know enough about this book here, the Bible, to realize that the drive for humans towards selfdeification is selfdeification. is making themselves gods. And you see it all through history. The ancient Babylonian emperors were regarded as gods. The Roman emperors started calling themselves gods and all the rest of it. And what Harari says is the 21st century has two big purposes. Number one, to solve the problem of physical death as a technical problem. To solve death. Yes. Solve death. Physical death is in his view technical problem and we’ll solve it. The second agenda item and he calls them agenda items of the 21st century is to increase human happiness by bioengineering, cyborg engineering, mechanical implants, all this kind of thing and turning humans quote into gods with a small G. In other words, this is the drive for a super intelligent human. We’ve only got started. And his point is, and from his atheist perspective, one can understand it immediately. Evolution, unguided natural processes have brought us to this point. Now, we’re going to take it into our hands and we’re going to engineer humanity into the future very rapidly to approach this superhuman thing. Now I hear that and I see that but I see that as huge implications for one of the fundamental teachings that’s behind I would argue western civilization and that is the notion that humans like us are made in the image of God as rational moral beings. Now, I got into this because some Christian leaders wanted to have a conference on AI and they wanted it introduced from someone who knew something about the teaching of the image of God in Genesis and who had a scientific background and who could perhaps begin to lead them in to what was going on in the AI field around. And once I got into it, I realized this is a seriously important thing because we haven’t got to artificial general intelligence yet. That’s still a pipe dream, but it’s improving all the time, but we’ve got far enough. that is to what’s called narrow AGI which most of the stuff that works is and that is posing a threat to human beings at all kinds of levels and I began to see that that was seriously important for everybody to take on board. So I wrote two books, one 2020 called uh 2084 is the title of my book, artificial intelligence and the future of humanity. And then the publishers asked me to update it in 2024. So there’s a second edition twice as big and it is my main work on AI. That is not that is a work on the book of revelation with reference to AI. The other is directly going into AI, pointing out its values which I think are immense particularly in medicine but pointing out its dangers which I think are immense for bringing about a state in the world that none of us I think want. So let me just give some definitions there. Yeah, sure. You use the term narrow AI. Yes. Um, my definition of that is, and I’ll put something on the screen for those of you watching, is AI that’s focused on solving a very particular problem. So, AIs that might be able to diagnose lung cancer or that do some sort of um biometric data on your Apple Watch, very focused on solving a particular problem. AGI is artificial general intelligence which is what’s being built at the moment and all the big AI companies are in a race to accomplish which is a machine that could do any intellectual task a human can faster than any human um and would be super intelligent. So you know maybe one way to think about it it would have a PhD in everything. That’s a very fair summary. narrow AI system does one and only one thing that normally requires human intelligence. AGI does the lot and more. You wrote this book 2084. You highlighted in there some of the concerns that you think are being overlooked in this race for AGI at the moment. Well, they’re not overlooked by everybody. There is huge concern. There’s been a very interesting book published not long ago by Karen How. Oh, she mission. Fantastic. Well, there you are. And she has got some very interesting metaphors, the pursuit of the machine God, which I think is a brilliant summary of what’s going on. And I found it very illuminating because she’s obviously got very close to the the major operators in this. But if I step back from it, I look at AI like a knife. A good knife. You can use it for surgery or you can use it for murder. And that leads us into it immediately. AI narrow brilliant for picking out the terrorist in a football crowd. Also brilliant for suppressing a minority in China and bringing in a totalitarian state through social credit systems and all the rest of it. And in a way we’re sleepwalking into a future where we are gradually seeding control and information and data all the time which could be used by bad actors against us. And this is the problem. I I really this question of um what it means to be human in a world of AI I think has been really front of mind for a lot of people and like where do we live or exist or find our purpose in a world where theoretically these super intelligent systems will reach AGI which means they’re more intelligent theoretically than any human on earth but at the same time you’ve got these other um advancements in technology like humanoid robots where these humanoid robots there was a live stream I’ve talked about a few times I’ll just throw it up on the screen really quickly that shows last week a humanoid robot working on a production line for 8 days straight and they show it up against a human being and it beats the human being on the production line cuz it doesn’t need to sleep. It just needs to be charged for a couple of hours to full power. And so you combine these two forces, super intelligence and the disruption. You know, you can think of it like one is disrupting this thing here, the brain and the intelligence within the brain. And then the other technology that’s emerged at the same time is disrupting my muscles and my mechanics. And the two come together to make voila. Absolutely. So you face joblessness at all kinds of levels and people are only going beginning to realize the implications of that and they’re not just low-level repetitive jobs as high level jobs like lawyers and there’s a deepseated ethical problem running through all of this and it’s a very simple one. It’s that technology advances much faster than the ethics that’s needed to underpin it. And the difficulty is the people that have all the power will say, well, we need some ethical control of all of this, but we need to get on with the research to make it safe for you. So, let us get on with it. And you can be a bit skeptical about the motivation there. It’s a colossal power grab. And I do feel that uh the Christian faith has a great deal to say to this arms race if you like. The power that is being forced in to having a technology that becomes the ultimate source of truth. Now those two concepts power and truth clashed centuries ago in a very famous trial and it’s the trial of Jesus. And I used to wonder a lot, you know, why is there such detail about the trial of Jesus until I realized what it was about? Jesus was put on trial for political terrorism to put it in modern terminology. He was a threat to the Roman power base and Pilate the governor at the time put him on trial and conducted the trial himself which was most unusual and said are you a king? And Jesus looked at him and said well not in the sense you mean to this end I was born and to this end I came into the world that I would bear witness to the truth. And Pilate famously responded, “What is truth?” And went out and declared Jesus innocent of the charge. And then he said to him just a bit later, “Don’t you know I have power to crucify you?” And Jesus quietly said, “You would have no power against me unless it been given to you from above.” So there’s one of the most famous confrontations between power and truth. And that statement that Jesus made, I have come to bear witness to the truth. I regard that as the main motivation for my life. I’m trying to bear witness to truth as I see it at all kinds of levels in my own limited way. And that’s what bothers me about AI. It’s a reductionist. We’re reducing people to machines. And you said to me a few moments ago that flagged up a thing in my mind that’s very important. We need to be very clear what AI is and what it isn’t. This is a machine. Machines do not think. Machines do not have quailia. They do not understand the redness of red. They do not experience emotion. They have no consciousness. And you see, I believe that the genius of God is that he’s made you and me and he’s connected in us consciousness and intelligence. The machines are not conscious, but they simulate intelligence. And the experts are very clear that they’re not trying to construct intelligence for a very simple reason. They have no idea what consciousness is from a scientific point of view, but they’re trying to simulate intelligence and go as far as they can. And therefore, the danger is we anthropomorphize everything. We treat them as if they’re conscious beings. And we need to step back and realize that we are conscious beings. And that gives us a supreme dignity and value to reduce ourselves to merely machines or on the other hand merely animals is to demean our value and then where are you going to get value from? I’ve got a quote here that’s um linked to what you just said. It’s from Yuvel Noah Harrari who I mentioned. He says humans are now hackable animals. Yes. The whole idea that humans have this soul or spirit and they have free will and nobody knows what’s happening inside them, that is over. And Sam Alman said, “The most successful founders do not set out to create companies. They are on a mission to create something closer to a religion. And at some point, it turns out that forming a company is the easiest way to do so.” And lastly, a former Google engineer said, “What is going to be created will effectively be a god. It’s not a god in the sense that it will will make lightning or cause hurricanes. But if there is something a billion times smarter than the smartest human, what else can you call it? It’s odd. Thank you for quoting that because I was going to quote it to you. The the Sam Albert’s point about about making a religion and that is what is happening and people have pointed out the obvious here. You have a system even now that has got some of the qualities we normally associate with God. It appears to be omnisient. You can ask it any question. It is only present through the internet etc etc. And therefore already there are worship groups to worship AI. And some people welcome this and say, “Well, this is the way we should go.” And other people say, “Just wait a moment. There’s something very strange going on here.” And in the end, you are bowing down to something that in the end is idolatrous because it is less than God. But it’s very tempting to do that. I mean, people are basically praying to it now. They’re confiding in a in a way that they might absolutely doing it. And you know, I’m fascinated by this. I’ve never seen one of these before, but I like it. And I tell you why I like it. So, for people that can’t see what we’re doing, it’s a brain. It’s a brain, and it’s got two halves. And one of the people who’ve influenced my thinking about AI a lot is uh Dr. Ian McIllchrist, the author of this fascinating book called The Matter with Things. And he has studied the fact that this brain has two hemispheres, two halves. Both halves are involved in almost every cognitive event. But the two different halves have different ways of paying attention to the world. One is narrow focus, the left side of the brain, and the other is the big picture. And he says what has happened historically in the west is for the last five or so hundred years we have concentrated on the narrow rationalist reductionist left side of the brain and we’ve forgotten the right side that contextualizes everything. So that quote we now find ourselves in a world where we understand how almost everything works but we know the meaning of nothing. And what he calls for is to open this sphere up. And of course that includes to beauty, culture, art, music, and religion. Step by step, he appears to be creating more room for God because God makes sense of the space he feels is very necessary to fulfill. And I find that absolutely fascinating. And you probably noticed it too, the number of intellectuals who are step by step taking the Christian faith more seriously as giving a rational account of what’s going on that makes very big sense of the big picture. What is going on in society? because it does feel like more and more people have these sort of existential questions about meaning and they might be turning to Christianity or Islam or other but what is from a 30,000 foot perspective happening to us which is making us ask some of these questions and you know younger generations it might be spirituality however they define that but there’s certainly a a macro picture here of something happening oh there is I agree with you entirely and I think it’s because we’ve had pushed at us for too wrong a very reductionist view of the world. It’s nothing but physics and chemistry. It’s nothing but this is that. And people rightly feel it’s too small a world to live in. They’re looking to break out of this. Isn’t there a bigger picture that can make sense of my world and make sense of my life and giving some meaning? Because if you reduce everything, it ends up black hole of meaninglessness. And that’s one of my uh top reasons for not being an atheist because it destroys rationality by almost by definition because it tells me that my brain which does all the thinking it’s not my mind it’s connected and those are two different things and that’s another big story but this is the end product of a mindless unguided uh process and I have fun with scientists you know sometimes I ask them uh about the brain and how it arose and they tell me something like that. And I said, “And you trust it? Tell me if the computer that you use every day, if you knew it was the end product of a random process, would you trust it?” Every single scientist, and some of them are very highowered that I’ve asked that question to have said, “No, I would not.” So I say, “You’ve got a problem, haven’t you? Your atheism goes too far. It undermines the very rationality we need to do science, let alone to believe in atheism. And that’s my main beef with people like Richard Dawkins and the new atheists. But I see they’re fading. They’re fading. So here’s the irony. Atheism claiming rationality destroys it. Whereas I believe the Christian faith also claims rationality in in the sense that evidence-based we shout about that a lot in science and medicine and rightly so. What we trust in ought to be evidence-based. I claim exactly the same thing for Christianity and that’s why I’m a Christian because I believe the evidence supports it otherwise I wouldn’t. So I guess how do I identify? Maybe as someone that’s agnostic, like I’m I don’t really know. Well, that’s okay. But does that mean you’re open to know? You’d like to know? Yes. Well, that’s I’m always open. That’s that’s wonderful to see. That’s that seems to me to be exactly the right attitude. And Jesus actually challenged someone in his day and says, “If anyone wants to do the will of God, he shall know of the teaching whether I’m speaking from myself or whether it’s from God.” I notice what he doesn’t say. He doesn’t say, “If anyone wants to know, he will know.” If anyone wants to do, he will know. And the difference between the two, and I’d be interested in your response to it, is that being prepared to do something when you know it, is more than just knowing it and possibly just leaving it on the table. In other words, Jesus is interested in people who are going to take the step of trust and following him. And that’s the big deal. There should be a button just down below here. And if it says subscribed, you’re already subscribed. If it says subscriber, that means you’re not yet. And if you’re not subscribed, please could you do us a favor and hit that button? It helps the show more than you know. And according to the algorithm, you’re someone that watches our show, but you haven’t yet hit that button. Thank you so much. Do you know what it is? I find all I find all explanations as to like the bigger picture to be like fundamentally incomplete. Yes. Because there’s many things you said about the nature of Christianity and religion that I go amazing. Yes. Yes. Yes. And then there’s a couple of things I go well. Uh, and the same when I sit here with a physicist that’s telling me about the big bang. Yes. I have the same thing where I’m going, “Yes, yes, of course, yes.” Oh, we’ve got evidence that the universe is expanding. Okay. And then they’ll say other things and I go, “Well, that’s not complete.” And so I find myself sat on the fence. I would love you to convince me. I mean, it’s not your responsibility to do so, but where does that journey of of believing begin for someone like me? Because, you know, people say the Bible, and I go, “Well, it’s kind of like what you said about the computers. It’s like if you’re using something to justify the same thing is true. Yes. Then that circular reasoning I find to be incomplete. Cuz I could write on this piece of paper, uh, Steven Butler is a lizard. Yes. And this piece of paper is true. And then you then use that same piece of paper to justify the validity of that same piece of paper. Mhm. And I that’s not solid reasoning. No. But you see, I could say, Stephen Bartlett, there’s a red Ferrari parked in the street outside. Yeah. And it’s yours if you want to take it. We could sit and discuss it for a thousand years. You would never know whether I was true or not unless you went and looked. And it seems to me the word skeptic is a very interesting one. I regard myself as a skeptic. But in Greek, skept means to look at something from a distance. Now, if you are ever going to get to know a person, you’ve got to begin to give up your distance. You will know that from everyday life. And it seems to me one of the things to try to begin to grasp is God is not a proposition or a philosophy or even a religion. God is a person. And as a person, he has entered our world. However incredible that may seem. Although this is the irony of the Harrari position, if I might just say it on a side, people come to me as they’ve done with their transhumanist agenda and say, you know, we’re going to solve the problem of death and we’re going to increase human happiness. And I look at them and I smile. I say, you’re too late. And they say, “What? We haven’t got there yet.” I said, “You’re too late.” What do you mean we’re too late? Well, I said the problem of physical death was solved when God raised Christ from the dead 20 centuries ago. And as for human happiness and uploading us into eternity, you know, I’m waiting for the biggest uploading that’s ever going to happen in history when Christ returns and raises me from the dead because that is precisely what he promises. And it’s most interesting watching people and I say, “Isn’t it fascinating that your transhumanism consists in humans reaching out to become little gods?” Whereas Christianity is the exact opposite. It talks about a god who became human so that he could give us life and give us a new relationship with him. What really completes the circle for me is that my relationship with God is a relationship which is based on the solution to the really hard problem. And that is the problem that I by nature have not always done good and by my own standards I’ve failed. Now all this talk of transhumanism, AI and everything else, what it’s trying to do is to build paradise, utopia without facing the problem of the damage that humans have caused to themselves and one another. They will not face the sin problem. Christianity to me doesn’t compete with any anything else because Christ offers me something nobody else offers me. Nobody else offers me peace. The peace of knowing that I have real forgiveness. The peace of knowing that I have a friend and a companion to whom I can talk all the time. That’s been so meaningful in my life as I spell out in detail my autobiography. And the peace of having been given a new life that will not end when I die. I’m 82 now. I’m probably more than twice as old as you are. As I look towards the future, I have in my heart a certainty. Not because I’ve merited it. The exact opposite. Because I couldn’t merit it, but because Christ has done something for me through the cross and the resurrection. That may sound all mumbo jumbo at the moment, but has done something that enables me to have a relationship that is secure, that floods over the whole of life and has made my life what it is for the last 70 years, more or less. I think everybody, especially in a world that’s getting increasingly lonely and disconnected and isolated for many reasons, is looking for that secure relationship. They are. They’re looking for their own, you know, a home that can’t fall down. Yes. Yes. And a peace that doesn’t fade and a an inheritance that doesn’t Exactly. You’re right. If I could choose that, if I could press a button and have it, I would have it. But there’s this other part of my brain which will naturally interrogate whether it’s real or it’s true. You’re absolutely right. Why am I sitting in front of you talking about this stuff? Because I’ve interrogated myself about it and its truth for over 70 years. I’ve made myself totally vulnerable. That’s why I got into all the debates with you atheists and all the rest of it because I want to be sure. But it won’t come AC about by pressing a button. It will come about if you’re open enough to say, “God, I’m open. Reveal yourself to me, and I’m prepared to take the steps that I feel are leading me onto solid ground. I do not believe that this is a process of taking a leap into the dark, but it’s making a commitment on the basis of what you know already and taking a step further forward.” And the interesting thing about this is the trust that’s at the heart of everything. I trust my wife. I’ve been married to her for 58 years this year. It’s evidence-based trust. I don’t trust her for no reason. And the same is true of my friends, as would be the case with you. evidence-based trust in science and in Christian things. I don’t regard myself as religious particularly and the reason is this and it’s an important reason. Most religions prescribe a moral way that you try to follow and you’ve teachers, gurus, imams, all the rest, priests to keep you on the way and then you come to a judgment at the end. And I usually draw a scale of justice. And if your good deeds tip over the bad deeds, then you get in to whatever it is, heaven, nirvana, all the rest of that’s religion. It’s not Christianity, though many people think it is. Because if you ask them, are you a Christian? and say, “Well, I do my best and I hope that God will be kind.” That isn’t Christianity. It’s the exact opposite of Christianity. That’s a meritbased religion. And you see the irony of all this is that we would never at least I don’t know some people might but in a human relationship we don’t base our affection and relationship with someone on the basis of their merit. I have a little analogy I use that sometimes tickles people’s minds. I say that I met a beautiful girl on my second day at Cambridge. I’d been warned she might be there. And she was sitting in church. And I decided that I’d like to marry her. So I bought the most expensive cookery book I could. And uh I came and I handed to her and she said, “What’s that?” Well, I said, “You know, we have a interesting tradition in our family, you see. Uh and if anybody gets married, they give the potential bride a cookbook. Why?” Well, look at page 152. Here’s the the laws for making an apple cake. And I like apple cake. So law 1 22 two2 take so much flour sugar. Now I said it’s going to be like this. If you keep those rules for the next let’s be generous 40 years or so I will accept you otherwise you can go back to your mother. Now when I say that to an audience they rock about with laughter. But it’s exactly the way many of them have been taught to think about God. keep the rules as best as you can and hope that God is generous. When actually I did no such thing. I’ve given my wife several cookbooks, but they’re not the basis of the relationship. And because the relationship is based on acceptance that comes at the start of the common journey, it sets her free to live and do other things that she wants to do. And I have noticed often that once people begin to realize that they’re beginning to understand a basic concept which is grace that God does everything and if we trust him he it is that gives us the certainty. So it’s not arrogance to accept it from him. It’s arrogance actually to reject and say oh no no I’ll go my own way and I’ll try my best and hope that you will accept me. And the heart of the Christian message which I believe is there is that the trust is based on what someone else has done what Christ has done not what I have done and that’s what’s given me the power and as I said earlier completed the circle and enabled me to live. That was a a really beautiful description and definition of what the Christian faith is about. It still leaves me with a question about whether it’s true and this is the sort of central question that I need to find my way over. Yeah, I agree with you. Absolutely. And this is I find myself often I’ve sat with a few um like Christian apologists and asked them similar questions about like how do I know if it’s true? And I guess so so far I’ve got you know if there’s a red Ferrari outside you’d have to go outside and see for yourself. That’s the only way you’re going to know. But what how do you know that this thing you’ve committed yourself to and you’ve believed and you know talked about for 70 years of your life is true and could it be the case that it’s not true? Okay, let’s handle that. That’s a hugely important question. I have two approaches to this which I call roughly speaking objective and subjective. And it depends entirely where someone’s coming from. They may start very far back and say, “Look, we read about this chap Jesus. How do we know he ever existed?” Well, then you go to the ancient historians and you find that most of them, whether they’re atheists or not, believe that he existed and so on. I accept that he existed. Yes. Yeah. Okay. Well, that’s a good start. You know, some of the disciples when Jesus rose from the dead, they just didn’t believe the story. Ridiculous. And there’s a famous story of Thomas who said to the others, he said, “Unless I see the marks in his hands and so on, I won’t believe.” And then Jesus stood among them and he didn’t make fun of Thomas’s objective. He said, “Thomas, come and have a look.” You never know what swimming is until you get into the water. Isn’t that true? It is true. And all I can say is that step by step, keep asking your questions. Absolutely. I don’t believe that God will ever ask us to take a step with which we should be uncomfortable. I just don’t believe that. Could you be wrong that Christianity So could it be the case that Christianity was was about a real guy called Jesus? uh based on a real guy called Jesus. But the story is told, you know, there was decades passed between the things that happened and people not so much as you’d think actually what for four decades for the first time. When you when you say to me, could you be wrong? My academic mind says theoretically, yes. But practically, no. Could I be wrong? It would be like asking me, John, you know, you’ve been married to Sally for 58 years. Could you be wrong that she loves you? Well, theoretically, yes, but actually the evidence all points in the other direction. And that’s what I would say that I have built up in my life. And I’d love you to ask me that question when you’ve read that autobiography. Why would you think it would read? Because I I think what I relate there is enough evidence for someone outside who’s skeptical to say there may well be something in that. But in the end, you won’t know until you step into the water and then you’ll find that Christ is there to catch you. And what did you find in the water when you stepped into the water? Well, I was very young. You see, my parents taught me quite clearly that I wasn’t born a Christian. You become a Christian by trusting Christ. That’s to have somebody born or made a Christian by some ceremony is absurd to my mind. And so in my simple way, I responded as a child. I didn’t have any great feelings or anything else. But what happened to me as I grew, especially as I I went to university in Cambridge, and I decided, look, I really believe this stuff is true. I’m going to stand for it. And it was when I began to stand and share with others that a great deal of the underpinning came in and the certainty came cumulatively. Not all a big I’ve never had these big flashes of anything. But I have had several experiences of what I can only put down to direct divine guidance and I record them in the book. I’ve got some um some of the questions that really stumped me when I was so I was I was Christian up until the age of about 18 and then I went into the whole like new atheist movement with Richard Dawkins and Sam Harris and that little phase of my life. But one of the stats that used to get me when I went through that new atheist movement was that globally 91% of adults simply adopt and keep the religion they were raised in. And if a person is born into a Hindi or Muslim household, there is a 99% statistical probability they will remain in that faith. Only 1% switch out. And then the argument, I think it came from Dawkins or someone else, was that is it fair that there’s this birth lottery determining who ends up believing what or theoretically getting into hell or heaven. Yes. Because if I was born in, I don’t know, Afghanistan, the probability says I’d probably be Muslim. Yeah. Well, I I take that absolutely. So God gave you an advantage in this context because he he he allowed you to be born his in his all knowing all all uh understanding way put you to be born in a place where you are likely to be Christian. It sounds to me as if he gave the same advantage to you. So the question is what do we do with that privilege? Now I know that there are hard problems around the edge here. There are really hard problems not only where you’re born and what you believe. This was the argument that Peter Singer advanced to be had a debate. I don’t know whether you’ve heard about it. Peter Singer, you know the Princeton ethicist who really was one of the new atheists but not quite very famous for his views on dealing with the unborn all the rest. But we had a debate in Australia and I started as I always do by being upfront about my background. And he when he got the chance to speak he said well there goes my best objection to religion. People always stay in the religion which they’re brought up. You see when I next got a chance to speak I said Peter I told the audience about my Christian background but you said nothing about yours. Now tell me were your parents atheists? He said they were. Oh, I said then you remained in the faith in which you were brought up. Oh, but he said it isn’t a faith. And I said, Peter, I was I was convinced that you believed it. And it brought the house down. Of course, this the cyberspace went mad. And the point was made repeatedly all over the internet. Here’s one of the world’s top philosophers. He doesn’t understand that his atheism is a belief system. And the irony was the very first person he met after that debate was a fellow Hungarian Jew who was a friend of mine. And then my friend said, “And I became a Christian.” So the very first person he met was someone who had transitioned from his background. That doesn’t answer your question. It’s a question I ask often because God could correct this. Well, this is just the point. And we have had these arguments and debates. A good God and an all powerful God would, could, should, all this kind of stuff. And we never get a satisfactory answer to that. So, I’ve come up with another problem possibly because I’m a mathematician and we when we’ve hammered at one problem for centuries, we usually stop and try another one. My other problem is just as hard, but I think it gets me a bit further and it’s this. Every world view must face a mixed picture. I call it beauty and barbwire or beauty and bombs. That that’s the world. It’s mixed. And if you don’t accept that, you’re not in touch with reality. Now, here’s my question. Is there anywhere evidence enough to trust God with that situation? That’s a hard question. And by that you mean the situation of the sort of geographical distribution of believers. Yes. We’ll never understand it or solve it. But do we trust God? Do we trust God ultimately to be absolutely fair? Because if God isn’t fair in the end, he knows what everybody thinks. I believe and we’ll be surprised maybe at what he does because he can measure how much people know. My responsibility is twofold. One, to respond to the evidence I’ve had and then Christ tells me to go and share it and that’s what I do and I’ve been doing all my life. doesn’t answer a question, but it gives you motivation and the alternative to rule God out has so many uh negatives to it that I think I think yeah so when I think about what I understand of the Bible there’s a particular part of the Bible that talks about the only way into heaven is through Jesus and from that I inferred that the only way to get into this great place that everybody wants to go to is by believing in Christianity they want to go to it. I’m not sure that they do. I I have met many people who when they hear what Christ offers, they reject it. But that that’s that’s another point. So if if we talk about this distribution, yes, sort of birthright distribution of what you believe um and then those that believe this one particular thing are going to get into this heaven. It it feels unfair. Or this idea that only those that believe get in is wrong. or God is not as nice as we thought and he’s playing a bit of a cruel game. There’s a fair bit going for your logic there. I I I think and I think there are aspects of this we don’t understand because to give a crude example of this. I expect to meet Abraham and Moses but they didn’t know about Jesus because they were before. Yes. When I approached this, you said you’re agnostic. I like that word. Uh people rarely ask me if I’m agnostic, but what I’m telling you is I’m agnostic about masses of things. It’s how I learn. Agosco in Greek just means I don’t know. Yeah. And once you take the other step and saying I don’t know and you can’t know, it then becomes illogical because if you don’t know, how can you know that I can’t know? And I always remember the words of Richard Fineman who was a brilliant Nobel Prize winning physicist. You probably heard of Richard Fineman who said, “Bend over backwards to criticize yourself because you are the easiest person for yourself to deceive.” Amen. He was dead right. And that’s why I love exploring these things. And I feel honored to talk to someone who’s so refreshing. I think there’s great hope for our culture in people like yourself exploring and sharing with the world the conclusions that you come to and the people that you’re interacting with. Yeah, like I said, I have no I don’t have perfect answers either way. So that’s why the word agnostic seems to be perfectly apt. Um the other real question that I had that really stumped me when I was 18 years old was this point about omniscience. Yes. I mean, it’s the oldest question in the sort of atheist religious battle, which is if God is all knowing, he knew exactly which individuals would reject him and suffer um and go to hell before he even created them. Yeah, that’s determinism. So, how is creating a soul that you know is doomed um an act of love? Well, it isn’t. I don’t go for that determinism. In fact, I’ve written a book that thick about it. I think it was actually Ricky Jves tell the story of the the baby being born in let’s say it’s Africa or somewhere else or India or wherever it might be the UK who is born with a parasite eating its eyeball out from the inside. I know this. Yeah. And I remember hearing that when I was 18. Yeah. Terrible. And thinking, okay, so if God’s all knowing, he knew that that baby was going to have its eye eaten out by a parasite before the baby was born, but allowed the baby to be born anyway. And with my moral compass, I would have intervened. And if he’s on me potent or powerful, he could have inter. So how do you these qu where is the flaw in that question? Is there a flaw? Is there a misunderstanding? I I think there can be a misunderstanding, but it’s a very understandable one because I feel exactly the weight of that as well. My question that I set out a few minutes ago is there any evidence anywhere that God, you can trust God with it. And the major piece of evidence to my mind is the cross of Christ. And if Christ really is God whom he claimed to be, this is God’s suffering. And why is God suffering? Well, it certainly tells me that he hasn’t remained distant from human suffering, but has himself become part of it. Now that’s not an answer. There are no simplistic answers here. But you see, once you remove God, that child, there’s no hope for it. It’s dead, gone out, nothing. But suppose God can compensate that child because he is the power to raise from the dead as he did with Jesus. That changes everything for me. The universe without a resurrection. I don’t know whether you’ve ever watched my debate, the first one were Richard Dawkins. I suspect I have. The very last bit of it, we were suddenly told we’d only two minutes to wrap up instead of nine each. And I said something about the resurrection. And I’ll never forget what Richard said. It was something like this. We’ve had a great discussion about big ideas and so on. And now we come down to the resurrection of Jesus. How petty. how paroial, how unworthy of the universe. And I remember thinking, if Jesus rose from the dead, it’s the biggest thing that’s ever happened because it may open the way to understanding that there is life after death. And you see, CS Lewis has helped me a lot. I used to listen to him. I’m that old. He has helped me a lot in in this idea of a sense in which there’s more than one world. And we’re so conditioned to thinking that this world is the only one there is. But if there is another world and there is a loving God, then I suspect I can’t prove this to you, but when we one day see and enter that world and see what God has done with the kind of child you mentioned, we’ll have no more questions. So you think he’s compensated that child? Oh yes. God is a God of love. He’ll do much better than look the biggest gift that God has given you and me is our moral sense and the capacity to love. Now, we analyze problems like this with our God-given capacities. And we come, and I understand it perfectly well because I’ve come to the same place as you. And say, “Well, God, if I had been you, I would have done this.” Well, I suspect one day we’re going to find out why God didn’t. He’s going to let me die one day. I’ve nearly died died already. I’ve said goodbye to my wife by the way and they thought they weren’t gone 14 years ago and I said goodbye and it’s interesting when things like that hit you. Forgive the personal reference but it’s very real. Total peace both of us had as I went into the operating theater and the surgeon saved my life. And this would take us down another rabbit hole. But I got to New Zealand just a few days after the earthquake. And I was on a lecture tour and everything was scrapped. I was in television, radio, but only one topic, why earthquakes, you see. And I met people that had lost loved ones and all this kind of thing. And I talked about the God who has suffered and raised Jesus from the dead. And the interesting thing was it was that that gave the most hope to the people that were listening to me because they told me and moved me little letters afterwards and so on. So I I think there’s something big here. But that God allows these things to happen is something that in the end we have to take on board even when they happen to us. What about all the um the humans that lived before Jesus came? Well, God will never judge anybody for not knowing what they didn’t know. Interesting. That’s an interesting idea. So, I don’t know. So, am I good? Am I going to get into heaven? Well, no one is good but God. But you see, is it important for me to You do know a great deal. That’s obvious to me. You do know a great deal. You know what this is all about. And in a sense you’ve been very near uh at the beginning and you’re now doing an exploration and I mean your life stories that you must write your autobiography sometimes but wait a few years. Yeah. I need I think I need a few more experiences. Yes. But you will get them. I I I really believe that the openness is the important thing. Yeah. Quiz people. Put your Christian friends under. Yes. I know. I know. It’s lovely to find someone who’s prepared to do that quite frankly. Is it important that I believe in God? Like if I live a good life, I’m kind to people and I do my best. But you see, that’s exactly the point I was making. That people think that living a good life and being kind to people is what God is interested in. When God has prepared for us a relationship with himself through Christ that deals with the forgiveness of sins that we all need, forgive me using the hackne phrase, but that’s it. And will give us a new life and a power to live, a new power. You know, it’s all very well saying, I do good and I do this and do the other thing. But we don’t have the power to live as we should. If we compare ourselves to the sermon on the mount for a week, we’ll soon realize that we’re lacking. And I I think one of the big changes comes in people as they realize just the depth of what they might be capable of and possibly the depths of some things as sadly they do and are facing a a big need of forgiveness. You meet many of them in prisons of course but I I have seen such remarkable things happen both directly and indirectly with people who’ve made such a mess of life and God has met them even in death row and Russia and places like that where I was able to go because I speak the language to a certain extent again that I find tremendously powerful evidence that God is at work in these people’s lives. It is statistically the case that the more hopeless your life becomes, the higher the probability you have of turning to um a religion and also if you’re having a crisis of meaning in your life for whatever reason. I looked at some of the data and it does show that that’s absolutely right and that’s what you’d expect if there if it’s true at least to a certain extent it gives people something outside themselves. That’s simple psychology. I would have thought simple psychology but it doesn’t prove the truth of it doesn’t prove the truth because what if I believe in the dragon at the bottom of the garden the spaghetti monster leper horns if you’re Irish and it seems to be the case that really irrespective of which religion that you know fills that you know place in your life you still get the same boost in meaning post starting to believe well I’m not convinced of that you see because I’m sitting here as a Christian and I’ve reasoned for being a Christian because I don’t find this need met in those practitioner ers of other religions. I don’t find that sense of fulfillment and peace uh that comes through the forgiveness in Christ. Now when I say that I need to guard that very carefully because one of the troubles in and you will probably have realized this in talking about different religions is that once you begin to criticize a religion, people rightly think you’re looking down at them. And so I clear the ground completely by saying that a pagan or a person in any religion could put me to shame by their moral behavior in raising questions about what is taught by a particular religion. I’m not criticizing your moral stance. And CS Lewis helped me greatly there. He wrote a book in the 1940s where he tackled I think 40 different religions and philosophies and in every one of them he found the golden rule. Do unto others what you would and he points out that this is morally hardwired into your system. So that when I’m talking to people of other faiths and ask these questions, I I’m very careful to say that at the beginning. But we’ve got to face the fact that there are differences. My Jewish friends believe that Jesus died and did not rise. My Muslim friends believed he didn’t die. I believe he both died and rose. Those three things cannot be simultaneously true. But when I look at the stats here, data shows that devout Muslims and a devout Hindu get the exact same psychological meaning boost and sense of peace as a devout Christian. Well, how do you measure that? Well, they ask them, “Does your life more meaningful?” And sometimes, um, I’ve got one particular friend who’s part of his, you know, uh, evidence that what he believes is true is the feeling he got when he started believing it. Yeah. Well, but the data suggests that that if it is true, a positive feeling would reinforce that, of course, but it doesn’t prove it in the end. But then your criteria for yourself of what you accept will be different from that person. So you have to proceed on the basis like Thomas of old. He wouldn’t accept what the other guys said. He said I need the evidence for myself and you need the evidence for yourself. Evidence of the kind that’s going to give you a settled peace and confidence in what you believe. I can understand that perfectly. Then there were also I was thinking then I was thinking that there’s fiction movies I’ve watched that made me feel really good. Yes, you’re right. And they made me feel like more motivated and connected to the universe. Yes, of course. So going back to this question I asked about good people living a good life. It it it seems to be the case that the Bible suggests that if you don’t believe in God, even if you lived a good life, you go to hell. And hell is described as not a nice place. So I I was thinking about the most kind person I know that’s lived her life to be unbelievable, passed away. She didn’t believe. Does that mean she’s in hell? Well, you can’t answer that. Let me just say something here that what scripture reveals is a very interesting thing that the only people to whom Jesus talked about hell were religious bigots who were in danger of it. He didn’t talk about it to ordinary folks who were struggling with believing and trusting God and all the rest. That’s point number one. What is What are you implying there? Sorry. Well, what I’m implying there is that we paint hell as something ogre like god stuffing and demonsting uh bodies into hell when actually I think Lewis got it right here you know when he talks about this that hell is absence of God and it’s chosen if a person doesn’t want God in their life. And I’ve known people like that and they choose it. God will give them what they chose. Otherwise, God is going to have to force his way into their lives and they don’t want him. And here is the amazing thing to my mind about Jesus and his attitude. He would go places. He would heal people. He would bring peace into their lives and all the rest of it. But when folk saw what he did and said, “Go, leave us alone.” He went. He didn’t force his way into their lives. And it it seems to me that the one example in the New Testament of a person who did not live a good life and neglected the poor around him and ended in that place. There is no evidence that he wanted out of it. What he said was, “Please send Abram to my brothers that they don’t come to this place.” There’s no indication that he wanted out of it. And I think this is a grim reality here that when we use these words, we need to be immensely careful. You can choose not to have God and God will honor that choice and that is hell. One of the things that um I grew up believing because of the the Bible was that if you repented, yes, which is you know to ask forgiveness, admit your sins, etc. acknowledge God, believe, then your sins would be forgiven. So if someone was a serial killer for their whole life and then repented at the end of their life, would they be forgiven and allowed into heaven? And I guess this kind of links the question I just asked, which is if someone was a doctor for their whole life, cur curing childhood cancer, but they didn’t believe they would theoretically be going to this place described as hell. Yeah, we can argue about cases like that all the time. Neither of us is God. And the way God deals with these people, after all, next to Christ on the cross were two thieves. Well, they were terrorists, actually. They both murdered apparently. And one of them railed against Jesus and shouted and all this kind of thing. And the other uh simply said to him, I deserve to be here. Remember me when you come into your kingdom. And then Jesus turned to him on the cross and said, “Today you will be with me in paradise.” And so yes, he in that sense, yes. And the Apostle Paul, you know, was a murderer. There are deep mysteries here. It’s just amazing. I never forget looking through the door of a Russian security death row. I’d never been in a death row before. And the stink, it was just like a nightmare. And because I was the only one of the Brits who could speak Russian, I went up to the door and a chap came over and looked at me gaunt and all this and he was just awaiting execution. And what he said to me was this. He said, “I deserve to be here.” He killed 12 women or something. I can’t remember which. And then his face just burst into what I can only describe as a ghastly smile. And he said, “I met Jesus here and he forgave me and you just you go away with a very burdened heart, I think.” And he said, “My colleague lying over there is the same.” What do you make of it? I don’t think we’re going to find out. I don’t know. I feel like I’m wired to try I try have to solve these [ __ ] problems, these big questions. I have to like figure them out or they’ll just sit there causing increasingly more confusion which pops me right on that agnostic fence. Yes, I would encourage you to concentrate on the one that you think is most important one at a time and I I don’t know because I’ve only met you. I think what you’re doing by talking to people from different backgrounds and so on. I’d love to be able to say here’s where you must look, but each one of us is so complex and what will answer the question for you might not answer it for the person sitting next to you. Mhm. But don’t stop exploring, I would say. But I don’t think you will. No, I won’t. That’s for sure. because I find the the curious pursuit of truth in and of itself a rewarding pursuit irrespective of whether I ever find the answers. That’s the key. A speech that made a deep impression on me was given by Alexander Sjunitsen when he was pushed out of the Soviet Union. Do not compromise in the least with lies. Live not by lies. I think our generation needs to hear that because one of the great and tragic capacities of AI is the spread of lies, deep fakes, all the rest of it. I’ve been subject to it myself in the last month. when you think about the impact that AI is going to have on human purpose. We talk a lot about job losses and um you know white collar workers entry level roles and then really like everything else if if you have a long enough time horizon it’s conceivable that many of the roles we all do today including maybe even as a podcaster um I think Spotify announced this month that you’re going to be able to generate your own podcasts with AI um what is the high level sort of phil philosophical point we need to understand about meaning and how to live a good life uh in a world where some of us might lose our jobs and have to contend with change in a way that we’ve not experienced before. I think we just have to I mean I have children, grandchildren, all the rest of it. And one of my sons is beginning to ask questions. Dad, AI looks as if it’s going to replace my job. Well, he’s techsavvy and he will rise to it, I suspect. But all industrial revolutions did this, but this is going to do it in a scale never before seen. And the tragedy is uh I was talking about this in South Africa and they said it’s all very well to tell us to reskill people but if you don’t have the educational infrastructure to do that you’ll just force a much bigger divide between the rich and the poor and they’re really worried about it. I think the important thing which is why I wrote my books is to inform and get people thinking and get them talking. What is the conversation you want them to be talking about? I think it’s a very wide-ranging conversation. You know, there are existential things for people. They’re afraid. Should they be? Well, they should be afraid of some things. I think the creeping advance of totalitarianism is something that could engulf us all if we’re not very careful. It’s creeping, creeping, creeping, and is being ruled out in parts of the world, particularly China. But not only I read a very interesting report by a Chinese watcher saying beware you and the west because the only difference between us and you is you’ve got all the technology but not yet a central government imposing it. Not yet. Beware and I think we have to beware because we are sleepwalking into this. uh sir Anthony Seldon I don’t know whether you come across him he’s a an education is very highly regarded by various governments has written a book about AI and its effect in education and of course it’s having a devastating effect as you know what is an essay everybody’s using AI and it’s hard to recognize whether it’s AI or not now so that we’re into a whole new world or coming rapidly into it. How do we know what is true and what isn’t? A few weeks ago, I was contacted, could a publisher produce a transcript of a recent lecture I’d given because they liked it so much. Never heard of it. I looked it up, discovered a website describing itself as Lennux logic and it was a picture of me, but it was deep fake all the way through and AI generated material that I would never have said all politicized and everything else. Is it conceivable that maybe you know so much of this technology has promised that it would make us more human and so much of it failed. It made us more isolated and lonely. Oh yes. Is it conceivable that if a technology comes along like AI, it will render us um useful for the things that humans are uniquely positioned to do as in you know being with each other in the real world and absolutely relationships and is it conceivable that maybe we were never meant to sit in front of screens tap tapping buttons and Oh, I think that’s absolutely true. It’s already exercising many people’s minds in that direction and could that be a better life? Well, how would I judge that? I guess one way. Yeah, it’s a good point. Um, you know, I was thinking about this. I was thinking, is this like the moment where we kind of regress back to

    how we used to live, our true maybe human nature? Is that is that what happens here? Where I don’t know, we spend more time with each other in the real world and we cuz that’s what you know, that’s very human and my Maslovian needs of connection and touch and Yeah. Yeah. Well, you can you can demonstrate that. Look at these groups of parents who have said to their kids, “Look, we’re going away into the country for a week and we’re taking your smartphones away.” And they grumble and say, “No, no, no.” And they come back after the week having rediscovered nature. They don’t want to use their smartphones very much. Totally transformed by touch and taste and feeling. You see AI is a machine. It doesn’t have any of our five senses which are all connected with our consciousness. It doesn’t see. It doesn’t hear. It doesn’t taste. When you say it doesn’t it doesn’t touch. It doesn’t smell. It doesn’t see. Oh, it can it can be programmed to recognize patterns, but it has no awareness of what the process of seeing is. Does it need it? Well, that’s not the point. What I’m saying is it’s uh distinctively human that we understand what seeing is. We know what seeing red is. Do we the machine? Yes, I think we do. I mean we can philosophize all around it but it’s a conscious experience and consciousness from a scientific perspective is called the hard problem. No one knows what it is. We don’t understand it. Yes, we can’t re you can’t replicate it. So how do we know if AI is conscious? If the output is the same, I I can point an AI at this and say, “What is it?” And the AI will say, “It’s a mug.” And I can get a human to walk in here and say, “What is that?” And they’ll go, “A mug.” Now, the output is the same. Yes. But the understanding is not there. And why does that part why is that critical? Well, because there’s a huge difference in being a machine and responding to a program created by others and being aware of what you’re doing consciously. That’s a totally higher level of being. I agree. But why does that matter in this context? Well, one another way of asking this question is actually visualized by what I have in front of me here because one of the big big debates around AI is is it creative? Yes, I know. So, here we have a picture done by a human. Yes. Here, which is you know picture of a family and a dog and then we have another picture here which is done by AI. Yes. And we have another picture here which is done by a different AI. Yes. Now there’s a debate that um AI can’t be creative. Now can AI be creative? Well, if you call what’s in front of you as creative, then it can be. But it now comes down to the very big question of what you actually mean by creative. Yeah. You see, it can create things. that can put things together that haven’t been in that form before. But it’s not aware of doing it. It doesn’t know that those are children because it doesn’t know. But if I ask it what is that? It would say a child. Yes. But it doesn’t know like we know and does and this it goes back to the same question which is does which is like what the process why does the process matter if the output is identical. Well let me just say that that view is exactly the view that Alan Turing took at the beginning. And if you look at what’s often referred to as the AI bible, uh Peter Norvik and his colleagues, he said, “Look, we are not trying to create a conscious machine. We wouldn’t even know what that meant.” Yeah. We are happy with the imitation game and that’s good enough for us. We’re not trying to do it. But you see the conscious side involves all that appreciation of life and nature and beauty and so on that we can see some meaning in. But also there’s another thing. There’s a consciousness of other people and there’s God consciousness. I don’t think AI is anywhere near that. Machines, there are certain things they cannot do even potentially that the human mind can do. So there’s no way a machine is ever going to be able to simulate a human mind completely. But that’s difficult. That’s difficult mathematics and all the rest of it. And it’s highly controversial. Why is it an important conversation to have that it is conscious or not conscious when the output is is the same? Yes, I I can see the question. But if you want to live in a reductive universe which ends up being meaningless, well then you can go that way. There’s not nothing to stop you. But it seems to me there are enough indicators within nature, within science, within our human experience that tell us there’s a bigger world. And this is the right and left brain stuff. We’re back to Miguel again. He would he would his stuff in AI is very strong. He thinks it’s really dangerous because it’s ruining all this side of the brain and the richness o of human experience and it’s in danger of destroying it and he actually invites people to come and fight with him. So in such a world what is it that makes humans um what what is it that makes us special? Is it that those human things we talked about relational? Oh I think so. Yes, absolutely. And the fact that you and I can have a conversation like this You could have this conversation with AI. I’m the same way. AI is pretty thin still. You can have a conversation of sorts, but remember who’s responsible for its capacity? Humans. It’s something made in the image of humans. And that’s a dangerous thing. I’d prefer I’d prefer to be made with something made in the image of God. It’s interesting because we almost we’re getting to a point where there’s going to probably be some like ethical questions around Oh, they’re already here. But I mean around robotics. Oh, everywhere. You know, in the same way that many of us feel quite empathetic towards like trees. Yes. Yes. And we feel empathetic towards animals. Um, now trees haven’t got a brain, but just cutting down a tree needlessly, I think, would annoy a lot of people because it’s it would annoy me. Yeah, it would annoy me too. And I think there’s almost going to get to a point where like you know people are going to start asking similar questions around robots which is it’s an interesting question. It is. It is. Let me ask you a final question then which is what is the the most important thing we haven’t talked about that we should have talked about as it relates to all of the work in these tangental subjects? Oh, I can’t answer that. that perhaps the most important thing is finding the trigger that will help you to take a step forward into into faith into the Christian faith. And I would just encourage you to keep asking your questions in the open way you’ve done and I have regarded it an honor to have this discussion and I hope very much it won’t be the last one but age may prevent that but thank you very much. We have a um closing tradition where the last guest leaves a question for the next not knowing who they’re leaving it for.

    And the question that’s left for you in a world with so many challenges, what can we do to restore hope and trigger engagement?

    Give people a real basis for hope that transcends this world. And the only place I know where to find that is in Christ and in Christianity. John, thank you. One of the um one of the most compelling arguments for uh God that you’ve presented and your way of seeing the world and being is not actually necessarily anything you’ve written in your books or not necessarily anything you’ve said. It is it is actually you and uh you you you have a certain peace and contentment that I rarely see in people that I interview but I often see and I’ve almost always seen in the Christians that I’ve interviewed and this is a interesting phenomenon for me. I interviewed Wesley Huff recently. Do you know Wesley Huff? Yes. Yes. He was the same Canadian. Wesley’s a bright cookie. Yeah. He was very much he gave me the same feeling as you just like feels like a really happy person very sort of content rounded well there are many of us yeah but it seems to be a trend that you know a lot of the Christian apologists that I’ve interviewed have that anchoring that yes so many of us are looking for there’s a real sense of that you know I sit in front of many people and of course they often ask me questions I don’t even understand but in life that peace is very important to me and also what we started with when I look at you I see someone who’s of infinite value made in the image of God and so what I say to you or think about you is hugely important to me and I wish you well. Thank you. Um, I highly recommend I mean you’ve written so many books I I don’t have all of them here but I have a long list of them but I highly recommend everybody goes and checks out your autobiography which is your most recent works. Um, it’s called John Lennox and I’m going to link it below. It’s a spiritual and intellectual autobiography that I think is highly fascinating to read because of how diverse your thinking and skill sets are but also this wonderful I mean you wrote if people are interested in the subject of AI then I hope then they should read 2084. I’ll link 2084 below as well. 2084, artificial intelligence in the future of humanity. Um, and I highly recommend everybody goes and reads both books because they you are a truly um, fascinating person with a very unique skill stack and experience stack and perspective. Fascinating. Thank you so much, John. Oh, thank you.

  • EMERGENCY DEBATE: They Are Lying To Us About AI, The Iran War & What Happens Next!

    Everybody is in a rush to fire 10 to 25% of their workforce, but 10% unemployment would be worse than anything that’s ever happened in our lifetimes. We’re going to have a depression like we’ve never seen in our lives. Wow. Jake’s a real Debbie Downer today. I mean, this is an unbelievable opportunity we’re talking about. I got to buy more sunglasses for how bright the future is. If you notice, Kevin actually didn’t address the wave of unemployment at all because there’s no question that it’s going to happen. And when we hit the iceberg, we’re not going to be ready and it is going to be an epic disaster. Change is disruptive and it’s uncomfortable. But the scare factor of saying that everybody loses their job and the robots eat the children, I just don’t buy it. I I don’t know anyone saying that the robots are going to eat the children. And I understand that change happens, but we have to be careful with change because by 2028, we’re going to have disaster from AI, unemployment, and disaster from the war. The only hope is electing a smart person who’s prepared in 2028. Republicans, I have one thing to tell you. N

    there’s no way. Nobody’s showing up to vote. Their voter enthusiasm is obliterated. But the Democrats have also lost their way. And the Republicans only have one guy who could win. And I’m worried about it. Tucker Carlson. So, as we head towards the midterms, but also the elections, which I’m not actually that far away now. Do you agree that we’re heading towards a more socialist America? So, let me just say this. How about that for an answer?

    This is super interesting to me. My team given me this report to show me how many of you that watch this show subscribe. And some of you have told us according to this that you are unsubscribed from the channel randomly. So, favor to ask all of you, please could you check right now if you’ve hit the subscribe button, if you are a regular viewer of the show and you like what we do here. We’re approaching quite a significant landmark on this show in terms of a subscriber number. So, if there was one simple free thing that you could do to help us, my team, everyone here to keep this show free, to keep it improving year over year and week over week, it is just to hit that subscribe button and to double check if you’ve hit it. Only thing I’ll ever ask of you, do we have a deal? If you do it, I’ll tell you what I’ll do. I’ll make sure every single week, every single month, we fight harder and harder and harder and harder to bring you the guests and conversations that you want to hear. I’ve stayed true to that promise since the very beginning of the Dio and I will not let you down. Please help us. Really appreciate it. Let’s get on with the show.

    Jenk Kevin, thank you so much for being here with me. Um, there’s so much going on in the world that I have so many questions and you both have very different perspectives on all of the issues that I care about the most. So, I thought I’d bring us together to try and pass through what is true. Unlike a lot of shows, I I don’t expect a shouting match. What I’m trying to get is to truth. And I’m hoping that seeing the collision of your ideas on some of the big issues that are front of mind for me like artificial intelligence, like geopolitics, like what’s going on in America now that I live there, I think will be incredibly beneficial to me and hopefully therefore my audience. I have this graph here that says 7 in 10 Americans oppose local construction of AI data centers. If you go back in time, any new technology is extremely disruptive. Change is disruptive and it’s uncomfortable and it always is that way and yet it always proves within the context of the American economy to create a lot of productivity and opportunity. And I would argue today if we’re going to find a cure for cancer, it’s going to be through AI. If we’re going to democratize education, it’ll be through AI. If we’re going to do some advances on space research and travel, it’ll be through AI. Productivity in the S&P 500 and it’s all small companies, AI. And you can’t have it without data centers. You actually need the underpinnings, the infrastructure. And so that debate, that narrative is going on, but there’s a dark side to this that I’ve only started to bring forward in the last couple of weeks. I discovered this in Utah that there are some nefarious forces. Um, Arabella is the name of it. I didn’t know anything about it, but I was wondering who was spending all the money in Utah with all that misinformation about what the data center was going to be talking about using water we weren’t or using power we had no intention to or 40,000 acres that’s complete BS. It was all lies. And I said, who can afford that? So, I hired a bunch of forensic auditors and lo and behold, it took me back to the Chinese through Arabellum. Uh Neville Singum is his name. He’s funding all these organizations in Utah and I caught him through the IRS90 filings and I handed it over to the White House and to a bunch of special agents and I just wonder what’s going to happen next. I’m loving this now. This is so interesting and it’s a national debate and the poooo’s hit the fan. But I’m not debating this. I’m not suggesting it. I have irrefutable evidence the Chinese are meddling in every place where new power is being proposed in America, every state, every city. And it all goes back to the Chinese through this Arabellum. And just look at the IRS filings. Don’t shoot the messenger. I’m just providing the truth. Kevin, so just just for context here, there is a proposal to build some data centers in Utah, and you’re saying that the push back and the negative reaction that has been seen is being encouraged or sponsored by the Chinese who are driving misinformation through bots. Is that what you’re proposing? No, it’s not through bots. It’s actually through contributions that are shown through a a wide network of different entities. It’s very it’s very well um cloaked, but through forensic audit and IP address scraping uh with some really strong data scientists that I hired and I’m working with, we were able to provide 90 pages of IP addresses from foreigners uh to various agents and various entities within the US government. And we’re going to keep doing it. We’re we’re providing it every 4 hours. where cuz one thing I have that I guess they hadn’t thought through is I have 12 million followers on social media. No, no uh data center developer has 4 million followers. This all showed up on my feeds with bots on on Twitter which is now X and on Instagram and then on to LinkedIn. So we just provided the data to the government and where the chips fall I have no idea. And we had death threats uh to our executives. I provided that to the FBI and they visited the woman who did it in Denver. I think scared the pee pee right out of her, but she won’t be doing that again. So, I mean, it’s Listen, bring it. Don’t mess with me. I’m just going to provide the data back to the government. I’m I’m I’m just telling the truth. I’m not debating it. I’m not suggesting it. I’m providing the IRS filings of the cash coming from Marabella right into the Alliance for a Better Utah. The story I mean that’s Listen, I didn’t ask for this fight. I’m just providing the data. Is that how you see things? Are you seeing the push back in terms of AI? Um, do you think it’s coming from Chinese sponsored actors or do you think it’s something else? No, I I don’t think China has anything to do with it. Uh, so first off, there’s a lot of things Kevin and I share. Uh, I’m also an entrepreneur. I’m a capitalist and went to Wharton Business School. So, I love America. I love the opportunity that America provides. I wanted to provide opportunity for all sorts of new businesses. So, that’s not remotely the issue. Okay. So, the question is, are we going to pay our own uh costs? So now on the AI data centers um in the beginning I started reading these stories about how the data centers are driving up the energy costs for everybody in that community that they’re based in and I couldn’t believe it but then I thought okay since we have basically legalized bribery in America that probably is true they’ve probably you know given enough campaign contributions to make this happen and it turns out they have. No, if you’re going to do a data center you have to pay for it and you have to pay for all of its costs. None of this subsidizing your costs to the average taxpayer who’s not getting anything out of it. So, we have to be absolutely meticulous about who’s paying for the cost of the data centers and it should be the businesses that profit from it. Unless you’d like to take have the American people take some equity in your business because if we’re going to pay your costs, obviously we should have equity in it. When we bailed out the bankers back in 2008, it was an absolute crime. We should have taken equity in those companies and then sold it later for a profit. I don’t want the government to run banks, but I do want us to not be suckers. Uh we constantly pay for the research of the drug companies and never get any equity. So, um if you going to be capitalists, let’s be capitalists. Now, the real reason why people are most angry about AI is not even the data centers. And they have every right to be livid about their energy costs being higher uh so somebody else can make a buck. Uh but the bigger issue is the unemployment that we’re all worried is coming and it most definitely is. So, there’s a lot of uh happy talk about, oh, 10 years from now, 20 years from now, robots are going to be cooking our salmon, or two years from now, I don’t really care. I don’t need my salmon cooked by a robot. What I care about is, are we going to have massive unemployment? And right now, and I’m curious what Kevin’s going to say about this because it’s kind of indisputable if you’re in the business community, everybody is in a rush uh to fire 10 to 25% of their workforce. and whoever gets there first gets a competitive advantage and the market’s rewarded and their stock uh price goes up. Well, if everybody goes to fire 10 to 25% of their employees, we are going to have u not just a recession, but a depression like we’ve never seen in our lives. And everybody’s whistling past the graveyard here. Uh so, do we have a plan? Does the government have a plan? The only guy I’ve ever heard of working on a plan to deal with this tsunami of unemployment is Roana. other than him, it’s crickets and I think we’re going to hit the iceberg really hard. Interestingly, Jen, the other person that I’ve heard talk about the unemployment wave coming has actually been some of the big AI CEOs. And if you go back and look look at their quotes through time, people like Sam Alman predicted that there will need to be some kind of UBI scheme. And I think Worldcoin, which is his other startup that uses um retina scanning to be able to distribute value to people to check their humans. One of the principles of the foundation of that company was to distribute UBI, universal basic income to everybody. So on this point, Kevin, do you do you disagree that there there will be a widespread unemployment apocalypse, as Jen has called it on his Twitter feed? So So let’s go through Jack’s shopping list of disaster. I think it’s fair to address them one at a time. Let’s talk with the energy. I totally agree with him. You can’t build a data center anywhere and tap into the grid because he’s right. the price of energy would go up at the library, the church, and the community center by 30%. And that’s what happened in Virginia. So that is no longer a possibility. In Utah, for example, I have to bring my own power. But the idea would be if we produce this energy because there’s no data centers without energy. We’ll put it back into the grid, not just for Utah, but for the whole country. Because I think he’s right. Anybody that’s building a new data center should have the responsibility to provide the power and put some of it back into the grid. That would solve two problems at once. The grid is tapped out. The library has no more power. We’ll solve that problem for Utah and the country. So that’s the first falsehood I run into fueled by the Chinese propaganda that came into Utah or whoever they are at Arabella, the CP C the CPP or the um you know who whoever this agency is because you have to follow it through all these nefarious holdings. But at the end of the day, that’s number one. Number two, the idea that everybody gets replaced by robots and then they eat the children, I don’t buy that at all. Every new technology in American history for over 200 years has created vast opportunity productivity and fueled the economy to lead all economies on earth by 20%. Which is still the case today. Now, it’s an uncomfortable reality that the market hit new highs today and that is an index of how great American companies are and the smaller companies that are 5 to 500 employees also hitting on all cylinders now using AI tools for productivity, customer acquisition, maintenance. So, the scare factor of saying that everybody loses their job and the robots eat the children, I just don’t buy it. And so, I think we should have that debate. But you don’t know yet what opportunities there are in the economy driven by this new technology. So I think what I know there’s fear and loathing and I think it’s important to have that narrative. I think it’s great to debate it but I think we should deal with fact. It’s very very uncomfortable when chain hits change hits anywhere and yet it’s proven itself within the context of the American economy to rise it above all challenges and still lead the world. Unfortunately, there’s the issue of defense and the economy against China. They’re our big adversary. In this last conflict in the Middle East where very few boots hit the ground, it was the technology that provided the ordinance precision that’s been used. In the future, wars will be conducted using AI. And unfortunately, the country with the best AI technology will win those wars. I would certainly not want China to be ahead of us. Yet, I think they’re the ones that would like to stop us building power and developing our AI platforms because they have something called DeepSk. I just want to put a fact out there because we’re talking about this. While we were stymied in building any new power, forget about data centers, just new power. The Chinese in the last 19 months built 400 gawatt of power off burning coal. They don’t care about the environment. They don’t have any policy about that. They have a supreme leader who points his finger at the ground and says, “Build a coal burning plant here. Put a data center behind it or you’ll disappear in 18 months.” And the people involved say, “Chop chop, Supreme Leader. We will make it happen.” We can’t do that in America. And he knows that. So he’s spending as much money as he can making sure he styies the efforts of every entrepreneur in every state to do the same. So that’s what I think is happening and I’m happy to provide the data as I mentioned earlier and let the government and their special agents in all of these different departments I’m working with now. I’m proud to be providing this information. I think I’ve kicked the door open on something very very nasty. Um Kevin, I would like to take a look at that information as well. So we I’ll pick pick up that pick up with you about that off camera. Um, what I wanted to ask you is a lot of this sort of doomerism around unemployment that we’re talking about comes from the CEOs building the AI companies. And this is something that that’s always caused me a bit of cognitive dissonance, which is I think if you go back to I’ve got some quotes here from March 2021. Sam Alman said, and he’s the for anyone that doesn’t know the CEO co-founder of OpenAI, which is the maker of Chat GBT, AI will probably replace most of the jobs people do today. entire job categories will be totally totally gone. And then Elon Musk said in May 24, probably none of us will have a job. If you want to do a job that job, it’s kind of like a hobby. You can do a job, but otherwise AI and robots will provide any goods and services that you want. And Dario, who’s the founder of Claude, which is the other major leading AI model, said this was in 2025, AI could eliminate half of all entry-level white collar jobs within 5 years. a shift that could push unemployment up to 20%. The public is being sugarcoated on what is coming. These are the people that are most wellplaced and arguably I mean depends how you look at it have the least incentive to say that their companies are going to cause societal harm and they’re saying that their companies are going to cause massive massive unemployment. Do we do we assume that they’re not telling the truth or that they don’t know what they’re talking about? I think that’s a very selective um bunch of sound bites. Dario also said the CEO of Anthropic, “If we don’t build more compute capacity in the next 6 months, the Chinese will catch up with us with deepseek.” That’s an ominous warning because, you know, let’s say you decide, look, it’s too scary. Let’s shut down the US’s ability to advance compute. Let’s just shut it all down as the Chinese want and let’s all sit around the campfire and go kumbaya. Do you think the Chinese are going to stop? I don’t think so. I think they’re going to continue to do this and they’ll invade Taiwan using no boots. They’ll just use AI to shut down their power. I mean, I’m just telling you that the Kumbaya stuff I totally agree with. I love it. But it’s not reality. Should we compete? Should we advance our technology? Should we be the best in the world advancing research on AI to solve for cancer? Yes. Or do you want the Chinese to do that for you? And in 20 years, they’ll tell your children what to eat when they’re sitting at their table in New York City for breakfast. I’m the in the camp that says, “We know who our adversary is. We know that why they want to stop us.” And Dario himself said, “Hey everybody, we better build some data centers real fast or in 6 months deepseek is now number one on earth.” I don’t want that outcome. Jen, it appears to me that, you know, there’s the CEOs are acknowledging that there could be a mass wave of unemployment that’s going to cause a bunch of problems that I don’t think people are thinking about. But also what Kevin’s saying about it, you know, there being this this sort of global race between countries also appears to me to be true that if we just sit back and relax and put our fingers in our ear, then there’s going to be a huge competitive advantage with this transformational technology that falls into the hands of China and um and we’ll miss out as the West. What’s your perspective? First, to address a lot of things that have been said. First, I I don’t know anyone saying that the robots are going to eat the children. So, I want to thank Kevin for educating me on a talking point there. Uh, I’m less concerned about that. A lot less concerned. Uh, but I am concerned about some level of death with AI, and that has already begun to happen. There are reports that we use AI and targeting that girl school in Thran where we killed over 160 innocent school girls. Uh, so if that’s what AI is going to bring us in precision, as Kevin pulled it, called it, uh, no thank you. I’m not interested in that kind of non-precision. Um, and and I would much rather have human beings involved in life and death decisions. And I’m super worried that AI is going to be used more in the military. And uh, no, I do not trust Palanteer. Um, so now in terms of universal basic income, I mean, think about it, guys. If a coder is making $120,000, you know, I I don’t know where that puts him in two years in, seven years in, uh, it’s a healthy salary. It’s not the world’s greatest salary, but it’s a good good salary for a middle class person in America. Then you switch to UBI, you’d be lucky to get 3,000 a month. That’s 36,000 a year. You’re going to go from 120,000 to 36,000. That is going to be devastating. Even if you magically got universal basic income passed in America immediately as the wave of unemployment hit, but I don’t think that’s going to happen either. So, is the wave of unemployment going to hit? Well, if you notice, Kevin actually didn’t address that at all. uh because there’s no question that it’s going to happen. That is why literally every CEO of the AI companies is saying, well, you know, our product is great and you should value us at a trillion dollars or so. Uh but yeah, you’re all going to be fired. And and that’s inescapable. It’s already begun. The coders have already started getting fired, especially young coders. Uh they feel totally betrayed. They have to find a new line of work. But maybe that’s a little bit easier for them because they’re young and they’re smart and they’re professionals, etc. Uh, and there’s a lot of smart folks, but getting a new profession at the age of 58, 62, what if you’re a truck driver? Um, and so I’m not saying that the Whimos don’t work better. I actually would trust a Whimo more than I would trust a human driver. But nevertheless, that car no longer has a driver that it did when it was a taxi or an Uber or a lift. And I understand that change happens. And look, I’m a progressive. for change politically, for massive change. I thought Obama did comically little change. Um, but we have to be careful with change. So, which direction is it going to go and how are we going to handle it? Right now, I think Wall Street has lost its mind. How could we be at record numbers? Who do you think’s going to buy your products? So, this guy named Nick Hanower, there’s a lot of folks who believe in this, but he’s a big advocate of it. really smart guy up in Seattle, also an entrepreneur, also sold his business and done well. And he talks about middle out economics. If we give more advantages to the middle class, they immediately spend their money. If you give it to the rich, which is what we’ve done all our lives with this neoliberal nonsense that we’ve been doing, uh, and trickle down economics, well, they barely spend any of it. So, giving to the middle is a much better way to go. And of course, the question is, how are you going to do that? And you don’t just want to give away money. Uh, on the other hand, we give away money to oil companies and big drug companies and every one who’s got excellent army of lobbyists in DC, but we’re not ready. And no one on earth has given me a plan for, oh, Jen, don’t worry. When 10% unemployment hits, which is at this point almost baked in, completely inevitable, right? Um, what are we going to do? 10% unemployment would be worse than anything that’s ever happened in our lifetimes, let alone if you get to 25%. Zero plans for it. None. When that when we hit the iceberg, we’re not going to be ready and it is going to be an epic disaster. There isn’t going to be anyone to buy your goods because employees are also customers and you’re going to lose a massive amount of customers and it is going to absolutely torpedo our economy. I can’t believe how shortsighted Wall Street is. Now, does that mean we stop AI in its tracks and we stop change? No, we can’t stop because it’s it’s true that China is also going, Russia is, North Korea is, Israel is. Now, the problem is if we get it first, then very very likely the Israelis will also have it. And God help the world if that’s true. Uh they have not been restrained in how they use their power and I wouldn’t want them anywhere near that kind of power. But nevertheless, there is a race. So we can’t just stop. So can we do the race in a way that is responsible and actually serves the American voters and citizens instead of just serving the executives of the AI companies and the shareholders of the AI companies? I hope we can, but we’ve taken absolutely zero steps in that direction. So let’s get specific, Jen. What might that look like to to continue developing this technology but do it in a way that’s responsible and benefits everybody? Because this is kind of what I hear a lot of. I hear from one side people saying we need to carry on going or you know the robots and the kids thing. On the other hand I hear we need to be responsible but either side don’t tend to be very specific about what their definition of responsible or a race a responsible race might look like. So does anyone have any specifics? Jenk. Yeah. So look, it’s a it’s a tough uh industry to regulate. I get it. You have to move fast and regulation usually involves some degree of bureaucracy. Um but if you have no regulation at all, you will have it run a muk that’s pretty much guaranteed and all the leaders of the AI companies say likewise. So um we’ve got to the problem here in America is that it’s nearly unsolvable in the window of time that we’re talking about because we’ve lost our democracy in America. We’ve legalized bribery that happened back in Supreme Court decisions in 1976 78 and then of course Citizens United. And so since we have legalized bribery in this country, there’s no way they’re going to serve the voters. So whichever AI companies are giving them more money, they’re going to serve them. And that’s already begun to happen. And the AI companies have already started getting involved in primaries and eliminating their opponents through money and politics. So, our politicians are deeply deeply corrupt in America. Republicans and Democrats, they almost all serve the donor class. So, we we won’t make it. We’ll I’m telling you right now, uh we’re going to run into the iceberg and it’s going to be an epic disaster. The only hope is electing a smart person who’s prepared in 2028. Uh that that can begin to get us on the road. So now when the disaster hits, the AI uh shareholders and executives aren’t going to like it either because the reaction will likely be tremendous anger and then someone like me is going to say, “Hey, you know what? Uh why do they get to keep all the money and you’re all broke and out of a job? They created this cost which is unemployment. Why don’t they pay for it? So why don’t we take some of the billions and billions and billions of dollars that these AI companies have made and put it towards their costs which is the unemployment of the American people. So they could at a minimum fund unemployment insurance and we could make sure that that’s very healthy. Uh and we they could begin to fund other things that might actually help other human beings. I know heaven forend that a millionaire or a billionaire should ever help another human being. But if you don’t the pitchforks are coming. I’m not a pitchfork guy. I’m I believe in nonviolence and I always will. Uh but I don’t think people get the level of anger that’s happening. I’ll try to stop it, but the pitchforks will be significant. And this whole thing of no, I get all the money and you get nothing. Will not play well. You can try it, but it will end in disaster. Kevin, the pitchforks are coming. We’re going to hit an iceberg. And it also sounded like AI is going to ultimately lead to a rise in what sounded like socialism. Wow. Jake’s a real Debbie Downer today. You know, this has been forecast in the American economy. Every 20 years, it’s the end of the free world as we know it. And that’s not what happens. Let’s go back and do a little factchecking on Jakester here. First of all, AI companies lose billions. They don’t make any money right now. They’re in a race, as we talked about earlier, against China primarily. They’re raising a ton of capital and losing billions every year. We don’t know yet how they’re going to monetize it, but the market’s willing to provide it because they see the productivity opportunity and the cure for cancer and the democracy around education and productivity for the nation already been proven by record earnings in the S&P of which all 11 sectors have adopted the first wave of AI to enhance productivity and reduce costs. We don’t know yet what new jobs are going to be created. I’ll just talk about the ones I’m creating in Utah. 4,000 construction jobs for about 9 and a half years highpaying. And another 2,000 engineering and support jobs, extremely highpaying, because what’s now a desert will be a data center. not near anybody’s backyard, not replacing farmland, not using any of the water the way the people have been talking about, not taking any energy from Utah, but in fact contributing to it, not polluting the air cuz we can’t do that without air permits. All of this stuff is a falsehood. So, what we don’t know, and Jake’s right about this, is no one ever predicts with a new technology what the outcome is. So, I’m not a doomer on this stuff. My job here is to maintain a direct focus on entrepreneurship, hire as many people as I can because that’s what I do. And I take a lot of flak. I mean, Jake’s hitting me hard today and and I appreciate he’s an intelligent guy and he’s got an opinion and I’m glad we’re in this narrative and having this discourse. It’s important, but let’s deal with fact, not rhetoric. and not hysteria because I still go back to the robots eating the babies because that’s all all I listen to every day. It’s just ludicrous. And I don’t think robots are actually going to do as much as people think or look the way they think. They’re not going to be humanoid walking around taking out your garbage. That’s not how it’s going to work. Robots have been building cars for decades now and doing other things in medical research. and robotics have been used in all kinds of technologies and chipm and everything else, but they don’t they don’t look like people walking around. So, you know, I I say to myself, we don’t know what we don’t know, and that’s fair, but to say that all of these AI companies are making billions of dollars. And something else, and Jake knows this, most of the taxes in America are paid by the rich people. they pay their fair share now. So if you take it past 50% like California, like New York, like New Jersey, like Massachusetts in the Constitution of America with the forethought of the founding fathers, they believed in the competition of states. And so you have people moving Schultz to Florida, you know, the Google guys to Florida, some have gone to Texas. If you want to steal rich people’s money, go ahead. They’ll just move. And if you really make it difficult for them in every state in America, they’ll do what they did in England. They’ll find a new America. That’s what made America great to over 200 years ago. Taxation, it doesn’t work. The thing about socialism and communism is you run out of other people’s money very quickly because they simply leave. The French figured that out. That’s what happened any in England when they raised 90% tax rates. Monaco, I mean, it only exists because the French screwed the rich French guys and they all moved four miles across the border. It’s very simple. You want to support entrepreneurship and job creation. Only onethird of the population in America can be entrepreneurs and they employ the other twothirds. That’s the way it’s been for 200 years and it’s a great thing. And I don’t see anybody else investing money anywhere else except America 52% of the time. 52 cents of every dollar on earth from sovereign wealth comes to America because it has the opportunity. No other country. I don’t see a lot of people saying, “Boy, would I like to invest in North Korea? Hey, can you get me into Russia? Is there a Russian fund I can invest in? Oh, can I invest in Cuba?” I don’t think so. I don’t want to put my money there for retirement. That’s why I’m talking about this. The facts are the facts. Get over it. Inhale. Everybody chillax and let’s keep the American dream going. Jen, I’ll get your response to that. Many things said there. I mean, the core argument there is if you try and tax rich people, they’re going to leave and go somewhere else and, you know, we might end up like Cuba. Yeah. So, I did I miss this meme about the robots eating the kids because I don’t know why they I love the robots eating the kids. I just don’t think it’s gonna happen. I don’t think anybody thinks it’s going to happen. It sounds like it was made up. Um, okay. So, there’s some fear-mongering about robots eating kids and how America’s going to turn communist or something. No, no, no. Look, as I said, we’re capitalists. We’re just trying to figure out what’s the best way to do this. Capitalism isn’t supposed to be let’s crush the average guy and make sure the corporate CEOs get everything. I’m a corporate CEO, but it’s not right and it’s not balanced and it’s not American. The American way is to make sure that we build a super strong middle class that are great, productive citizens, voters, and by the way, consumers, right? And so if we lose track of that, then we’re all going to be doomed. So, like Kevin’s so worried that somebody’s going to take his money. And it’s not just Kevin. They always like threaten us like, “Oh, oh yeah, we’ll leave. I mean, don’t threaten me with a good time.” Uh, but but beyond that, okay, but beyond that, Kevin, that’s not going to be your main problem. When you don’t have any consumers, that’s going to be your main problem. You have to protect the American middle class. That, you know, you could argue that’s the goose that lays the golden eggs. And you guys keep chipping away and chipping away at that middle class. And so right now, Stephen, this late into the conversation, still no plans on what to do with inevitable massive unemployment. And what I’m telling you is we’re not going to go necessarily to communism, but we are going to wonder, wait, why is everyone unemployed and and only a couple of people have reaped billions or trillions of dollars? So, and and and come on, Kevin. You know, you know how uh the economy works and the markets work. Yes, you invest into it in the beginning and that’s why right now they’re theoretically losing billions of dollars. Same exact thing that happened to Amazon and then later you make billions and maybe even trillions. That’s why their stock prices are so high. And so they’re powered by that investment and later they’ll reap the rewards. And when they reap those rewards, it’s fair to ask who got you those rewards. It’s not to say that the entrepreneurs didn’t and the employees and the shareholders of those companies didn’t, but there were other factors involved, including all of the American government and the American people that supported the infrastructure that made that happen. That conversation is going to be inevitable when we have tens of millions of people unemployed. And and guys, there’s one other factor that’s involved there. When you have a lot of unemployed young men sitting around, usually what happens is nothing good. Wars happen, crime goes up. We have to be prepared. And all I’m hearing from the AI industry is like, as Kevin said, chillax. Don’t sweat it, bro. Don’t worry. We’re going to have all the money and then you guys, I don’t know, you’ll figure it out and I’ll be in Monaco. Monaco. That was hilarious. Monaco.

    So maybe that’s where the child eating robots are. Uh, so Kevin, be careful. Kevin, your thoughts on that? No. No. there’s, you know, saying there’s no answers and we’re we’re being asked to just chillax. I think Kevin, you do acknowledge that there will be a change in the occupation mix in America, right? Even as a a founder and CEO myself and as a business owner that employs hundreds of people, I am thinking differently about especially entry- level positions in a way that I wasn’t honestly 6 months ago before some of the models got more advanced, especially as it relates to things like coding. But I’m thinking very, very differently about who to hire. And actually, one of the things I find myself naturally doing is the person that still is on the cold face of hiring in my company is when I see entry- level positions, the first thing I’m looking for is if they have an AI proficiency. And there are candidates now, even for me, at entry- level positions that I’m not selecting for because I realize that someone with an AI proficiency in that exact same role is now like a 5 or 10x person. And so, I I’m just experiencing myself making different hiring decisions as a founder. And I’m I’m sure you are as well. People think that engineers are going to be replaced by AI codew writing. Uh claude is one of the tools being used right now. But actually most engineers aren’t hired to write code. They’re hired to solve problems. They use code to try and solve those problems. So you know companies that have been firing people, everybody’s attributing it to AI. It’s not true. There’s been a lot of fat in a lot of these companies that hired trying to assume what would happen next. They got it wrong. So I don’t think we’ve yet seen what the outcome is going to be. I tend to be the optimist as I talked about other technologies in the past being loathed for the fact that they cause disruption. There is no question AI is disruptive. Um, Kevin, did you see this week Figure AI, which is one of the humanoid robot companies, did a live stream for I think it was 4 days where they just showed a robot um on a sort of factory floor sorting out parcels for four straight days and it it did it better and faster than humans doing it. This was a humanoid robot. And so the one of the things I think about is if you listen to someone like Elon Musk who’s made a prediction, this is a direct quote from him. My prediction is that there will be far far more robots like intelligent robots in the world than there will be people. Longterm I think the ratio of humanoid robots will be more like 2:1. There might be two humanoid robots or more for every one human. And when you when you think about Elon Musk’s predictions over time, to his credit, sometimes his time frames are wrong. But when he says the rocket is going to land on the chopsticks, the rocket eventually lands on the chopsticks. when he says, “My car in LA, my Tesla will eventually drive itself without me interfering,” the car eventually drives itself. So, with Elon’s track record in predicting what he’ll be able to do with technology, I think he’s got a pretty solid track record. So, when he says these humanoid robots are going to be better at surgery or cleaning or whatever than humans in short order, sometimes predicting, you know, time frames of 2027, 2028, I tend to believe him. Is he lying? Because if he’s telling the truth, what we’re seeing is both the disruption of intelligence, but also one could say the disruption of our muscles at the same time. And I can’t think of a comparable like the industrial revolution where humans like two real um sort of professional productivity driving forces of their brains and their their physicality are being disrupted at the same time. And just to give you another story to overlay onto this, my co-founder in my company called Third Webb, big company, we’ve raised 30 odd million dollars. It’s out in San Francisco. I went down to his his uh entrepreneurship accelerator. I’ve not been there in 2 years. And I I arrived and I was like, “Why is everyone building robotics?” And he said to me, he goes, “Stephen, the robot pieces have been here for decades. We’ve always had them. What we’ve been missing and the expensive part was the intelligence.” And he tooured me through this 40,000 square ft um building called Ethink down in San Francisco. And I saw a robot cooking with a robot arm making food. I saw a robot making perfume for you. Whatever perfume you wanted, this big machine that just makes it for you. And he says, because we’ve got intelligence and we’ve always had the machinery, there’s going to be this huge explosion of robotics that we’ve always been waiting for. Intelligence was the missing piece. And now he says it costs pennies. And everyone there is building not software anymore. They’re all building robotics. And so for me, I was like, “Wow, the future’s going to look very, very different. I think in short order than the past.” And I’m just a realist. I’m not trying to be pessimistic or optimistic. I think there’s truth on both sides. But Kevin, do you acknowledge that the jobs that we have today in large part are going to go away. Yeah. You know, I don’t think um shaking a perfume bottle is a great job for anybody, but I do think, and I’ll give you two examples, cuz maybe you’re right about Elon, he doesn’t get a big chunk of his stock unless he populates Mars with a million people. NASA announced 6 hours ago that they’re going to put a permanent plant there on the moon, an established base on the moon. Can you imagine the hundreds of thousands of jobs just those two activities are going to create to actually execute on that highpaying jobs engineers analysts coders everything the manufacturing of facilities to take to Mars to take to the moon I mean everybody wants to talk about the guy shaking perfume bottles losing his job when you’re talking about millions of jobs on new opportunities for mankind that no one even could think about 24 months ago that have been announced today. So, you either have to be a jaker, a doomser, like you know, it’s the end of the free world as we know it and we’re all going to be eaten by robots or you’re in my camp saying the opportunity is so bright I got to wear shades. I got to buy more sunglasses for how bright the future is. This is an unbelievable opportunity we’re talking about. And we’re not wiping out jobs. We’re creating new jobs that are very highpaying and really interesting for people to do. Imagine somebody working on the Mars project or putting data centers in space or expanding the telecommunications on Starlink. I mean, these are the future jobs. No, you know, I think the person that was born to shake perfume would rather have a job getting people onto the moon. Just on this point, Elon, you mentioned Elon’s pay packet. Part of that is he gets that big payout if there are 100 uh sorry, a million humanoid robots um in very short order. And when we think about who you might want to send to Mars, a super intelligent humanoid robot is probably much easier to send than a biological human being for various reasons to do with atmospheric pressure. But if if he’s right on both counts on both this journey to Mars and humanoid robots, presumably it’ll be the humanoid robots going. I just wanted Kevin, can you tell me how you might be wrong? I think that’s quite important because I think it it shows your ability to see both sides of the argument. Is there a case where you could be wrong about this about this unemployment issue? No. How about that for an answer,

    J?

    Yeah. So, look, I shouldn’t laugh too hard because I’m trying to answer that same question in my head. And Stephen, it’s hard to uh answer it from my perspective because the interregnum is just unaccounted for. So, here’s what I mean by that. So, even if we have Kevin’s beautiful uh sunshine scenario, none of the robots ever eat the children. I don’t know why that keeps coming back in, but anyway. Um, so and and we create all these wonderful jobs in in some uh distant future. Well, okay. Yes. But the nevertheless, the truck driver and the assembly line guy and all those folks already lost their jobs. And the guy who lost his job on an assembly line in Cleveland is not going to be able to become the engineer who figures out how to get on Mars. So, it’s not that he’s not capable of it. he’s just 61 years old and he he can’t learn a whole new profession. So this is an unrealistic conversation. So even if all of the wonderful scenarios about AI are true, it would take minimum 20 years to get to this place where the robots are running everything, we all have leisure time and we just can’t figure out what to do with ourselves and we decide how to get to Venus and and Uranus and wherever else you want to go. Okay. But in the meanwhile, in those 20 years, we had massive waves of unemployment. It is indisputable. Even as Kevin explains it, he says, “Well, you know, you’re not going to be doing doing the perfume shaking, you’re not doing the assembly line, you’re not doing the driving, you’re not doing this, you’re not doing that. All those jobs are going to go.” And in fact, if you actually just listen to folks on Wall Street, they brag about it nonstop. Oh, we’re going to get to, you know, cut 25%. We’re going to have synergies. we’re going to have cost cutting. And then when people say that, everybody gets the analysts get excited and they’re like, “Oh, bye, bye. They’re going to fire all their employees.” And then the other guy goes, “No, no, no. I’m going to fire them even quicker.” And they go, “Bye, bye, bye.” And not once have they thought, “Who’s going to buy the actual products?” And they just don’t have an answer for that. So into into Ragnum, there is going to be upheaval, massive upheaval. And it doesn’t And I’m not a doomsday guy. My god, we have a thing called Operation Hope on on on the Young Turks. Um, we our slogan is get caught trying. No, no, I’m an enormously optimistic guy and I think we can solve these issues, but we got to try to solve them. And I don’t see anyone even trying to solve them now again outside of Roana. Kevin, I spoke to Dra, the CEO of Uber, and I think I’m right in saying that driving is the biggest employer in the world. So when I asked Dra, who’s the CEO of Uber, if they’re going to um create autonomous vehicles very very quickly to automate the 9.4 million drivers that they have, he said that they are. And then I asked him the question, what will those 9.4 million people do? And his response to me, the direct quote is he said, I don’t know. Which is pretty pretty shocking. He also noted that privately he said, “I have to be honest. AI will replace 9.4 million jobs at Uber. Tech executives are not being transparent about AI. They talk behind closed doors about the sheer amount of disruption they anticipate, but they don’t talk about it publicly. Look, I don’t think we’re going to make any progress, more progress on this issue.” So, um, because well, I I think you’re bringing a great point, but the fact is we don’t know what comes next. Much of the reason most people haven’t posted content or built their personal brand is because it’s hard and it’s timeconuming and we’re all very very busy and if you’ve never posted something before there’s so many factors in your psychology that stop you wanting to post what people will think of you am I doing this right is the thing I’m saying absolutely stupid all of these result in paralysis which means you don’t post and your feed goes bare I’m an investor in a company called Stanto which you’ve probably heard me talk about and what they’ve I’m building is this new tool called Stanley that uses AI, looks at your feed, looks at your tone of voice, looks at your history, looks at your best performing posts, and tells you what you should post, makes those posts for you. You can also just use it for inspiration. And sometimes what we need when we’re thinking about doing a post for our social media channels is inspiration. Building an audience has fundamentally changed my life, and I think it could change yours, too. So, I’m inviting you to give this new tool a shot and let me know what you think. All you have to do is search coach.stand.store. store now to get started. Steve, what are you doing? Uh, just making myself a delicious coffee from the freezer. From the freezer. Have you not heard about Contier? No. Oh my gosh. This is going to change your life. A couple of months ago, the founder of this business called Matt sent a big shipment of this coffee to our office in London. What most people don’t know is that the processing of coffee takes out a lot of the taste. So, what they do is they flash freeze it at the optimal moment when it’s most tasty and they send you in the post the coffee in these little frozen ice cubes. Now, Matt sent a big shipment to my office. I moved it to the kitchen. I said to the team, “Knock yourselves out.” And then I saw so many messages in our Slack channel of people going, “Oh my god, what the hell is that? It’s so delicious.” All I have to do is pop it out in the morning using the little button on the back of this thing. I pour my hot water in and I mix it and that is done. You can get $30 off your first order of Cometier coffee if you go to cometier.com/stephven. Try it and please Instagram DM me, LinkedIn me and let me know if you love it as much as I do. One of the things that’s probably going to be a disruptor to AI’s, so I should say America’s ability to pursue these technologies is what’s going on with president approval ratings at the moment. I’ve got this uh graph here in front of me, which you, you know, you don’t need to be able to zoom in to see, which shows that President Trump’s approval rating is declining rapidly in part because of what’s going on in the Middle East. I wanted to get um Jen, your opinion on what all of this stuff is. As someone like me, I don’t really know much about politics. I know that there’s these midterms coming up in November time in the US, um, which is going to be consequential, but from a 30,000 ft perspective, how do I how do I pass out the truth of this war? Because Trump seems to be saying different things. Every day there’s a ceasefire with Iran and then there’s and then they’re bombing again. I think 2 days ago they started bombing again, which they call defensive strikes, and then there’s a ceasefire, and he says there’s a deal about to be done, and then there’s some bombing again. The straight of straight of Hormuse is open, then it’s closed, then it’s I just don’t know what the truth is. Chank, in your opinion, what is the truth? What’s going on? Yeah. So, first let’s start with uh the president’s pony numbers. Yeah, they’ve been uh decimated by this war. They were already in trouble because the Epstein files and he didn’t do anything about affordability. Just gave a massive tax cut for the rich as usual. Did whatever Israel wants as usual. Uh and so now, uh you know, he’s eaten into his own base. So, he’s barely hanging on to a majority of non-MAGA Republicans that voted for him. Only 53% still support him. He’s lost about 20% of hardcore MAGA. Uh his disapproval numbers are at record numbers now. Um 68% of the country thinks we’re going in the wrong direction. Uh he they about 76% of the country is dissatisfied with how the economy is going. And a lot of that is because of the war. And so the war is obviously driving up gas prices which is then uh leading to uh inflation in other areas. Of course a lot of things uh use not just oil and gas but fertilizer which is also been blocked uh through the straight of hormones. So we’re we’re having an energy crisis um actually mainly in Asia and Europe uh more so than than even America. So that’s why the South Koreans are livid at the Israelis that they’re having to cons, you know, conserve gas and go through lean times because Israel wanted this war and literally no one else on planet Earth did. And so shortages in India and this is all before we re-engage and restart the war, which is what I’m afraid is going to come next. So now it’s some folks have a hard time believing this, but we we have to go back to a conversation we had earlier. Remember in America we legalize bribery. So um one uh corporation can give to an infinite amount to a super PAC uh corporate interest, lobbyists, individuals. To give you a sense of the scale of the problem, one family alone uh the Aden family, Miriam and Sheldon Adlesen have given Donald Trump over $317 million in campaign contributions. We used to have a word for that. It was called a bribe. And Trump is so accidentally honest on this stuff, he just can’t keep anything in his head uh from going outside his mouth. So he has said, “Oh, Miriam, she cares more about Israel than America, right?” I’m like, “No, that’s super awkward.” And then he says, “Oh, Sheldon Adles used to come in here and tell me what to do all the time, and then I did it, you know, and I moved the embassy for the Adles, our embassy in Israel.” He’s just, you know, basically selling off our foreign policy. To be fair to him, almost all of our politicians do that. uh Israel gives to 94% of Congress. So there Israel is not some unique lobbyist that uh community that is unseen in the world. No, all the lobbyists do this. That’s why we give $35 billion in uh oil subsidies, which they’re profitable companies. That makes no sense. Why does an average person have to give money to Exon Mobile? That’s insanity. Because big pharma’s lobby is so strong, we can’t negotiate prices. Now, when it comes to Israel, that’s when people lose their minds. And mainstream media goes, “Okay, you’re right about Big Farmer. You’re right about big oil and defense contractors and every other lobby. But if you say the same exact thing about Israel, we’ll call you an anti-semite, cancel you, and you’re never going to ever get another job again. No criticism of Israel is allowed without us doing massive oppression inside this country.” So, we’ve now got Israel that is totally empowered to go, you know, rogue. They don’t follow any laws. They don’t follow the laws of war crimes. They’ve now invaded Lebanon. They say they’re going to take all the way to the Latani River. They’re going to own southern Lebanon. They’ve already ethnically cleansed southern Lebanon, moved out a million people to ethnically cleanse Gaza. Netanyahu on tape bragged about, oh, we used to have 53% of Gaza after the war. Uh, now we have over 60%. So, it was to steal land. That’s what it was about. It wasn’t self-defense. Lebanon’s not self-defense. Israel invaded them. Iran’s not self-defense. We invaded Iran. This war was utterly pointless, especially from an American perspective. Let me tell you what American interests are and what Israeli interests are. And they’re very, very different. And in America right now, because of we started this war, we need the straight of Hormuz open. That’s what’s hurting our gas prices and all of our other prices and affordability, inflation, all of that is connected to the straight of Hormuz. We didn’t have that problem before the war, but now we have it. We’ve got to open it back up. In order to do that, Iran has an enormous amount of leverage. We’ve got to make a reasonable peace deal. Good news. We about to have one over this weekend. And all we want theoretically is for them to take out their to not make nuclear weapons. And they’ve already promised 18 different times that they wouldn’t do that. They did it under the Obama deal. They’ve offered it before the war. They’ve offered it during the war. So that is not an issue. And them promising it doesn’t mean anything. It has to be verified. So what they’re saying is yes, we will have international monitors verify that we will not have a weapon. So that’s the only thing that America said they cared about before the war. So then we’re done and we just killed 49 of their top regime leaders. Trump says we destroyed their navy, their air force, and everything else. We’re done. We have no American interests in there. The only interest left is leave, open up the straight of Hormuz so we can get our economy back on track. Israel, on the other hand, has said they would like, and again this is on tape. Netanyahu said it. They would like to be the only regional superpower in the Middle East. In order to do that, they have to destroy every other power in the Middle East. Now, good news for them. They completely control our Congress and our presidents. So, uh they got us to they literally gave us a list after 9/11 of seven countries they wanted us to attack on their behalf. We have attacked all seven. Iran was the last one on that list. So they want them destroyed so that they can’t fight back when Israel takes more land as they are doing today. They don’t want anyone to be able to defend themselves. They’re going to kill and take land as much as humanly possible. And they want us Americans to pay the bill. They say, “You owe us a genocide. You owe us endless string of wars. You owe us a global war on terror. No, that was a global war on Israel’s neighbors. That cost us $8 trillion. We gave $320 billion to Israel so far already. Lifetime. Why? Why? Why don’t they give us the money back? No. They say, “You owe us. You owe us. You owe us. That’s why we’re in this war. We And by the way, last thing, Stephen, is while we’re all distracted in Iran, Israel has taken southern Lebanon, and now they’re saying they’re going to keep it forever. So that was the point of this war. 100% Israeli interest, 0% American interest. Let’s get out of there. Let’s stop fighting Israel’s wars for them and come back home. What about nuclear weapons? One of the pretenses is that they were weeks away from enriching uranium to a point where that weapon could be used. Yeah. So that’s what Netanyahu has been saying for the last 30 years back in the 1990s. Oh, they’re weeks away. They’re weeks away. Do you know and you probably don’t know because American media pretty much works for Israel. And now when I say that guys, those are not hyperbole. Uh the Israeli lobby donate donates I would say legally bribes like the other lobbies do 94% of Congress. Number one lifetime donor Donald Trump is Israel. Number one lifetime donor to Joe Biden. Number one lifetime donor to Hakee Jeff, Chuck Schumer, Mike Johnson. All of our leaders, their number one lifetime donor is Apac and the Israeli lobby. They completely control our government. And then our media comes and lies to us and says, “Oh, they’re the victims.” Well, we have eyes. We saw Gaza. Gaza is utterly destroyed and Israel did that with our money. That’s insane. So, no, we look is I don’t even think Israel is an ally. I I don’t know why in the world we would ever serve a foreign nation. They’re treading all over us. They’ve taken our sovereignty away. They’ve taken our freedom away. And all we have is these dupes in mainstream media telling us about how they’re doing self-defense. Well, part of self-defense is I take your land. Currently, they’re taping themselves going into IDF soldiers are going into Lebanese homes, Muslims and Christians, stealing all their property. Then they put it on online, go, “How look we stole other things.” Then they destroy the homes and they say, “Now this is Israeli territory.” That’s not self-defense. That’s terrorism. It we are supporting a terrorist nation and we’re giving them hundreds of billions of dollars and this isn’t even helping Israel. were enabling their worst instincts and they’re getting the whole world to hate them. How does that help Israel to have the whole world despise you because you’re so selfishly driving up everyone’s prices and creating endless wars? Literally, no other country on earth wants this war in Iran to continue other than Israel. Kevin, you have a different perspective on the um effectiveness and purpose of the the original strikes that Trump did. Are you supportive of this military operation at large? Well, you know, I’m not a show for uh any politician. I focus on policy because that’s ultimately what survives. Politicians come and go. Policy lingers. I’ve always said that and that’s as an investor what you have to worry about. So, um let’s talk about the situation in the Middle East. For about 49 years, um some people would say 60. It depends what you believed in the early years. The Persians are were a very advanced society in mathematics, poetry, art, you name it. Uh they’re very famous. And then you have this small um I I’m going to call it bad management. I don’t know what else to call it. that took this society, brutalized the people there, created a million um man army run by 150,000 people, a super militia um that caused a lot of chaos in that region with proxies uh as people have been talking about. Um and and the this militia is is paid with cash that’s gotten from um the sales of of energy and they would stop killing their own people if they didn’t get paid. So that the 150,000 that run that country to brutalize the almost 100 million others. I mean it’s a really strange platform that hasn’t worked for the people there for 60 years. But it it was tolerated by all the neighbors until 6 months ago. the United Arab Emirates, Bahrain, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, they they wanted to stay out of it because it was, you know, it was relatively calm. Every 6 months the hoodies or one of the uranium proxies would blow up an oil ship kept the insurance premiums 30% higher and then the proverbial poo hit the fan. Now, China, let’s get down to business, gets 48% of its energy through that straight, as does many other Asian countries. So, they, as Jake pointed out, um, uh, you know, basically are underwater. They don’t have energy, Jack, I should say. So, you know, at the end of the day here, um, there’s a problem. And so, what’s going to happen when this is over? Um, forget about look, you can’t let a a you can’t let a society that 150 people there say, “Let’s kill everybody.” I mean, they’re on a different kind of mandate. They they they’re a little a little strange. You don’t want to give those people a nuclear bomb. I don’t care who you are. They’re just offside. And they they’re happy to kill their own people, but I don’t want them killing everybody else with interbalistic missiles. So, no, they can’t have 90 pounds of rich uranium, and they’re not going to get it. And they’re going to keep getting bombed until they give it up. And at some point, somebody in there is going to say, “Whoa, uh, they’re really we’re getting tenderized in here, and we got to stop this, and we got to get the best deal we can.” We want to stay in power to keep killing our people as long as we can because we’re the 150,000 guys that live very well, and everybody else lives like crap. And that’s just the way that society works. And if the people want to rise up and kill 150 that are killing them, they will one day. I don’t know. But here’s what I think. I think the actual countries around there are going to end up in the same boat that we have in the Suez and Panama Canals where there’s a fee to go through, but it’s managed so that no country, including China, gets to run it. And so that has already found peace and all the shipping lanes are open and the insurance rates are normal there. So, if you’re Saudi Arabia, you got let’s let’s say it costs 5 billion a month to police the strait. Okay, that’s a good number because I’m probably right, pretty close to it. That’s nothing for the UAE and for Saudi Arabia and Qatar, Bahrain. They’re going to need it open. So, if they have to be like the United Nations for that region and keep it open, that’s great. Now, I’m staying long the UAE because I’ve invested there in in ADGM. I have a company there. I’ve got employees there. I talk to them every day. I think this is going to end soon. But I would like to see it in a way that Iran is isolated. Maybe, you know, they’re not they can’t control the strait and they can’t have the nukes. Those are the two things that I think have to be resolved. And then if they want to brutalize their people forever, okay, you know, they’re going to do that. It’s a horrible outcome for those people. I feel terrible for them. But this outcome is a good one if we resolve those two things. New policing of the strait. That would be great because the Chinese need that. They want that. And at some point they’re going to squeeze the heads of these Iranian leaders, whoever they are. They keep getting killed and a new one pops up like whack-a-ole. But that’s just the way that regime works. And nobody’s willing to to say, “Look, I I want to take them over because you got the army still being paid.” But by blocking that straight for the last 60 days, then the the amount of money they’re losing is $210 million US per 24 hours. So at some point, whoever’s running the show there is going to say, “If we can’t pay our soldiers to kill our people, we’re going to be screwed. They’re going to come up to the top of the castle and take Frankenstein out. So we got to make sure we cut a deal.” That’s why I’m optimistic. The price of oil is down almost 16%. It’ll get back near 70. I don’t know what that’s going to do for the midterms because, you know, yeah, the numbers are terrible, but every incumbent gets screwed in the midterms. It’s it’s just the nature of how it works. Now, whether they lose the Senate, I don’t know. Are they going to lose the House? Who knows? But if gasoline’s back to 70 bucks, we won’t be having this narrative about unaffordability around energy in the United States. And you just don’t know. But I do know that the status quo because the UAE and Qatar and Bahrain left those Iranians alone until they rained missiles on them. Now they’re pissed. And so it’s not business as usual. And so I think the the winds of change are going to blow through there. And maybe the upside is the great Persian people get better leadership cuz boy their leaders suck. Jenk, it sounds like an optimistic um outcome is being forecasted by Kevin and I can see you nodding your head there in a disagreement, shaking your head. Yeah. So, look, again, I’m normally an optimist here, but we’ve gotten ourselves uh in some significant ruts here. So, uh first of all, u you know, this whole idea the Iranian regime is bad. Okay. Yeah, it is. Uh, it’s Muslim fundamentalist. I don’t like fundamentalists of any religion. I’m an atheist. Uh, you know, they abuse their people and they’re corrupt. No question about it. Netanyahu is corrupt. He’s up on corruption charges that seem to never come. Uh, the Israeli settlers are religious fundamentalists, biggest lunatics on earth. They think that God said to kill the Palestinians and take their land, and we fund them. We give them billions of dollars. So, I’m not in favor of any of these uh fundamentalists, no matter what religion they’re from. Now, on the issue of nukes uh that you asked about earlier, Stephen, you know that the the reason I brought up American media is because they pretty much do nothing but Israeli propaganda. They never clarified to anyone. You know that Iran doesn’t have a missile that can deliver any warhead to America. It it just doesn’t it’s never had it. It didn’t have it 30 years ago when Netanyahu started saying it. It doesn’t have it today. So, and they never enriched uranium up to 90% which is where you would have to get it for weapons grade. They get up to about 60% and then we destroy their nuclear facilities and Trump bragged about it and now all that’s buried underneath. So where’s the question? They’re not even close. And and again they’ve promised not only to uh this repeatedly in negotiations, but the former Grand Ayatoll, the one we murdered, uh had done a fatwa, the most important religious edict in Shia Islam, and he said we are to never build nukes. So when they Hamas has something in their charter, the Israelis say oh the charter is the most important thing. Then the Grand Ayatollah does a f way import more important than a charter and they go ignore that. Ignore that. No, no, don’t ignore that. And why would Iran ever use a nuke? If they use a nuke, then we either Israel or us would strike back and we’d kill 90 million Iranians. Nobody wants that. They they want you to believe that the Iranians are irrational psychotic terrorists. Boo. They’re Muslims. Oh, that’s super scary, right? No, there is an irrational government in the Middle East. It’s it’s Israel. They’re the Iran did not attack a single neighbor. Israel has attacked seven neighbors. Iran hasn’t asked us for a single dollar. Israel asked us for hundreds of billions of dollars. So there’s one country that is constantly attacking their neighbors and taking land. And by the way, the ter the civilian kill ratio of the IDF is 83%. 83% of the people that they kill are civilians. That is higher than Hamas or Hezblah or any terrorist group on earth. and they kill about a hundred times the civilians of Hamas. So if Hamas is terrorist, it is absolutely indisputable that Israel is a terrorist government. And yet we’re forced to fund that when we don’t have any money. They have universal healthcare. They have free college. They have paid family leave. We don’t have any of that. And then our greedy and corrupt politicians and media tell us that we owe the Israelis more war and more genocide. The reason why I think we’re in a lot of trouble here and is not going to be easy to resolve is every time we get close to peace. Netanyahu calls Trump. Literally happened this weekend. Right after the call, Trump then goes back to wararm mongering. After the call, we bombed Iran. Israel started heavy bombing of Lebanon. And then Trump came up with three new totally impossible things. Give me all the highly arrange enriched uranium on day one. Well, it’s buried under the ground. It’s going to take months to take out. Uh, number two, uh, you all have to join the Abraham Accords. The Abraham Accords, again, American media paints it as, oh, this wonderful peace plan. It’s no such thing. It’s to normalize relations with Israel and start doing trade with Israel without getting a promise back that they’re going to end the occupation. It is betraying the Palestinians and saying the Israelis can permanently occupy them. By the way, again, never talked about in American media, but I we read a lot of this in the Israeli press. And that’s why we get a lot of our information on the Young Turks from them because they actually do pretty good reporting in Israel. And so, uh, one of the things is they believe in Greater Israel. They talk about it all the time. Our press never talks about it, but they do. They know they stole our nuclear secrets. They know they stole our nuclear triggers and our uranium. What kind of an ally steals all of our material? And and so but last thing, Stephen, the most important impossible thing was Netanyahu demanded, he made this public, that everyone else stop fighting except Israel, that they have a right to keep attacking and invading and taking southern Lebanon. Well, that’s not a peace deal. Nobody’s going to sign on to that. So, and and Israel has said no matter what happens, they’re going to keep attacking Lebanon. That means even if Iran and America make a peace deal, Israel will literally ruin it on a first day. So we can’t ever get to peace as long as we’re allies with Israel. It’s literally impossible. They’re massive wararm mongers and they say we need endless wars. And by the way, it makes sense cuz they’re a settler colony. In order for a settle settler colony to expand, you need permanent war so they can keep taking more land. We shouldn’t be funding these terrorists. We have a way of getting out. This is what you do. You just say, “Hey, we make a peace deal with Iran. We take Israel out of it. Israel, you want peace, you have peace. If you want war, have war with Iran. It’s not our business.” So, what’s what what are you predicting, Jenk, is going to happen? What is your prediction? Disaster. A positive disaster. So, there’s no way we’re going to get to peace because Israel says their line in the sand is they’re going to keep attacking Lebanon. As long as they keep attacking Lebanon, Iran is not going to get to a peace deal. What does disaster mean specifically? Oh, disaster means we re-engage in the bombing. We have 50,000 ground troops on those ships. People forgot that we’re there. Of course, it has to be American ground troops. It can’t be precious Israeli ground troops cuz Israeli lives are apparently worth more than American lives if you listen to American politicians. So, we have the ground troops there. We’re going to very likely do more disastrous bombing of Iran. And then Iran is going to bomb the oil and gas fields in of the Gulf countries. And then not only will gas prices go absolutely through the roof and cause a massive economic recession, perhaps depression worldwide, but on top of that, then uh they’re going to say, “Well, it’s not enough. We want more.” And the infrastructure is already destroyed. It’s going to take 5 to 10 years to rebuild that infrastructure. They’re going to do permanent damage to our economy. Why? They want more land. Enough. enough with supporting the terrorists. Kevin, is it fair to say if you look at what Trump said over since the start of this war that he miscalculated this because he gave us a window of time when it would be over and that window of time is now long gone. And it appears to me like he thought it would be similar to Venezuela where you could just go in there boom boom boom regime change you control the country. But that’s clearly I mean just like a logical impartial person that’s kind of like how it looks. This is different because this war is what I would call the first tech war um ever. A lot of the ordinance being used um is with very advanced GPS systems controlled from space. We’ve learned something else uh which is rather interesting. The I learned this from my own employees that are sitting in Abu Dhabi and Dubai. The drones that came over in the first four weeks, those waves every morning were basically carbonfiber wings with lawnmower engines on them and and very inexpensive to make about $35,000. and we shot them down, or at least the UAE did, with American ordinance between a million2 and $3 million per missile on a $35,000 homemade drone. And so it goes back to um wow, I hope the Pentagon has enough compute power because I wouldn’t want that in the hands of the Chinese cuz I I what I’ve learned from this conflict and look, you know, people dying is horrible. Period. Wherever they are, it’s just horrible. But this is not a traditional war. I don’t know if there’s going to be boots on the ground by the time this is over. If there’s another wave of conflict, it’s just going to be more ordinance taking out more infrastructure until the 150,000 people running the show there say, “Wow, this is really hurting us in terms of maintaining control.” I don’t see uh a boots on the ground invasion. I just see more tenderizing and more tenderizing. It’s expensive because we’re on the wrong side of defense. We need the cheap drones. And I think in two years from now, from what I see in the development, because I I see these deals all over the place, there’s a whole bunch of new tech being developed around drone blocking technology and very inexpensive versions of what those Iranians built, better than lawnmower engines, though. So, it’s it’s going to be pretty interesting in 24 months. I’m not a fan of war, but I have a different view of the outcome here. And I think that part of the world is going to be stabilized and funded by the neighbors there. And probably everybody’s better off because the Chinese can’t take the pain much longer. Their oil supplies, both on the water and in storage, are starting to really dwindle. And if I’m the big supreme leader there, I’m thinking to myself, I’m going to call those guys in Iran, say, “Okay, big boys, time to settle. We’ve had enough.” Cuz that that is actually a different view of that policy over there. Because every Asian country is hurting. And by the way, in North America, we actually don’t have any problems with energy. We have an abundance of it, including the stuff coming from Canada, the number one import. The problem we have is the price of oil is determined by world markets. It’s a commodity in US dollars. You know, it was 106. Now it’s 9712, whatever it is trading right now. Um it’s but we’re not going to run out of energy in America. That’s not going to happen. It’s it’s the rest of the world to the extent that we care about them. Um we got to resolve this issue. For every founder, there comes a point in building a company where your job shifts from being the person inside your business actioning everything to the person responsible for absolutely everything. The only way I’ve been able to make this shift across the different companies and teams I’m responsible for is by knowing that the right systems are in place to manage everything. Systems that don’t need me in order for them to work. Our sponsor, Pipe Drive, is one of those systems, an easy to use, intelligent CRM tool for growing sales teams. My teams use it and have for the last decade because it’s genuinely the most effective way to run a sales operation. Through one dashboard, you get every deal visible and every stage of the sales process is clear and what needs to happen next is all there in real time. When a system like this works, you don’t need to be in every conversation to know exactly if your business is moving forward, where and what the blockers are. Over a 100,000 companies are already running their sales on it. So, if you’d like to join them, sign up at piperive.com/ceeo, where you’ll get an exclusive 30-day free trial instead of the usual 14 days. No credit card is needed. That’s piperive.com/ceo.

    I’ve done almost 700 interviews with some of the most interesting people in the world. And one of the things you learn, which is unexpected, is that vulnerability is the doorway to connection. And after sitting here for 2 3 hours with a guest, I feel a deep sense of connection to them. And as they leave, what I get them to do is to write a question in the diary of a CEO. We’ve taken all of the questions from the diary of a CEO. We have put the question here on this card with the name of the person that wrote it. So you can sit at home as I do with my fiance and my colleagues at work and other people in my life. Whenever we get a minute, we play the diio conversation cards. And it is incredible what happens. These are great if you’re in a romantic relationship and you want to connect your partner more. These are also great if you’re in a team and you want to bond your team together. And I have to say they’re also great for families that want to learn more about each other and that need a good excuse to spend some time in a digital world in the analog environment connecting human to human. It is remarkable what the right question at the right time can do. Go to the diary.com and you can get these conversation cards right now. The thing that I think America’s at risk of running out of Kevin though is is is patience and uh support. And if you think about the sort of existential risk to Trump, he you know, if you looking at these numbers, so this this first line you see is his disapproval going up and his approval going down. If I’m the supreme leader in Iran, I go, “Listen, this guy has got I mean, there’s an election in 2028 in the United States. This guy has got months.” So, in terms of you talk about, you know, the art of a deal and doing a good deal, if you know your counterparty in the deal negotiation literally has months to do a deal or they are going to be thrown out of power, if I’m one of those 150,000 people or the Supreme Leader, honestly, I’m going to wait it out. I think I have all the cards. if you have almost no, you know, they can survive. Again, you said they oppress their people. They don’t seem to have much morality surrounding that. Could they wait it out a couple of months knowing that Trump can’t because the midterms are coming and then the election’s coming? I think you’re making a good point on that one. But I, you know, the one thing I would say, Stephen, is that it’s not just Trump you’re waiting out. You got Chi, it’s it’s not just Trump, the big guy. You got two supreme leaders. You got whoever is running the show this week in Iran and you’ve got the Chinese leader, the supreme leader. And the only way he gets to say the supreme leader is people eat, people have jobs there and his economy stays buoyant. That’s the only way he stays in power. So you’re you’re serving two masters. You’re you’re trying to time the 28 decision you talked about versus how pissed off the big guy is going to get in China. He has no choice. 48% of his energy comes through that straight at some point. I think before November, Elsa Supreo in China squeezes Iranian heads like teenage pimples. That’s what I think is going to happen. The other thing just to give you the other thought that’s been spiraling in my head since I’ve interviewed all these people on this subject is that Trump and JD Vance repeatedly say they don’t even know who they’re negotiating with because they’ve knocked out every layer it seems of leadership. They on one hand brag about that but then I would also suggest that that makes negotiation hard. I think JD Vance actually talked about or Marco Rubio talked about the fact that they can’t get the carrier pigeon to the um Iranian soldiers that are still shooting the missiles. And this talk this speaks to the um lack of organization in Iran because you’ve wiped out all the leadership. So I even wonder if you can really do a deal at this point with Iran, Jenk. No, we can remember we almost had a deal this weekend. Uh and the deal is actually kind of obvious. Open up the straight of Hormuz. We lift a blockade. Iran says uh we’ll find the highlyenriched uranium and hand it over. We won’t have a weapons program and we’ll have international monitors for the uranium that we enrich to just energy levels, not weapons levels. Boom. Done. Easy. Though, but as I explained before, we can’t get it done because Israel says, “No, I want permanent.” How do you know it’s Israel? How do you know it’s Israel, Jenk? Yeah, there’s no question. So first of all in the before the invasion New York Times with a rare good article that explained uh that Netanyahu and the head of Mossad um came into the situation room Netanyahu physically and had Mossad uh through a teleconference and they uh told Trump you got to attack you got to attack now and they to they at least as the New York Times describes it they convinced them. Whether they actually convinced him through language or through money or through blackmail is a whole different question. But uh another thing that’s absolutely clear is that after every call with Netanyahu, Trump goes from saying we’re going to have peace to saying we’re not going to have peace and we’re have these new impossible standards. It’s happened about half a dozen times so far. It’s super clear that Israel is driving the bus. Plus, you could see it based on the facts on the ground. We have no interest there. We have a deal ready to make for American interests. Israel says, “No, we’re not done because we need southern Lebanon and we need Iran to be completely decimated.” This idea that Kevin’s talking about, to be fair to Kevin, almost everybody in in America thinks in this, well, now to be unfair to Kevin, this fantasy world where the regime in Iran is just going to give up. It’s never going to happen. We already tried to regime change it. It it didn’t work at all. They have an enormous infrastructure set up. So it doesn’t really matter how many people you knock off at the top. Somebody else rises up. Somebody else rises up out of that 150,000 people that that Kevin’s talking about. Now China, he’s got a theory that maybe China puts pressure on him. That’s not a crazy theory. I get it. At the same time, China’s looking at Russia and America and going, “Look at these schmucks. Russia is wasting their entire military and resources in Ukraine. And now America’s totally wasting their military and resources in Iran. And these two other knuckleheads keep punching themselves in the face. Meanwhile, we haven’t started any wars if you’re China. And so we haven’t had any of those costs. We haven’t had any of those troubles. We don’t have that PR problem. So when we go into Africa or Latin America and we say, “Hey, you know what? We’re going to build roads and bridges for you guys and America’s going to come and bomb you. So which one do you want to do a deal with?” Now a lot of them are saying, “No, we want to do a deal with China.” because they don’t do war. Uh instead they build infrastructure. Look, it just is a business strategy, an economic strategy that is much much smarter. But we can’t go into a smart strategy because Israel won’t let us. Every time we go towards peace, Israel blocks it. And today, this weekend, we had both Republicans and Democrats go out and say we shouldn’t do the peace deal. You want to know what the one connective tissue? Every one of those politicians had over a million dollars given to them by the Israeli lobby. So that’s just the stone cold reality of it. And so in terms of energy here at home, Kevin says we’re not going to run out. But he also acknowledged that no, wait a minute, that has nothing to do with anything. We oil goes into a world market and it is controlled by world prices. So the fact that we’re so-called energy independent means nothing. That’s not even our oil or gas. It’s Exxon Mobile and Chevrons. So they could sell it anywhere they want and they do sell it anywhere they want. The only way to get them to sell it exclusively in America is to do socialism and say you’re not allowed to sell that oil anywhere else. I don’t think Kevin wants that. So that means we are definitely not energy independent. We are definitely tied to global oil prices and that means again more disaster. When you get to tech, oh my god, the Israelis used AI in Gaza. They did this uh program called Where’s Daddy. AI would pick a target uh that was maybe connected to someone in Hamas at some point, but they did, you know, he called this guy and the other guy called other guy and that lady now has a cell phone. Good enough. But they would wait till their target went home so they would bomb the house and kill their entire family. If that’s the future of tech in the military, we’re all doomed. So, they’ve been testing all of this stuff in Gaza and now they’re doing in Iran. What I’m worried about is what Larry Ellison said. He said, “Oh, we now can track all citizens anywhere and we’re going to bring that technology to America.” I don’t want their surveillance state. I don’t want anything to do with the Israelis. Let’s just come home and serve American interest. That’s what I keep see. But the good news, Stephen, is almost all the voters agree. 80% of Democrats now have a negative view of Israel and say, “No, take care of American voters first. When you get to under 50 years old in all parties, Israel now has a negative 45 rating. The only people left in this country who still want to serve Israel are our politicians and our media. That’s it. The rest of us can’t stand them anymore and the endless wars they drag us into and all the money they take from us.” And Kevin, as a businessman, what are we doing? Why are we letting this country the size of their population is the equivalent of Papa New Guinea lead us around by the nose and get us into endless wars? You know, this war in Iran isn’t helping us. And and if they continue and they bomb the infrastructure in Iran and the Gulf countries, you know, it’s going to take 5 to 10 years to rebuild and it is going to be a global economic disaster. What are we doing? We got to get rid of the Israelis. I don’t mean that in a physical way. just get them out of our government and make decisions based on what’s good for America, we’ll be 10,000 times better off and then we could end the war. I think if there was a path to peace in the Middle East, it’s one of the largest consumer markets on earth. Just Iran itself has 100 million people. They buy stuff. And you know, I think about the future of a global economy if there was stability there, uh, including peace with Israel and their neighbors. That would be an amazing market, a huge market. And one of the reasons that people like me keep a foothold or a footprint in the UAE, it is and was the capital of capital until 9 weeks ago. And I think it’ll return at some point. That’s a the the size of the market in Egypt, Jordan, Sudan, Saudi Arabia, I mean, and Iran are they’re just huge. And those people want stuff that we make. I mean, you know, it’s that pragmatic. It’s that So, if you could have peace and stabilize and you want to sell stuff, that’s a massive market. And and I, you know, that’s why I remain an optimist on how this gets resolved because at the end of the day, it doesn’t matter what religion you are or, you know, what country you’re in or what geography you came from. Most people, and I would say 99% want to raise a family, have a job, and enjoy life. They don’t want to get blown up. And so, I’m I’m kind of an optimist that it’s in everybody’s interest to solve this. It’s kind of like the the human condition is I’d like to get, you know, I’d like to form a family unit and I’d like to live a peaceful life and I’d like to buy stuff. I want to be a consumer. So, I’m uh in the camp that says, look, I don’t know how this thing gets resolved. Nobody does. I’m disappointed that there’s no peace deal this weekend, but hopefully there’ll be one soon. But in the end, most people want peace, period. Unless you’re, you know, you’re crazed as a crazed leader and you just want to kill everybody. Those people don’t last that long. They don’t seem to, well, they’re certainly not lasting that long in Iran right now, but you’re right. They keep popping up. But at some point, I don’t know. Oh, I think uh peace is a better deal for everybody. There should be a button just down below here. And if it says subscribed, you’re already subscribed. If it says subscriber, that means you’re not yet. And if you’re not subscribed, please could you do us a favor and hit that button. It helps the show more than you know. And according to the algorithm, you’re someone that watches our show, but you haven’t yet hit that button. Thank you so much, Kevin. Um, based on that, based on both our conversation on AI and also how unpopular this war is, what we’re seeing across the world at the moment is this rise in socialism in Western markets. We’re seeing it in the UK, we’re seeing it around Europe, and we’re also seeing it in the United States. Positive views of capitalism amongst all Americans has dropped to an all-time low according to a poll done by Gallup. um a massive almost 70% of Democrats now view socialism positively with only 40% roughly view capitalism favorably. And again, this was at the end of last year. So these stats aren’t even factoring in the war. And a staggering 62% of young Americans hold a favorable view of socialism as well. So as we head towards the midterms, but also the elections, which aren’t actually that far away now, it’s quite clear to me as someone that, you know, I I’m an entrepreneur in the United States. I I live in Los Angeles, as you know. Um I build businesses. It’s quite clear to me that we’re on the verge of a very different type of America and we’ve seen you know um Zhan Mandani be elected in New York and we’re seeing this sort of socialistic nar narrative spread like wildfire I think heavily fueled by both wars but also by technology AI and sort of wealth inequality. Do you agree that if things continue on this trajectory we’re heading towards a more socialist America? No. What I agree on is I’m I’m a history buff. Um you can go back into the uh 40s and 50s. It seems every 17 to 20 years we take um a dip back into socialism and back in those days communism even in New York and Brooklyn longing for what the Soviet Union had or Cuba had in its heyday. Um and then the outcome is always the same. It doesn’t work. And so it it really you have all these different ideas about how a country should run and what works best for all the faults that US has now and the debates we have and you know AOC and Bernie Saunders and Elizabeth Warren and all this rhetoric and I get it. I mean they’re they’re very successful politicians. I love AOC. She just spews out stuff and raises five bucks at a time. You know it’s smart. It’s a great social media strategy. And same with Bernie. I mean, the guy But will she be president of the United States? I don’t think so. And will Bernie get there? No. Why does everybody leave Massachusetts, including my son, because you can’t raise any money there to start a company? The super tax is stupid. And so, it it’s sort of it’s it’s a it’s a it’s a mixing pot of ideas and competition. But in the end, and I always say this to my students because I I what I find so interesting about, you know, a 20 a cohort of 23 year olds that I teach in in business classes and injury classes, they’re all socialists, all of them, until they get their first paycheck. Then they become capitalists when they see something called tax. And they wonder, “Wait a second. Wait a second. Where’d half my salary go? What’s this?” And I say, “That’s tax. Now, if you want it to be 80% tax, you follow that trail that you had before I started teaching you, you were a socialist. And now, what are you? Well, I can’t pay 50% tax. No kidding. Well, move to Austin, move to Tennessee, you move to Florida like everybody else is doing, and you’ll pay 16%. And so, I love the fact that everybody’s an idealist socialist until they get their first paycheck. And that’s how America works. It’s a wonderful thing. And I say it’s good because you all everybody has a vote. We continue to believe in that. And I think the debate rages on and it’s great. And everybody has an opinion. I have mine, others have theirs. And I love to be part of discourse. You know, one of the reasons I keep doing what I do is I love to get into the [ __ ] with everybody. I like to say the things I say because I really believe them. And I’ve been there before. I’m wise. I’ve seen this movie before. That’s what I tell my students and it freaks them out. Just a yes or no answer in this question. So, in 2028, do you think another capitalistic sort of focused candidate will win the election or do you think a Democrat or a socialist will? I don’t think socialism is going to is socialism going to make it in America at the uh in the office of the White House. I think the pendulum always swings. The Biden administration went way too far in one direction. and it snapped back. Now, you might argue it went too far the other way and it snaps back. The whole idea of midterm gives you the smell test of the direction which is coming up just months away and then you’ll see who emerges. I don’t think we know who the next president of the United States is going to be, him or her. We don’t know who’s going to emerge. What’s your sense though, Kevin? You’re you’re pred you’re a man that makes predictions. Is it Democrat or is it Republican in your view? Got to give me a straight answer here. I I I wouldn’t even make that guess. It’s It’s so difficult. I really don’t know. I I I really think that in my view, the Democrats have lost their way. I would like to see them find a new leader that’s more moderate. I don’t think you can spew socialism and get elected. You got to find somebody that is in the middle that is more pragmatic about providing jobs. I mean, look at California. What a mess that place is. It’s just they may actually they may hire a Republican mayor out there. I mean, that’s going to be a shakaroo for LA, but it’s gotten pretty bad. I work out there. It’s a you can’t even wear your watch at daytime anymore. I mean, it it’s a mess. It’s a mess. It’s a a lawless wasteland. It has poor management, no executional skills with the politicians. I mean, you know, you’re lucky to be you work there. You know what I’m talking about. Jenk, what’s your point of view on that socialism? Is it coming to America midterms 2028? It’s a lot to talk about there. So, look, I I’m not a fan of Karen Bass. I voted against her before. I probably vote against her again in this mayor’s race. Uh, and so I think that sometimes Democrats uh like to get mired in their bureaucracy and not push for enough change. So, uh, so I’m not a person who just uh supports Democrats no matter what. In fact, I criticize Democrats a lot on the Young Turks. Uh but no, you’re not going to get your watch stolen in LA. Uh I have a family. We go out all the time. It’s perfectly safe. Uh so for a little while between 2019 and 2023, crime really did rise in some of the big cities. We talked about on the air who were very honest about it. It took some heat from the left on it, but crime’s gone down significantly in 24 and 25. So I don’t think those are real issues anymore. In terms of uh our economic model, we need a couple of clarifications here. So, as I said earlier, we we really do corporatism in America. And another word for that or phrase for it is crony capitalism. So, we’d be lucky to get back to capitalism, let alone going all the way to socialism because right now we don’t have capitalism. We don’t have free markets. We have uh every industry has captured the government. They’ve bribed all of our politicians. We can’t negotiate prices. Uh these are the I mean, that is the most socialist thing I’ve ever heard except socialism for corporations. It’s mindbending. And that’s and that’s what corporatism is. It’s totally run a muck now. And why is that? Because of money and politics. So in order to fix all of these problems and to get back to real free markets and capitalism, you have got to get the money out of politics. If you don’t do that, you’re just on a treadmill of corruption and it never ends. And you get BS guys like Biden and Trump who come in and tell you that they’re going to drain the swamp and then they fill it up even more and even more. So they and they serve all their donors. So in terms of socialism, we never define what it means. And the reality is most governments are mixed economies. Not most governments, almost all governments are mixed economies. So when we say socialism, are we talking about Cuba or are we talking about the Netherlands? Cuz you could argue that Northern Europe does socialism. Uh they have a lot more things that are public rather than private. But do they have private businesses? Of course they do. Right? So I would argue that democratic capitalism is the right way to go where we have capitalism but it is checked by democracy. The CEOs and the shareholders look out for the companies and the legislators and the president and the prime ministers are supposed to look out for the citizens and check the corporations so they don’t run a muck. I think Northern Europe’s probably pretty close to that. In terms of candidates here in America, again, I’d have to say Roana is probably the closest one to that. And so if you go too far left, um I get it that that’s hard, especially on identity politics, which again we’re not a fan of on the Young Turks and we don’t think that’s the right direction to go in and it just divides our country. Uh so I don’t think that that type of far-left candidate can can win a national election. But after what Trump does this to this country, what he’s already done to this country, Republicans, I have one thing to tell you. N there’s no way the the midterms are gone. Nobody’s showing up to vote. Their voter enthusiasm is gone, obliterated. And by 2028, we’re going to have the disaster from the war and disaster from AI, unemployment. So they they only have one guy who could win, and I’m worried about it, and that’s Tucker Carlson. If Tucker runs in the Republican primary, he definitely wins that primary. You can quote me on it and then you could have Kevin laughing and you could rerun that tape. It’ll be great. In fact, back in 2016, I was on ABC’s This Week was Stephanopoulos. They asked the whole panel who’s going to win. At that point, they just won the Democratic National Convention and Hillary Clinton had a 10-point lead. I was the only one on the panel to say Donald Trump was going to win. And they all laughed out loud. Populists win. the people chasing after the donors, whether it’s Israel or big farmer or any of the other donors that nobody nobody likes those people. Kla Harris lost because she was bragging about how she had 90 corporate CEOs on her side. I got bad news for her. Nobody likes corporate CEOs. Sorry, Kevin. Sorry me. But the reality is that’s what every poll shows. It is deeply deeply unpopular and these days it’s pretty merited. So if if you got someone in the right lane, which is democratic capitalism, I think they win. We just got two minutes left. Kevin, uh you laughed there at the suggestion that Tucker Carlson might win. I know Tucker. I just did a thing with him this week. It was really interesting because he’s taken a a very um uh controversial view about AI and that’s the debate we had. And he has obviously shifted his focus uh from being proTrump to something else. But, you know, I have to admit uh when I think about it, that is a possibility if he would uh align himself. I’m not sure what party he represents anymore. I think he is a selfproclaimed Republican, but um that’s interesting idea. The more I think about it, I can’t I can’t I know I laughed at it, but I’ve been thinking about it for the last couple of minutes. Yeah. I mean, the guy has a massive base. um he has a his own network now, which is something you kind of need these days in uh you need a really strong social media base to play um in politics and and to and to fight the fights in the seven states. You really got to have a good organization on social. So, I mean, I think it’s going to be fascinating. Um I think we’ll get a pretty good indication of what the themes will be in November. Uh affordability obviously remains a big one. um border remains a big one in in the US but AI could emerge as as a big one too. I mean it may be but I I think by then um I always look at these big you know AI kind of burst on the theme but it’s not really about data centers and power it’s about jobs I think is where it’s going and I don’t know if that gets resolved by you can always be a fearonger about the robots eating the babies and maybe that is an election issue I don’t know we’ll see it’s going to be interesting though cuz it it wasn’t an issue until 6 months ago. Jen, last word before we close out. Yeah, so look, I don’t think that a pro-Israel candidate can win. Uh, and so, but all of our politicians are trained to be pro-Israel. And apparently they have trouble reading polls. So, uh, I think that that, you know, a populist right versus populist left would in a sense be a dream. Um, because either way, you hope that they I mean, the key has to be that they have to be real. I mean, we’re so tired of these fake politicians in America. They never do what they say they’re going to do. They always back the donors. But if you got two honest guys, and by the way, maybe it’s Kana versus Massie, and that would be amazing. Or maybe it’s Kana and Massie, but there’s two guys who were clearly honest in Congress. And you know, I can name Bernie as my third. I’m going to struggle on the fourth one. So, there aren’t that many choices. So maybe we go populist, we go independent, and we go in a new direction because God knows that America needs a new direction. Kevin Jenk, thank you so much for the time. Um, I’ve been a fan of both of you for many, many, many years. I was saying to Jen before we started recording that I think I’ve watched Young Tuck since I was 19. And when I say watched, I mean really, really watched, not not casually saw it, but I would watch it almost daily when I was going through uh building my businesses and sort of coming into the professional world. So thank you so much, Jen. It’s a pleasure to have spent this time with you and Kevin. Again, I’ve been, you know, my my my favorite shark for I think 15 years now. Um, for many, many, many reasons. Thank you to both of you. Um, I really really appreciate it. And hopefully we’ll have this discussion again soon once all of this plays out because the answer to a lot of these questions has been I don’t know. And we shall see. So, we shall see. Thank you. Thank you. Thanks a lot.

  • 05/28/2026 – Bruno Fernandes: Roy Keane Twisted My Words. They Offered Me £200M, I Said No.

    In the in the football career, you go through a lot ups and downs and a lot of uh difficult moments. And uh let’s say the ones that suffered most family

    [ __ ] they um they see your good moments, your bad moments, your good side, your bad side also, but uh they always stand by you. Your time at Manchester United’s been a bit of a roller coaster like this. And so on that day when you get a big offer to leave Manchester United for a contract that was worth reportedly 200 million, why didn’t you go? It’s Captain Fantastic. Manchester United’s captain Bruno Fernandez has arguably become their greatest player in the post Ferguson era. There isn’t a single player in the Premier League who has more assists since his arrival. He’s won more club player of the year awards than Ronaldo, and only five players have scored more than his 70 league goals. So, I’m at the Manchester United training ground to ask him the questions the footballing world wants to know, including, “Recently, Roy Keane criticized your mentality based on a quote he claimed you said. How do you respond to that?” He came criticizing me, killing me, say that I’m not good enough, that I’m not a good captain, that I’m not the good player for the club. It’s okay. I don’t mind. What I don’t like is when people lie about things. I even asked Ole his number to have a word with him. Did you speak to him?

    Bruno. To understand somebody, I always think you have to start with where they started and the the early context that they grew up in. And we were just talking before we started recording about Porto. I’m on a journey to understand why you are the way that you are because you’re such an anomaly on the pitch and your your career. When I tracked the journey of where you’ve come from and how you continually were promoted and pushed forward at a very young age, it’s clear to me that your early context, your early upbringing and whatever it was that was present at that age has shaped you in some very very important way. What is the sort of earliest thing I need to understand about where you came from and that environment? For me, it’s all about family. is about taking care of other people and I think to succeed not just in in sports but in life you need to be you need to be very careful of of your surroundings. So I think the values of my family, the values of my of my parents were were what make me the person and the player I am today. The older I’ve gotten, I’m now 33, so I think I’m 2 years older than you, the more I’ve realized actually with time what I learned from my parents and like the values that my dad in particular gave me. He never for a lot of the things it’s not something he ever said to me. It’s like modeling what he did. So seeing how he behaved. Yeah. What’s that for you? It’s it’s kind of the same, you know, like um my father was never a person to to show his emotions too much or tell you what to do or how to do it. Uh you’ll just do it and you would understand by by by his behavior by the way he does things that uh that was his way of showing us how he has to be doing. was never a person of like hugging, kissing and stuff. He’s got now into that even when I come out of games and stuff you see like I I I always get his hug. I always get the his kiss and this is something that I as a kid I knew how much he loved me but uh in in this small aspects was always my mom giving this kind of love. He was more uh in the way of he was showing how things have to be done, how how much you have to sacrifice yourself to certain things. My dad was very strong with me in term of like games. Imagine I could come out of a game scoring two, three goals or whatsoever and my parents, my dad in this case will always pick up the bad moments I had in games to make me understand that wasn’t that wasn’t that was good but wasn’t great. It’s always margin to improvement, you know, it’s always small things. And I think I’ve learned such from such a young age to deal with criticism that I’m now in probably in one of the biggest clubs in terms of like getting criticism and attention. That doesn’t hurt me. Like I don’t like it. Obviously, no one likes to get criticized, but it doesn’t hurt me. It doesn’t change the way I behave. It doesn’t change the way I want to do things. But from the other side, it makes me understand there’s still things to improve. And I listen to that and I I I I look at my game and I see if he’s needed of changing of improvement in my game. And and my dad was always very strong in that with me. And I see nowadays the parents, you know, my dad never wanted me to be a footballer. He wanted me to become a better person, a better player on or a better student. Everything I wanted I wanted to do, he just wanted to me to do it at like 100%. You need you want to do this, you have to do the best you can. You can’t just be happy with you go to a test and let’s say in Portugal was from zero to 100%. And you have 98 and you’ll be the most happiest person in the world. No, you can be happy because that result is amazing. But you left 2% then that you still can improve. So you always showing me that even if was just a small thing or a small detail, you still have something more to do. You still still have something more that you can improve or become better. And that’s something that has stuck with me not just in football but in life. I don’t like to do things 50%, 60 70 or 80. Whenever I’m included in something, I want I want to go full. I want to learn as much as I can. I want to be the best version I can in that aspect, whatever he is. I mean, it’s it’s really interesting cuz I I I wonder to myself how you I think you started playing football at 5 years old. Yeah, five. And were you good from 5 years old? Were you different from your peers at a young age? In such a young age, I I never think about being a footballer. I just wanted to play football for life. I’m just happy playing football. I just want to have this ball in my feet every time, all time. And you joined uh FC Infesta. Yeah, that was my first club at 5 years old. I mean, I’ve got some photos of you as as a young man here. I’ve got so many photos here, but you must be roughly around that age then. And remarkably, I read that after one training session, they moved you into the older group and you played with people two years older than you when you were four, five years old. Yeah, I was five playing with a seven years old. Why did they move you into a different group? I went for the first session and it was a football session. Five aside uh but like an indoor thing. Um and uh after that first session, they told me that like no, you need to get on the grass. And then I think it comes just u you know I looked at the other players and at the other other people that were training with me and I didn’t want to be better than them. I just wanted to like getting getting at them was the same as getting as my brother that was five years older than me. For me it was no different. If I have to beat him up I will beat him up. You know like one v one I’m going to go past him. I have to tackle I’m going to tackle him. He’s going to tackle me stronger. It doesn’t matter. I tackle him again. And and I was I had no fear. And I think that was the thing that make me become better and better because I was never the best. Like technical ability, yes, I was good. Was the best? No. Speed. Was I quick? Yeah, I was quite the quick. Was the the quickest? No. I was the strongest. No. I was the tallest. No. But I had no fear of anything of that. I had to sprint with someone that was quicker than me. I’m going to speed with him and I’m going to I might not beat him, but I’m going to get close to that. I actually read that you were so aggressive that referees sometimes asked your coach at Infesta Sergio to sub you off otherwise they’d have to send you off. I mean that kind of correlates with what you were saying there about fear. Yeah. You were aggressive. I was I that’s what I mean like I had I had no fear, you know, like I I wouldn’t look at faces or sizes whatsoever and think like oh he’s bigger than me, you know, like he’s going to he’s going to be stronger than me or whatever. I would get into any any any ball in any moment in in in the game with with no fear at all. And this is probably the best times in my career between Infesta and Bu Vista because this one is Infesta. This one is at Vista when I just I stayed probably a year at Infesta and Bista got me straight away. There should be a button just down below here. And if it says subscribed, you’re already subscribed. If it says subscriber, that means you’re not yet. And if you’re not subscribed, please could you do us a favor and hit that button? It helps the show more than you know. And according to the algorithm, you’re someone that watches our show, but you haven’t yet hit that button. Thank you so much. And you moved quickly um up and up and up and up. And that was one of the remarkable things I noticed when I looked at you starting playing at 5 years old getting promoted to an older team and then quickly almost in all the clubs, you know, up I’m looking at when you were 17 years old and you left Portugal and moved to Italy to join Navara. Yeah. And after 3 months there, you were promoted to the first team. Um, and but then you very quickly joined Udinazi. Yes. And at Udazi, you met a guy called Franchesco. I can’t pronounce his surname, but Guidelini. Guidelini. Yeah. He was really, really formative in your career, wasn’t he? You were what, 18 years old? 18 years old. Yeah. Why was he such an important part of your career? What did he teach you or give you at Udzy? He was the manager that probably gave me the bases and the foundation to be fearless and express myself, you know, like to get my head out of so many things that were going on and as a young kid that has just made the step into the area. And he’s like, I need to now is the moment I need to show myself. But he was like, you don’t you you showed me that you have the qualities when you were in second division in Italy. That’s why we bought you. And to be honest, I was on the edge of coming to Watford on loan. Watford. Yeah. Because the it’s the same owners. Mhm. And uh we getting at the edge of the transfer window. They just bought me and obviously they had a big squad with a lot of players and they were like, “We’re going to send you to Watford. You’re going to you’re going to be there playing for them.” Blah blah. And I was like, “What have I done?” Like I wasn’t I wasn’t good enough. And then in the same moment they called me to go to the auto pack my stuff cuz it was like last days this pack my stuff. I was with with my girlfriend wife now and she was like uh don’t worry we’re going to we’re going to go anywhere else and you’re going to you’re going to succeed. And I said but why can I make it here? Like what what what was that I did wrong that like the manager is like not looking at me the same that is looking to other players and and in my head was like have I done something wrong? I’ve not like showed my full potential. Have I not shown that I’m good enough to be in this team? And I don’t know why in the middle of all this thought the sporting director called me again and says Bruno you can’t go anymore. The manager wants you to stay. He says he loved you. He loves your attitude. He want you to learn from him. He wants you to understand how he wants to play and everything. He says you might not play much this season but he’s pretty sure that you you are the type of player that will succeed at this club. And then we had many conversations. And I think when you want a manager for young players that very quick will play and will think like, “Oh, I’m I’m the guy now.” He’s going to make you understand, stay calm. I got you, but you’re still not there. And he was so good for me. It was like a father figure, you know, like, but not just for me. If you speak with every player that was there at that time, they knew they were important for him because he always showed that. And that’s why we made me so much more complete in terms of understanding the moments and the process that managers have to go through their heads and what they think about players that is better or whatsoever that you don’t understand. Whenever a manager puts you on the bench, you just think doesn’t like me. He’s he’s doing this because he makes he wants to make another one play whatso but the way he did it with me and all the players that were around me at that time, we were so happy that their environment was very very good. As a young man, when you’re this age, you’re 18 years old, what are your dreams? And if I’d asked you at the time, what does your future look like? What would you have said to me? As soon I I became a professional player, I I was like, I want to be on on on the top clubs. I want to play for for the big clubs. I want to be in the Champions League. I want to to play for trophies. I want to become the players I’m looking at. I want I want to become like them. Did you think you could? Yeah, always. I’ve never I never doubt. And at 22, you get a call um and you return to Portugal and signed a 5-year deal with Sporting in a deal worth reportedly 8.5 million. That next season, you scored 20 goals and added 13 assists, which was unheard of unheard of for a player in your position. And what I read as well is that Tottenham were interested in you at that time. Um, and it was it was at one point highly likely that you were going to end up moving to Tottenham. I’m very glad you didn’t as a Man United fan, but tell me about that. So Tottenham did call you. Yeah, the I spoke with Tottenham and uh we were very close to get an agreement done. Um then in the last two days or one day of market the sporting just said we we’re not going to sell him. We going to keep him because we need him. And u you wanted to go to Tottenham. Yes. Because I wanted to play in the Premier League. Why? Because for me he’s the best league in the world. He’s the most competitive one. is the one that I think when you grow up you dream to play for you know like full stadiums top clubs top players obviously I was I was lucky enough that my dream club to play in England was Man United then obviously Tottenham at the time was the option I had and I was very very happy to join them because they showed me the process that they were going through the manager that was there at the time they also really wanted me all the new things the new facilities and everything so I was very happy with the with everything that I could see uh going forward but uh it didn’t happen and for bigger reasons I I guess and then in January I got I got the call that uh I was I was hoping for for uh for two three years already. Tell me about that call cuz I know Manchester United has has been you know in your eye for a long time. I mean you I know you grew up watching people like Cristiano Ronaldo play for this club and I think when he I think when he first played for Portugal you were you were a young guy. You were like 8 or 10 years old or something and he had been a great star of Manchester United but but I think generally people of our age group we grew up in the heyday of Manchester United the Alex Ferguson era as well. So why Manchester United and can you zoom me in if I’m a fly on the wall when you get that phone call from your agent I guess that Manchester United are in I can see the smile on your face. I was um let’s say I was in my wardrobe. I was getting getting ready to go to bed. We just had to my wife was just putting uh kids to my daughter at that time. I only had my daughter uh to bed and I get the call from my agent. Uh I knew things were going on and everything, but after what happened with Tottenham, I didn’t want to put my focus on transfer windows. And I I never did it in every step of my career that I’ve changed club. I always said to my agent, whenever he’s like 95% that the club really wants me and he’s ready to make an offer, tell me. And then I decide if it’s like the right moment and I want to go. Apart of that, I I’m like, just keep him apart. Keep me apart. I don’t want to know it. I don’t want like to lose the focus of what I’m doing to something that I can’t control. And after the Tottenham thing, I was like even more because obviously I was basically done. And then all of a sudden last day Sporting just says like guys, oh, they text tom and say like we’re not going to make it. So he called me and he said, “Brun, so you told me to not speak to you until we had something like concrete.” Concrete, but just so you know, they also have agreement already everything. So it’s just on your side now to say yes or no. And I was like, like yes or no to what? And he said, “Come on, you’ve seen the news.” I said, my agent calls me, Miguel, the news are every day different. Every day they’re going to put a new club that is interested in me, so I’m not I’m not going to be focused on that. He said, “Okay, many night is coming for you. I know I know this is like what you want. So, just so you know, this is this is the one that you’ve been waiting for. So, it’s on you now to make a decision.” And then, uh, for like 10 20 seconds, I didn’t I didn’t said anything. I was I was crying, but I didn’t want to talk because, you know, like your voice starts going a little bit chalky. And then all of a sudden, my my wife gets into the wardrobe and he says, “I’m still on the call.” And she goes like, “Why are you crying?” and like him on the phone say are you crying? I was like just I turned that off and I was like Miguel just called me and then in the moment I’m trying to explain to my wife what’s going on. He’s calling me like repetitively like I need an answer and I was like and my wife was like why are you crying so like this is like what you have dreamed for? like this is this is the moment you you’re waiting for and I was like oh I don’t know it’s it’s just too much like I I’ I’ve never expected after everything that happened with Tottenham I would have got the chance to come to the Premier League again and having the chance to come to the Premier League with Man United is it’s it’s like 100% of the dream complete so obviously then like uh I just I just call him back and I said like I don’t even want to know anything else just tell them I’m going obviously I was very good at sporting and I was very happy there because I I really enjoyed my time at sporting because was when I became probably the best version of of myself as a player where I improved so much in that two years and a half but then was like the dream of playing for the Premier League and I think from every sporting fun they really understood that was was ready for me to to go and do the next step. And when you joined, man, I mean, here’s the famous photo of you signing with Manchester United. Yeah, it’s funny this the smile that you still have on your face when you look at this photo. Same. Yeah, it’s uh because I think when when you look back, as I said, like this is the the day your dream comes true. So it’s uh it’s probably professional wise I think I put this one and sporting together because of the importance that sporting had in my career but obviously this this was the cherry on on top of the cake because this is where I wanted to be. and you joined the club at a time when the club was in a bit of turmoil, struggling. You know, Sir Alex Ferguson has left. Um we’ve cycled through a bunch of managers and we’ve got um Olegana Solar is the manager at that point. I think the club was seventh in the Premier League when you joined. Um and it was going through a time of turbulence. You knew that Manchester United wasn’t the most stable club in the world, but you chose to come here anyway. And based on your rec record at sporting, you would have had a lot of other opportunities to join a club that was more stable. That was, you know, and it’s interesting because clubs can have a big impact on a player’s future. Players can have a big impact on a club, but it also goes the the other way. And as someone that runs businesses, you know, the environment you join has a huge impact on everyone’s behavior. No, no, irrespective of how hard you try. You chose to join a club that was at the time unstable. Look, the the game I looked before I came here was I think Burnley, United Burnley and United loses at home 2-1. I don’t remember exactly, but I know I know they’ve lost that game. And it was just like days before I came and I was like I I still think there is there’s a lot of potential in that team. And a part of having potential in that team, I’m joining one of the biggest clubs in the world. And I know that clubs go through periods where things don’t go the way they want, but sometimes it’s not just because they’re not great. It’s just because other teams are being better than them. And that’s that’s fine because in football you’re not going to win all the time. But the thing you can do is like you can bring your own values, your own experience, your own qualities and trying to help everyone else around you to become better, to become the team you want to see. And I think at that time that period of then we had the co time and all the stuff but that period from there to the end of the season the team was unbelievable and the season after we got second place and because we struggled in certain moments of keeping keeping up to to the standard of city that had a very good end of season but for me was like I wasn’t like how I’ll fix that. I was like I’m going to be the the magic magic powder that’s going to solve all the problems. But I really knew that this club had something special and for me to join it was was like I can be part of something that is going to become great again and I still believe that and obviously it can take time. It’s taking more time than I thought. Yes, of course. But at that time I had too many dreams in my head and uh they still are here and still a lot of things that I want to achieve. But this smile and this guy that came here in 2020 is is is still is still is still the same guy that wants to to win and succeed at this club. I’m wondering, you know, because there’s been so much said about the environment at Manchester United over the years. I I know a little bit about the environment when Sir Alex Ferguson was here because I interviewed a lot of his players and having been to Carrington before and uh actually going to the grounds and actually sitting in the hospitality lounge and waitresses coming over to me and talking about when Sir Alex Ferguson was here and how he knew everyone’s name and then how it changed. I it was really interesting to me to get a lot of this feedback because it highlighted how small things in culture can have a big impact right down to the the way players play. And there’s always a story that Gary Neville told me about with Wendy and her charity balls. He told me a story of the players walking past Wendy who got the charity ball signed for a local charity and one day a couple of them didn’t sign it. And so Alex Ferguson came downstairs and he quote [ __ ] killed us. And it’s it’s a strange thing to do like to care that much about a small detail in culture, but over time, Gary told me he he understands why Sir Alex Ferguson cared so much. So my question to you is really about the cultural evolution at this club and what the fans are desperate to know about like how it’s changed and how it feels different from the time you arrived in 2018 up until today. I’ve brought in my behavior, my the way I’ve been raised and all these things. And I think every different player has brought different things to the to the club. But I think one of the things that has to be always there is the respect for people. And I think that says for me is a non-negotiable thing. Like if any player comes to this club and he doesn’t respect the physios, the pe the stewards, the people that are in all the desks we have here, the people that work for us in the restaurant, the chefs and all these people that are around us taking care of us. Even if you don’t see it or if you don’t think it or whatever is for me it’s a non-negotiable thing that the respect has to be always there and more than respect the care you need to care about them because if you have a good foundation a good base of respect and and care in in your club it’s going to get better the environment gets better everything is more positive because I think and and this is probably the way I’ve been raised I treat everyone in the same way I don’t treat the players in a way that I don’t treat the clean lady or the people that are in the front desk or the people that the stewards and at the entrance you know if I say good morning to these ones I say good morning to these ones I don’t change that if I give handshake to this ones I give handshake to this one if I greet them as I’m greeting my teammates they will feel part of it they will feel involved they will feel as important as them even knowing that the role of them is completely different of the other ones because the the role of a CEO is one thing but if the cleaner doesn’t clean everything nice and leaves is everything prepared and well well done and everything. You will notice that something is wrong. You will notice that this is not the place where you want to work for. You do you notice that you don’t want to be the CEO of a company that has trash everywhere. Yeah. And so we why wouldn’t you greet the person that takes care of you, takes care of your place to look so good and to make an impact when people come in from the outside? It reminds me of something actually Johnny IV said. So Johnny IV is the famous Apple designer that designed all the Apple products that we know and love. And he said um it’s very hard to feel care. He goes, “But everyone can feel when someone didn’t care. You go to a restaurant and they didn’t care.” Small things. He goes, “But it’s like,” he said, um care is just this thing in the background, this ambient feeling you have when you arrive somewhere, but you can’t you can’t like point out exactly what it is, but you can feel it. That’s the thing. I think it’s more that you feel it, but you don’t see it. And I think touching this point I was I was talking about cleaners. My mom was a she was cleaning houses for work. So I never wanted the people that were cleaning the house to treat my mom badly or let’s say downgrade the work she’s doing for them because for example now I have a person that works in my house. I don’t allow my kids to talk badly to her. I don’t allow my kids to say grab that and put it in place. And I said it to her in the first day she came to work and I said, “If something is not in the in the right place, obviously I want you to clean. I want you to put things in place. I want all of this. But I don’t want my kids to tell you, oh that uh arrange that or put this in place.” No. If they want something, they can ask you, but first of all, they need to be respectful. If they can’t make it, they have to ask you, but in the respect way. But if it’s something that they can make, you have to make them make it. Not like, oh, you do it. No, just explain them how to do it. Show them the way so they learn with it. And this probably the way I behave with the people that work with me. It comes a lot because of my background of not like it to see my mom because I was not in the houses obviously. I don’t know if they treated well or not. My mom never said to me that any of the people that she worked for were bad bad to her or treat her in a in a bad way. So, I really think that that made me understand that because I I don’t want that for my mom, I won’t make that to other people. I’ve been a Man United fan since I was a kid. So, like my siblings were born in Manchester. I was saying to you before, I was born in um in Botswana in Africa, but because I’ve got two older brothers who are Man United fans, I very quickly became a Manchester United fan. I remember like 3 4 years old. And then as soon as I could, when I was 18, I moved up from the Southwest to Manchester at 18 years old and I lived here and went to my first Manchester United games. I’ve seen the club go on this incredible journey um from you know Sorax Ferguson’s era to this sort of period of transition to where we are now and it’s my observation my honest observation that after in the post Fergie era the club made some bad decisions as it relates to recruitment and culture. Um people often talk about um Edwards I’m not going to I’m not going to try and stitch you up in any way or get you to talk about anything particular. I’m just expressing my opinion. They talk about Ed Woodward’s uh strategy towards signing players and it being a bit flippant and then you look at the sort of group of lads that we had and just as a United fan watching on the pitch, I felt the culture was a bit confused because it didn’t seem like it seems now where it seems like there’s this really strong central agreement around the values. It felt a bit I don’t know a bit like we had signed players because they were famous or big but not because they fit. And I feel when I look at the club now, I go, “Oh, these guys kind of fit.” And whoever’s doing recruiting is thinking about character. It feels to me like there’s been this process over the last couple of years of getting rid of the wrong character profiles. And I think Amarim really spoke to this. He really talked about getting rid of the players that didn’t have the right character profile. Just to add one more line to this, I’ve spoken to a lot of players at the club in past and present and they expressed the same to me as well that there was an issue with sort of character profile that has now been solved for. And I think the main mistake that the club has done through the years that we’ve changed manager to manager, they were very different. And that’s already a bad sign not of recruitment because then you bring in players that fit that manager. But the next one you brought plays a completely different way and the three or four or five that you bought don’t fit this one anymore. And then you have to buy another four or five. Mhm. And then the constantly change of strategy in in in the club or in the way we wanted to play or whatsoever was not was not the best because then obviously it becomes that the players don’t suit anymore. The system is not even more the character then it comes up but it’s more the system. Then obviously we can talk about character that players that were certain players that were not a perfect fit for the club but you never know it until you bring it to the club. I think sometimes you can see it and I think is there players that I think the club by the behavior they have on the pitch or the behavior they have on on social media whatsoever you can see if they will be a fit for the club or not and I think the main thing for the club as you said there you need to bring good characters because that will be more important to build something that good qualities because good qualities they all they will have you don’t bring a player to Man United that doesn’t have qualities but if you can add the qualities to the character that’s a win-win Because the qualities will be moment that the quality won’t be as good as you want because players go through periods that sometimes they play very good, sometimes they play very bad but the character remains the same and that’s the character you want where they are on a low to be the right character to push himself to be on a high or at the same time when they are on the low to be the right character to push the other ones to be at at the top level. And I think that’s the main thing that the club has to do in terms of recruitment and everything is bringing people first of all that want to be a Man United to play for Man United, not to be a Man United just because he’s a big club. They want to be here because this is the club. They think and they really understand that they want to succeed with this club. They want to bring this club back to the days we were used to see Man United. I know it’s been 12 13 years. I know. We want that to get as short as possible to become that club that won 20 Premier League titles and is joined the most in the Premier League. So character in a football club is more important than the quality because the quality you always going to get it and you can improve it. This is what I heard from Patrice Ever. I remember him telling me that he met Sir Alex Ferguson in in an airport I think in France and Sir Alex Ferguson sat him down and said are you willing to die for Manchester United and he said yes. And so he shook his hand. and he said, “Welcome to Manchester United.” And that’s a different way of recruiting. He’s not testing if he can kick a ball well. He’s testing if he’s got the heart and that mentality that I think Fergie and previous sort of cohorts of Manchester United really really cared about. I think Sir Alex obviously he’s done mistakes in recruitment too because obviously not every player was great, but he always brings players in any time and any moment they would fit the club. And that’s the main thing I think in terms of recruitment but this is like something that is not for me to get involved but I will say it I understand the club has different manager comes in comes in and different ways of playing it whatsoever but the recruitment has to be from Man United because the player will get normally a 5 years contract and the manager will get two and you know that if he’s not something is not working the club always gets rid of the manager first then he gets rid of the player because it’s much more difficult. So I think you always have to bring players that fit the club and then you bring managers that fit the club and the players you’ve got and I think that says to be the the the thing that for example let’s talk about club and pet why they were so successful because they chose the players in togetherness with the club that will fit the club the system and the way they wanted to play and through the years have they done mistakes of course have they bought players that didn’t work yes but I think we’re more the ones that worked and the ones that didn’t. And the ones that didn’t work, I haven’t seen many of them coming out and talking bad about the club or about the manager whatsoever. Yeah, it’s difficult to be there and a club buy you for 50, 60, 70 million and then you don’t play. When you thought, oh, oh, I’m going to play cuz they paying this amount of money for me. I’m going to play. Then you get there, you don’t play. Of course, it’s difficult. But what I’ve seen is that they built in a way that the squad was strong enough to take care of those players that were not playing and were struggling. One of the things I’ve noticed as a change, especially this season, is all this social media distraction, people posting on their Instagram stories when they don’t play, their brother’s sister posting my brother should be playing, whatever. All of this sort of like social media stuff that some players were doing over the last couple of years seems to have vanished. And this is just an interesting, you know, we talk about small things being interesting signals. It’s one of the things I’ve noticed this year. there isn’t social media nonsense going on. How like I guess my question is is that something the club has done? Has there been have they sat you down and said stop the social media stuff or is it just a consequence of getting the right people together? I think it’s a little bit both but at the same time I think the club has to be the one being strong with the players when they see something that is not right or they don’t like it or it’s not good on the players on on the team on the attention this club gets. I think the the club needs to talk with them and with the agents, with the families, whatsoever that speaks out and says something because I think it’s also on the players to make the families and um everyone that is behind them understand that what they put out or what they say can have consequences on our careers. Do you do you talk to the players about this? I’ve if if I see something that I don’t like or if I see them posting or replying to some people on social whatsoever because for example from such a young age I’ve said to my parents I’ve said to my brother I’ve said to my sister I don’t want you talking without my like without me knowing it not because they don’t know how to talk or whatever but they not aware what can be bad or wrong they they might think they will going to say something that is going to be good for me but maybe has repercussions on other people and I don’t want them to do that So my parents never spoke, my brother never spoke, my sister never spoke when I wasn’t playing. Let people make noise, let people talk. Doesn’t matter what they say. I know for my mom, for example, she suffers a lot with this. And I say, “Take it in. Don’t care. Pray pray at your saints like you do to me all the time and and make sure they do the right thing for me cuz that’s that’s what matters.” And she she kind kind of like gets okay with that. Obviously I know that probably when my brother says something or my sister they want to reply to something they want to say it’s not true why why you talking about this my brother whatever I don’t want them to get involved in that because not going to be good for them not going to be good for me and it’s not going to be good for my environment and I don’t want that but I think that is because I was strong with my family in the in the first moment and I think that’s where we have to be I don’t go home to my family and saying like you know this manager this this manager that I might say what I like or I don’t like whatever But I don’t go in a way of like if I had someone that could put something out because I’ve been doing this, I I don’t care like to people to put out, oh, Bruno is training so well. Bruno is doing this, Bruno is doing that. I know I’m doing it. That’s enough for me. And it’s true because, you know, you’ve been through this this process of transition with Ollie, then Carrick, then Raph, then Eric, then Reuben, then Fletcher, then Carrick again. And actually, one of the remarkable things is I’ve never noticed your attitude towards the managers be any different. I can’t tell. I can’t tell. As far as I’m aware, you support them all. And that’s how it should be. I think if you’ve got a problem, I think as you know, player, you should go tell them. But we shouldn’t know, you know, and well, we don’t know with you. I don’t know what you think of them. I agree with that. First of all, I like every manager that comes in my way because I learn with them. And every manager that comes in has their own idea, has their own thinking, has their own way of playing, and they want me to do one thing, the other one, another thing, the other one, another thing. And for me, that’s good because they believe that I’m capable of doing different things that I was doing before. So, what I won’t give to the managers is the choice or the option in their head to think I’m not going to play Bruno. What do you do when you’re not happy about something though as the captain? Do you go have a chat with them? No, I do whatever they want me to do. If they think is the best thing for the team, I’m going to do it. Either I agree or not, believe it more or not. I make myself available for what they want to do 100%. If then it works or not, that’s on them to to decide to decide that if it needs to be changed or not. I’m not going to go to the manager and ask them to change formation, the way they play. If they ask me, I give my opinion. If they don’t ask me, I don’t say anything. What have you learned about what a good manager does and how to be a good manager from the six managers you’ve had? For me, look, through my career, I’ve always heard that, you know, like certain players should be treated in a different way than other players. I don’t believe in that. It’s like the same as having a business. you buy certain people to do certain things because you believe they the right person to do that. So I don’t think that you then should change the way you behave with them. You should probably approach them in different ways. I believe in that because I’m not the same as you. Yeah. So do you treat players differently on the pitch cuz you’re you know you shout at lots of your teammates. Are there some that you won’t shout at as much? I treat I treat all of them the same and I think they kind of getting to know exactly why I do it everything that we train in imagine let’s see during the week we train this and we have seen images of this we know what we have to do the managers has prepared for us for that I demand that at least I don’t I don’t care who you are we’ve been a full week preparing the training the game for this this we need to know how to do it then if you can make a pass or you can make a goal or you can make a tackle Well, that’s different. That’s the qualities I need from each one individually. But I’ve learned to talk with them in different ways, but with the same end result. Not like I won’t like go to one and say like being scared of saying things to him and the other one like because he’s younger whatsoever, I’m going to like shout at him. So, no. If I have to shout at this one, I’ll shout this one. If I have to shout at this one, I’ll shout at this one. If I have to praise this one, I’ll praise this one in the same way I praise this one. And I think that you can see in my interviews. I’m not afraid of saying what I feel. At the same time, I’m not afraid of praising players for what they have done or what they’re doing. Even if they probably in the moment, they did they haven’t done as much as they needed to get the praise. But for me, I think he needs that praise to get him to the next level. So, I’m going to give him something, but I make him aware. I’ve gave you something, but I’m expecting something more from you. It’s like my dad giving me like you need to be better. You need to do more because he knows I’m capable of more. And this is why I demand from the players. I demand I’m I’m I’m very strong on them because I I really believe in them. I have said this so many times to so many different players. It’s like trust me, the day I stop talking to you, the day I start shouting I stop shouting at you is because I don’t believe in you anymore and I don’t believe you can improve anymore. Your time at Manchester United has been a bit of a roller coaster like this kind of like up and down and up and down. You went second and then you dropped down the league your second and uh I mean the last two years have been a prime example of that finishing near the near the bottom end of the table and then this year back up to third. I’m wondering as a fan when things get bad and you hear all these sort of rumors breaking online that the manager is going to be sacked. Does that impact the dressing room? Like do you guys in the dressing room because you’ve been through it so many times where a manager has been removed. Do how what’s that like when you know things are going bad? No, first of all, you feel it for the manager is is the first thing because I think obviously certain players will feel it more than others because it’s that players that play more than others and they obviously the ones that probably don’t play, they don’t like to see managers going. But at the same time, if a new manager comes in is a new opportunity for them to probably get into the team more times they were getting before. And I think going through the process of changing manner is probably the worst thing in in in sports because it’s starting from zero again. And either either people believe it or not when you’re through a process you want to get to the end of the process and understanding what’s what that has gave to you as a player and what you can do more with that staff with that team uh and with that manager to go even further more. Why didn’t you lose hope? Because you went through that process of starting from zero making progress manager goes back to zero. Making progress manager goes back to zero. You know why? Because every time I’ve spoke this with yogo before, every time you come for preseason is like a new start and you always get that belief of like this is going to be the this is going to be the time. This is going to be the time is moments through the season that you you get this belief that things are not going well. But the main thing I have is belief in myself. So I always think if I do things right and I take people to do things right and I help them to do things right as a team we still have a chance of pushing ourself into positions we want to be and this let’s say this season has been that case because we strug we struggle obviously we didn’t change manager because of results because we were two points behind second place and like five points behind first place we were same points till I think from third to seventh place was everyone with the same points something like that. So we were we wore there was something different with this with the club that they felt that the the trust between them was was broke or whatsoever and they kind of decided to start a new process and that was bad because for us when Reuben came what was passed from the club is like this is going to be a process but we’re going to go through this going to be good and bad times but we’re going to go through this. Obviously then the club decided that it was time to part ways and you started from zero for from with Michael but then you’ve got results and you went to the end of the season and you finished third and you finish what doing probably in the time Michael was here till the end of the season till till now is we probably the team that has made more points. What did Michael change? I think in in the first moment what what what Michael tried to do is like to give stability to the team because as every manager understands when you come in after a break, you understand that you need to give stability and peace of mind to the players to get back to the level he thought we could have. and he brought the foundation and the base that has been in this club u from the time he played till the time he managed and then he left. So he knows he knows the club, he knows how the club wants to play and he knows what the fans want to see. How is he different? Like what’s what tactically or from a character perspective, what does Michael bring as a manager? I know as you know just an hour ago or so it was announced that he’s going to be the Manchester United manager going forward. um which is great news. Um but what what is if you had to describe him to me as a leader and a manager, what how is he different? I think he’s a very he gives you a a lot of calmness, you know, in terms of uh why he wants from the team, the way he demands, the way he coaches. Um, he gives you he gives you a good way of going to the game with with a good peace of mind but with a lot of responsibility because I think from the time he was here with Sar Alex he gave a lot of responsibility to the players to make decisions and to make choices on the pitch that have to be on you. He gives you the base. He gives you the foundation. He gives you certain rules that is like the non-negotiable ones. But then he also knows and he wants us to take some responsibility to the game that things might change because you prepare a game full week obviously. But then the team could come and uh do a different thing like you prepare to play against a 4-33 because they always played 433 and then they come and they play 352 and then you go like oh and now the manager come be on the sideline telling you where to press, where to go. So as a as a players have the foundation, have the base, have the rules, non-negotiables and from there on we need to find a way of like okay let’s imagine we can’t press because they’ve changed everything and the press we prepared was not was not the one we needed. Let’s get compact. Let’s get together. They don’t get into our block. When we have the ball we play with the ball. we get into the off time and then the manager will give us the message that he wants to give or whatever he has seen that we need to do differently in a way of getting a better result from the from the pressure and I think that’s what he gave to us the calmness and the way he prepares games was very good but when things were not going in the way we wanted he gave responsibility to the players to like make it work then we solve it ah so like a bit of freedom to it’s not exactly freedom because freedom is a different thing It gives you freedom with the ball to make decisions because he says that’s your responsibility on the ball. I can’t tell you where to pass the ball. I can’t tell you where to shoot. I can help you where the space is going to be. And I think that the most important thing for a player is knowing where space is going to be. You need to know where spaces are to then play with it. You know that they have big gaps there that we can hurt them from there. And this is the message that Michael has passed to the team. It’s like if we attack from here, they have less people on this side. We can bring more people in the box from this side. We want a very good counter press because they have two strikers. So we need to have three people in the back. Two of them mark, one of them stays behind. So this is the small things and the foundation that he give to us. But then he he says many times I can’t tell you where to pass. I can’t tell you where to shoot. I give you the solutions but might not be there. So you have to find a way of making the good pass, the good shot, the good decision because I’m not going to be in your head in that moment. in your head it’s going to be the ideas I gave you and some of them will be good some of them won’t won’t work out so you have to make a way of like understand the good ones I gave you and the other ones that are not working well you need to find a way of make it work so it’s more just he gives you the principles uh instead of specific instructions on how to play and what to do kind of gives you but then he lets you balance through the game okay he lets let’s say he lets the players read the Because in 90 minutes many things happen and not going to always happen what you see in the video. Hopefully yes but not always. For example, let’s say we had the chance against um Nottingham Forest that I pass the ball through Brian and he scores. We have seen the same chance from Villa against Forest. The exact same chance, exact same movements, exact same passes. And we’ve seen that. We visualize that and that’s why that works because we had the ideas. We knew we could make that happen and we made it. Does he get angry cuz he seems like such a calm guy when you see him in press conferences. He’s very calm and very you know. Yeah, he did he did he did hungry one once or twice but he’s very calm in the way he speaks. But I think I think everyone gets hungry anyway. But uh he’s a very calm presence and he’s is is someone that speaks very well, knows the timing, the words, uh he knows what to say. Um and whenever he got when he let’s get let’s say more aggressive within us was was the time that we needed to to get that from him. And the way that you play is interesting because it when I was looking at um a bunch of your quotes over time, but also how I think about business, you are a player that takes more risks than most people. And we talk a lot about failure in business and how you have to increase your rate of failure to to to get better outcomes. But you’re a player that is not shy of taking a risk and you play in a way where you you sometimes lose the ball, but you also, as we’ve seen this year in many other years, you often are generating more opportunities than any other player on the pitch. How do you think about this? Because the way you play means that sometimes you’re going to make a lot of mistakes. You’re going to lose the ball more so than other players. I’d argue even more so than some of the previous midfielders we’ve had like Carrick who would often choose a more safe option than trying to play it through a thin gap. What’s your attitude towards risk? I think it’s always riskreward. You know, you you need to understand how much reward you’re going to get from that. Um and if taking that risk is good for the team or not. Let’s say the position I play. You need that is has to be one of your main skills to take risks to do things that the game demands from you and to make sure that your team teammates in the front get the ball in the positions that is going to be the rate of success for them to score a goal is going to be higher. I might miss two or three times, but if I get one right, that can become a goal for us. And I think there’s nothing better than a riskreward that is a goal. So I think when you play as a number 10 position, obviously you don’t want to lose the ball. You have to make that as less as possible. But in certain positions, you lose the ball more often than others. Wingers will lose more the ball on one v1s than midfielders do. Fullbacks will do normally more crosses than center backs will do. Number sixes will make more tackles than a striker will do. So is a balance in the team that you need to have. Let’s imagine I played with Kobe and Cassad. They not a risk player. So if I take four times, let’s say uh risky pass and they take one each, that’s six times a game. So I need to be the one that takes four. They need to be the ones that take one one each because the responsibility they have in the team is the one that they make the team play from the buildup, push the team forward to then get the ball into the players that have to take the risks because if you don’t have the players that take the risks, you’re going to end up bubbling. And we talk like for example let’s say Man City there is a team that’s that let’s say Guardiola Tikitaka all these things the Bruin was the player that take the risks Cherokee is now the player that take the risks Philen Douku Mahrez will be the ones that taking the risks on a 1 v one. Has a manager ever told you to take less risks? Eric told me to take less shots from the outside of the box. He showed me a a board with my success rating of shots on target, shots off target, and goals. Showed me the positions where I was more effective. And he told me, I think you need to get more into these positions to then make your shot. Into what positions? Let’s say close to the box like in in the position we will see the box and you would say like more towards the left hand side, you score more goals. more towards the right hand side, you’re you aim more the goal towards the middle of the of of the of the edge of the box, you miss more shots. So, it was like get more into the left side or get more into the right side or close range, long range. So, but then obviously is is is we come back to the risk and reward cuz sometimes obviously you’re going to score a great goal from 25 yards out. But how many times you going to do it out of five? if you maybe score one and he’s a lot already. So I need to make that risk become less and less and less getting more risk probably from 18 yards because there the possibility of me scoring a goal it might be three in five because I’m much more closer. I can put more power on the ball. I can be much more effective. I’ve spent the last decade building and investing in companies and so often the conversation around marketing budgets follows the exact same pattern. The budget gets approved, but then the results don’t come back. And most of the time, the creative pitch and the offer is fine. The problem lies with the audience. Ads reach people who will never buy or refer, nor do they have the power to sign off anything at all. And this is why so much budget gets wasted. LinkedIn ads, who are a sponsor of this podcast, lets you reach them specifically by job title, seniority, company size, industry, the skills that they have, and much more. You’re no longer hoping your ad reaches the right person. Instead, you’re defining exactly who sees it. And LinkedIn Ads drives the highest B2B return on ad spend across all major ad networks. Give them a try at linkedin.com/diary. And if you spend $250 on your first campaign, you’ll get a $250 credit for your next one just by going to linkedin.com/diary. Keep this to yourself. Terms and conditions apply. Of all the things I thought would ever turn up on my desk, a red light toothbrush was not one of them. Here we are. This is made by our sponsor Bond Charge, and you’ll probably know of their red light face mask and their infrared sauna blanket because I use them religiously, and I’ve spoken about them on this podcast before, but their toothbrush is new to me. I was sent one of these a few weeks ago, and ever since then, I’ve been using it religiously because I love their products. And this is the first toothbrush that combines both red light and near infrared light with sonic cleaning at the same time. The same red light technology that’s used for skin and inflammation is now built into a device you already know so well. And I’m using at least two times a day at the moment to clean my teeth. It’s great for your gums, for stimulating gum circulation, and for soreness. And the best part is it’s not an extra thing to add to your routine. It just replaces your current toothbrush. If you give it a try, you’ll get 20% off at bondcharge.com/doac. And also, you’ll get free shipping and a one-year warranty. That’s bondcharge.com/dac.

    You’ve had lots of managers, so they’ve all asked you of different to be, you know, playing different positions. But on on this pitch here, where is it that you you like to play the most? I think the positions where I can be more effective is this square. Let’s say here I would say let’s let’s put it like this. Okay. Yeah. No, just just need a square. Oh, you just need a square. This is let’s say imagine we attacking this side. This this is the spaces where I think I can be more effective in this square here. And different managers asked you to play in different positions within here because for example uh let’s say let’s put here with Ruben he used to play three at the back one wing back two midfielders uh another wing back and striker two times with Reuben I played a lot of times here in this position when he first came and he wanted me and and in this position ition. These two more more than often you wanted me to be one of these two to help here to help these two midfielders to build up and to get this guy higher in a position when he can be in the last line and to get the ball into these two. So what position would you call that? Like left if this was the left 10, let’s say, but he wanted me to play more like as a left midfielder. Okay. To help them to like first of all to have more stability in the middle. second to get the ball going forward to take the risk of passing the ball forward. Then I played a lot of times here. What we’re going to do is we’re going to make you unfortunately we’re going to make you blue just so we can see which one you are. Okay. Okay. So in this one when I played here many times you wanted me here because they were pressing let’s say three against three and he wanted me to come and do the overload. So we had one more player to build up. So they will open up this ones a little bit more get this one more expensive. Normally it was Luke Shaw and as a fullback he was used to play in this space and so then we could drive the ball and they couldn’t press with the three they had. They wouldn’t be able to press because we always had this one also to bounce the ball. Then whenever we go up the pitch with the ball he wanted me here. Reuben did. Yeah. He wanted me to play more a little bit more higher to be one of the 310s and make this line of 310. Then for example with the Ole I was playing we would play like four two three one and I will be the number 10 and you wanted me to do this. Uh okay go across and sometimes you wanted me to do this and get the ball here or here to make the long passes and to make the switches to the to the wingers. I think this bit here in the middle is where I’m more I can I I think we all can see the best version of Bruno. If you ask me where I prefer to play, anywhere on the pitch. I think for the way we play, this is the position I I can be more effective. But I think I really enjoy to play here because I really enjoy to get the team to play. And if you I played many times with the tenag like this. Mhm. I was the number six playing with 28s and I really enjoy it to play here and it make make myself being different a different player more aggressive off the ball. Someone that has to cover spaces for this ones regardless of where you are on the pitch which can change. What is non-negotiable in terms of how you play? Commitment. That’s that’s non-negotiable. like the commitment I have for what we have to do. It doesn’t change by me liking the position or not, me preferring one position or the other. Um that that won’t change. Um I think running, fighting, and team spirit can never miss. It doesn’t appear to me that you ever get tired. And also one remarkable thing about you is you don’t seem to ever get injured. I get tired and I got injured unfortunately. Oh, but how How does that happen? Cuz I watch you run it be the 89th minute and you’re running up and down still. Is that genetic or is that something you do in training? What is that? I think obviously I’ve I have to say that I have good genetics, but um is I I was talking with Yog about this the other day also in and the nutritionist about like genetics how how you how you treat yourself and everything. Uh but then then at the same time I said to them, you know what’s different on me than the other ones because I always train 100%. I make the training as a game. I don’t care. I go full and if I I I don’t feel good, I I I need to make some extras. If I feel that the training wasn’t like enough, let’s do something else. Let’s do some shots. Let’s do some crosses to someone. Let’s do something that can make me go out of training and feeling like I’m tired. Why is that important? Because I think in the game you need to get tired and then you know like for example when you when I’m training shooting practice or last third passes I rather train that when I’m tired because going to be the last 20 minutes of the game your brain is not going to work in the same way it was working in the beginning because you get tired and you get to think slower a little bit. So you need to be able to train your body and your brain when they are tired. And I think if you do that in training, when you get to the game and you start getting tired, your brain is used to that also. Your body is used to be tired and he knows how to react into into that moment. These core principles that have been central to how you play have led you to being given this the captain’s armband which was quite there’s lots of talk of it at the time because Maguire was the captain before you and it’s quite typ atypical for the captain to be displaced while they’re still at the club and for someone else to be brought in. And as fans from the outside we wonder how Maguire takes that how Harry reacts to that but also what that means to you to become captain of uh your dream club. No, obviously for me was was a strange time because I was not expecting, you know, uh Tenner called me to his uh office to speak with me and to ask me if I wanted to be the captain of the club because he had decided to change the captain and he wanted me to be to be the one to lead the team from now on. Uh obviously first thought was like very grateful. um like in something that I’ve never dreamed about, you know, like you you can have many dreams, but you don’t dream about being the captain, you know, like of your club. And I think the second thought was like this is going to be tough on Harry. And the first person that I spoke with after I got out of that was Hari because he knew already. I think the manager spoke to him and before I said yes, I went to speak with him. uh because the the manager basically made me the question if I wanted also like he didn’t said like you’re going to be the captain that’s it point he asked me and I went to speak with Ari and the first question I made was if he was leaving the club because obviously as you said is not something normal I’ve never been through this in in my whole career and I spoke with him about that the offer that they gave it to me and to be honest to him and he said he said like if is there someone that that deserves that is you and I’m I’m very very happy that is is you getting the captain armband that uh if I have to take care of for myself I think you really deserve that and I think that was the point that made me understand I was doing things right you know uh obviously I know for him was very difficult and I don’t think he would have said something bad even if he felt it uh to me but the way we spoke and the way I think I’ve been treating him through these years also in the same way of like I said straight away to him like you might have lost the Arman but he’s still one of our leaders and that won’t change everything that we’ve been through because Ari when he was the captain we always make decisions together also because I was one of them and that hasn’t changed now because every time I have to do or take some decisions for the team I speak with certain players and Harry is one of them that is always there and your performance this season speaks for itself. Uh you’ve won you’ve well you’ve done 34 appearances which I think is an achievement in and of itself cuz a lot of players aren’t that consistent on the pitch. Um you’ve scored eight goals, 20 assists. You’ve got 12 player of the match awards which is the most by any player in the Premier League. Six player of the month awards and only Sergio Agüero Harry Kane and Muhammad Salah have more. All of them have seven. And you’ve also won some Matt Busby’s player of the year award for the fifth time the most by any other Man United player. And this that’s an award voted by the fans and there’s other awards that I know you’ve won uh in recent times. I saw you on stage the other day winning more awards. What has what’s happened? Why why are you sudden you know you’ve had you’ve been consistent throughout the whole time since you’ve been at the club, but this year seems to stand out for some reason. No, I think I think for this season first of all I think when the team shines the individual comes up and I think this season is being much better from the last let’s say two seasons. At the same time, uh I think the assists record and all this going around made made me having a lot of headlines and and and and stuff like that obviously is is an achievement that hasn’t been done for any player. It’s just Kevin De Bruyne and Tierry. So I’ve got the little graph here. It says, “Yeah, Kevin De Bruyne.” Thierry actually spoke to to Thierry about this as well and he sends his regards to you. Congratulates you on um joining him up there um with with the record. Yeah, it’s it’s something like that I’m very grateful for, you know, like we I put I put my name in this in this case with them up there is something something that I’ve never dreamed about or thinking about. I like I probably start thinking about that when I got probably into 16 17 assists. I was like, “Oh, I’m I’m actually getting closer now.” uh but it was not something that was in my head because in my head is always improving my last season and getting better numbers, better outputs, better performance and was never in my mind that I would go to 18, 19, 20 or whatsoever. Uh but obviously when you start getting close, you start thinking about a little bit and then all of us as fans start watching the games to see if you can do it and then and then obviously I think um I’ve been very consistent in terms of performance during my six years here but um probably other years were people that stand out that more than me and that’s why I probably didn’t got as much attention as I did this season with being captain and with being at the biggest club in the world I think in terms of fan base. Um, with that comes pressure and responsibility. The world talks about you. You know, no matter what industry you’re in, an occupational hazard of of being at the very very top or the peak of your powers or being even better is more and more talk. And, you know, I think especially because of this, people are talking even more about Bruno Fernandez than I’ve ever seen. You know, my group chat, I’ve got Man United group chat and we’re watching the game. We’re watching you. We’re willing you to we were willing you to reach this record, which you did. And now because you’re, you know, people are saying you’re the the player of the year in the Premier League, they’re they’re giving you all these big awards. With that comes even more criticism. And I think this is where your childhood has prepared you. Yeah. Your dad sounds like your dad prepared you. I I wanted to I wanted to clear something up because it was on my mind. Um, and I imagine it’s frustrating for you, which is when your words are twisted in the media. And recently Roy Keane criticized your mentality based on a quote he got completely backwards. He claimed you said, “I should have shot, but I made the passes.” And used that to suggest that you were chasing individual assist stats. But everyone who actually listened to the interview, including myself, knows you said almost the exact opposite. You were being self-critical of yourself in saying you should have passed the ball instead of shot because you wanted the best for your team. And so, interestingly, because I’ve spoken to so many of your your players, your, you know, your teammates over the last couple of days about you, they also told me that this is the exact opposite of your mentality on the pitch and off the pitch. And I know it must be frustrating for your leadership style to be sort of misrepresented in that way. Um, how how how do you respond to that? Like, how do you deal with that when you hear it and you go, “That’s not what I said.” Yeah. To be honest, like I’ve always said, I don’t mind criticism. I’ve always take criticism from everyone and anyone and I never reply to anything or whatsoever. People have an opinion, they think it’s good, bad, whatever. What I don’t like was when people lie about things and this case that you said about working basically what he said is a lie because you can either either he saw some other interview or he can’t say that I said one thing that I’ve just not said. And luckily for me is everything on record. Imagine if he wasn’t like then people will think like oh yeah Bruno is is the guy always trying to got the assist but one thing that is consistent is my number of creation is always the same. So it’s not that I’ve been trying to reach this now no I’ve been creating chances since I came to the Premier League probably more than anyone else. So he hasn’t changed that my type of play or him of play or way of playing hasn’t changed since I came to the Premier League. It’s not that this season probably Roy Keen saw someone like Bruno creating more because he wanted the assist record. No, he’s seeing the same Bruno that is about risky reward. He’s about creating chances for his teammates. Is about getting the best out of the other ones. Because the thing is like you will get criticized anyway. If you say if you are scoring goals, you’ll get criticized because you’re not passing the ball and you’re shooting. If you if you if you’re doing assists is because you’re passing too much and you’re not shooting to score goals. So, it’s going to always be like that. people will always make the the the balance the way they want. They won’t balance thing. They will put it the the way they want to the things to be. And obviously, I think I’ve always showed a lot of respect for for Raen and for everything he’s done for the club and for everything he’s is is um he’s always said I’ve never ever had something to say. I’ve never said something wrong. I even ask Ole his number to text him to be honest to to to have a word with him to say like that. I don’t mind the criticism. I don’t like when people lie about things that I say because this is like it goes a little bit over the top of the things that I think are acceptable. I accept the criticism. I accept that he can say things that I don’t like and I don’t like to see it. But as I said before that improves me. Uh what I don’t like is that people make their own words on what I say and it’s not true. He can criticize me, criticizing me, killing me, say that I’m not good enough, that I’m not a good captain for him, that I’m not the good player for the club whatsoever. It’s bad. Is is okay. I don’t mind. Is it is your opinion I like it? No. Obviously, I prefer Roy Kim to give me some praise sometimes because I’ve achieved something that not many players have achieved. I understand that this club is about winning trophies. I’ve never take that of my mind. I’ve always said in front of everyone that I want to win the Premier League and the Champions League. I never said I wanted to be the best Prem player in the Premier League. Never. Never one time any person has uh heard that Bruno wanted to uh get the assist record or get the goals record or get the player of the season or get um being better than anyone else. No, Bruno wants the club to be successful. Bruno wants the club to win trophies and that’s all Bruno wants. I accept his criticism. I accept that he he might likes me like me as a player or not, likes me as a person or not. But what I don’t like is that he puts words in my mouth that has not been said. That’s the only thing I don’t like. Well, I am I I did actually ask your your teammates what you were like and uh I asked them on and off camera, on and off the record. I couldn’t get some of them to be very serious, but um what I what I received is lots and lots of voice notes from lots of lots of your your former players. I text around uh last night and I’ll play you what they said. My friend Bruno, taking this opportunity to spread some love to you. I just wanted to take this opportunity to tell you how much we value you as a player and as a person. I think not many people get to see how are you after the games and uh outside of the pitch. So I would say that’s one of your best qualities. The way you care, the way you one of the first to help everyone. Leadership, your consistency, that’s something that I take from from example and you know it. It’s been a lot of years together right now. So hopefully this this can continue and we can win so many things and so much much more things together. Skip Tom for me. You’re a world- class footballer. consistently world class as well. Um, which is which is very difficult. I think everyone knows that how good you are. But I think more importantly from from my view is how you are as a human being. And that’s a side that not many people get to see. You know, the caring, compassionate, supporting, demanding at the right times. But yeah, I think for me that that is by far and a way probably your best quality. It’s why you’re the the leader of this team and and such a good human being. So for me, proud to call you the captain, but more importantly a friend. So top class. I mean, what he does on the pitch obviously speaks for itself, but I mean away from football, he’s he’s an unbelievable human being. The way he treats people, looks after people, the way he lifts others when they need it, and I feel like the respect he gives everyone around him that says everything about his his character. And I feel like I’ve been lucky to spend a number of years with him. And he’s one of them people that you you kind of appreciate having around you every single day. He’s the type of player who makes people around him better without even trying. We love you, Capitano. We love you, Capitano. I mean, I had so many more, but we just don’t have the time. Yeah. And now it’s just uh you know the standout from that for me is just uh the way they speak uh from me as a person not more as a player you know like uh and you you picked some people that I’m very demanding on them you know like um Diego and Luke as as being probably the players have been more time with me. Tom is probably up there with Harry, Harry, Luke, Diego, and then Tom and his uh is people that I really respect a lot. But as as I said to you, like it’s not what they say about me as a player, is more what they say uh from me as as as a person that uh that makes me very proud and very happy because uh you you can be a good player and I’m going to meet a lot of good players in in the world of football and you can train with a lot of them and and meet them a lot. But uh I think that uh what it stays at the end is like the way you behave as a person and I like to see that I have the good values that my parents showed me. That’s what I said at the start when you started describing what your parents had instilled in you back in Porto. It sounded like what all your colleagues and your the players you play with said to me as well because I’ve done this before and people will say, “Oh, he’s a great player. He’s amazing.” Whatever. But what was consistently true through all of those messages and there’s so many more is they all chose to speak about you as a human. Yeah. And that’s clear that clearly comes from what whatever your parents did at a young age. Why does that mean so much to you? I can see it in your face. No, because as I said to you, uh I think as a player you can be as good as you want. like uh at the end of the day I think the way you behave and the way you treat people around you is the most important thing because you spend so much time with them that uh they kind of uh become part of your day by day you know like you see more there often than then I see my parents for example I I obviously my wife and my kids is the people that I see the most but then after that is them I don’t see my friends from Portugal as often as them my parents my brother my sister I I see more them and and the way I behave the way I’ve been raised, the way I want to live my life and the way I want uh my kids to be is is the way they have uh they have said the things about me and this makes me very proud.

    Why what is that emotion? I don’t know. It’s just like uh it’s good to hear that. Just just that.

    It’s so interesting cuz I don’t think any anybody else that I’ve met would respond how you’re responding to hearing people talk about you as a man and as a human. I don’t know. I’m just a a soft guy. It doesn’t look on a pitch, but I’m quite quite the soft guy. One thing I’ve learned from interviewing a lot of founders and building companies myself is that trust is the real currency of business. It’s the thing that gets customers to buy, partners to say yes, and investors to back you. But as you grow, trust stops being just a feeling and becomes something you have to prove. Because the bigger you get, the more exposed you are. Customer data, security expectations, regulations, all of it. And the risk of one small mistake becomes incredibly significant. And if you’ve ever tried to scale while keeping on top of all of that, you’ll know it can become a full-time job. But our sponsor Vant automates your compliance processes and brings compliance, risk, and customer trust together through their AI powered platform. And the companies already using Vant say they spend 82% less time on audits because of Vanta’s platform. So if your organization wants to inject time back into building and growing, make sure you head over to vanta.com/diary. That’s vanta.com/diary.

    I’ve done almost 700 interviews with some of the most interesting people in the world. And one of the things you learn which is unexpected is that vulnerability is the doorway to connection. And after sitting here for 2 three hours with a guest, I feel a deep sense of connection to them. And as they leave, what I get them to do is to write a question in the diary of a CEO. We’ve taken all of the questions from the diary of a CEO. We have put the question here on this card with the name of the person that wrote it. So you can sit at home as I do with my fiance and my colleagues at work and other people in my life. Whenever we get a minute, we play the diio conversation cards and it is incredible what happens. These are great if you’re in a romantic relationship and you want to connect your partner more. These are also great if you’re in a team and you want to bond your team together. And I have to say they’re also great for families that want to learn more about each other and that need a good excuse to spend some time in a digital world in the analog environment connecting human to human. It is remarkable what the right question at the right time can do. Go to the diary.com and you can get these conversation cards right now. One of the things I learned through my investigations is that you have a a clause in your contract, and you don’t have to confirm or deny this. I’m not going to ask you to, but what I what I discovered is that you have a clause in your contract which allows you to leave for I I was I found out 60 million. And you chose not to leave Manchester United. You got a very very very large financial offer. I mean, I’ve seen some of the numbers that are reported up to 200 million to leave Manchester United and you chose not to leave. You could have rode off into the sun, sir. You frankly, I think the way you were playing, you could have gone to almost any club in the world. You could have got paid more and probably would have had a a more certain guarantee of winning silverware. And for some reason, you chose to stay. when that offer came in reportedly from the Middle East that you know the big offer that we’re hearing for a contract that was worth reportedly 200 million. Why didn’t you go? Uh I I said it before I I haven’t fulfilled my dreams here, you know, at this club. Was that a conversation you had with your wife? Yeah, also what was that conversation? She seems to be there all the time when you make these big decisions. Oh, of course she’s the one uh probably I never make a decision by myself because obviously moving around nowadays with two kids has has a lot to say obviously um and uh more than uh I don’t know become most richest person in my own town. I want to live my dreams and pass through the values to my kids that they they need to have and my family is always going to be the number one priority in everything I do. Um because they followed my dream. Uh, [ __ ] you. They um they my wife obviously I know on the other side it looks great life obviously a lot of money good a lot of good things but she chose to leave my dream with me and that’s says a lot about her because let’s say that uh when she chose to do that I was 17 years old going to a club with uh one point like let’s say uh oh you say 1500 you say 1,500 yes a month uh in Italy uh a lot of um uncertainty let’s say she had uh her own life she had uh her own dreams and uh obviously She she said like, “I’m I’m going to help you.” And uh that’s what she did since uh since day one until now. So she always has a say on everything I do. And you’ve been with her since you were 16. You’re 16. Yeah. 16. She was 16. Now I was about to be 17. So more or less. And uh and then after that we have we have constructed a beautiful family. two beautiful kids. Yeah. And so on that day when you get you get a big offer to leave Manchester United, she’s the first person you speak to. Of course, as always, I spoke obviously first my agent cuz he speaks with me about the offer, but then the first thing I did was call her and I was in uh I think was Hong Kong there. we were uh like we went on the postseason tour and uh the timing was not the best to talk with her because of the time difference and everything but she was there again and uh what uh the words she said was like have you have you achieved everything you wanted to achieve in your career and is is this the next step you want to give for for your future and for your career like because obviously this is the league I want to be this is the best league in the world. This is where I’m going to enjoy my football as I’m not going to enjoy it in any other place. So, we we still have uh dreams to fulfill. Why does that make you emotional? I don’t know. talking about family. It’s uh it’s tough just because um in the in the football career you go through a lot ups and downs and a lot of uh difficult moments and uh let’s say the ones that suffered most of them because they see your good moments, your bad moments, your good things, your bad things, your good side, your bad side also. But uh they always stand by you. So that’s the most important thing you can have in life.

    And she’s always been there. Yeah. She looks like my fiance a little bit. She Portuguese. Portuguese girl. Yeah. Very down to earth, I hear. Yeah. She’s she’s the one that pushed me down to earth also when I’m probably getting too much or feeling too big. She’s always also very very tough on me to make me understand that’s all the things to improve. It’s my let’s say she’s the second version of my dad

    probably that’s why I chose her and she chose me in certain way. Does she know this? Does she know? Have you been able to tell her? Yeah. Yeah, I’m uh she’s not she’s going to I can’t say the word what she’s going to say after she sees this and she’s me crying. She’s going to say I’m very soft. I won’t say the word exactly, but let’s say I’m the affection one, you know, the one that likes Uggs, that likes uh she’s she’s more I don’t know. She’s she likes she’s she I think she she’s through her life she had uh she had many things going on and she built this thing around her that she doesn’t need let’s say she doesn’t need much love or whatsoever but is there many moments where I know she needs I know she feels it I know she kind of like she’s just like is not good at saying what she feels And uh I’m more open. I I show more my emotions. I show more if I care, if I don’t care, if I suffer, if I don’t suffer. She she kind of closes a little bit for herself. Um but uh she’s a very strong woman to be honest. I know you have two beautiful kids together. Yeah, she we have a beautiful girl. That was the first one at the time. we were in Italy and then it came little Gonzalo when we were in England. So one, let’s say that she’s always saying that she’s half Italian and one uh that basically looks like British is white blonde um and uh one half English, let’s say, and then two full Portuguese people. I didn’t realize your celebration where you you cover your ears is for your daughter. Yeah, she covers her ears, right? Yeah, she used to do it when she was younger. She’s too old for that now. She’s a little Anna now. Very, very strong minded, very strong attitude. She has a lot from me in the terms of uh being very strong and very she’s like uh she can take care of herself very well. Is exactly like her mom. Well, I wanted to say thank you. I’m a Man United fan and hearing that you, you know, have gone through this very tumultuous period with the club where you could have gone where you’ve had many offers from many people to go and do something else and you’ve had offers where people offered you even more money and for whatever reason and I think it I now understand because I’ve understood your values that your parents instilled in you. You chose to stay and to stick with us as a club and as a fan base. So on behalf of myself and all of my friends that Man United fans and the Man Manchester United fan base, I just wanted to say a huge thank you. Loyalty is increasingly rare these days in football um because people are often thinking about other things. So as a Man United fan, thank you so much. By doing that, you’ve also taught me something as a man. You’ve also taught me what loyalty is and how you treat other people. And you’ve taught me a lesson about responsibility in my businesses, in my relationships, and in my life. And I think this is a really important lesson because there are so many young men that look up to you. And what you’ve said through the good and the bad times is that you keep on going. You keep on going. You keep on fighting. You don’t give up. You don’t quit. And it’s so great that the captain of the biggest club on earth has those values and puts those values before other things that might tempt someone with less integrity. So I just wanted to say a huge thank you. And I I also am passing that on from many of your teammates who are very very very glad that you stayed. Okay. Thank you very much. I really appreciate that. That’s very kind words from you and I hope you stay even longer because I think we’re coming into an interesting period of Manchester United where I think we have a lot of the sort of foundations in place now to to carry on. That’s what I hope so. And I think this not the club but everything in general, the fans and everyone I think really really deserve to be back to the glory days. Things have changed. I mean Inos are here now. I know the um I know quite a lot of the guys at Inos. Uh I was away in the in the tour with a couple of them during the American preseason tour and one of the things they said to me is what that when they arrived in the club there wasn’t structure. A couple of them had said to me there just wasn’t. And it’s so rare that you have this this huge gap between the manager and the ownership or the players and the ownership that usually in clubs there’s structure. They’ve I think from what I’ve heard from players they’ve put that structure in place now. How has it changed with any officers’s arrival? No, I think was first of all it was important because as you said uh not that we didn’t have a structure but was very difficult for players to understand where where they had to go to talk in certain situations that they we were not very clear we should talk with and now I think it’s very clear that you have Jason then you have Omar and then you have Sajjim I’m I’m very aware that now the structure that we have is a is a good foundation and a good base for us to understand where and what places we need to go if we need something as a club or as a players. Has it improved? We started a process with uh Reuben where we thought that would be a process of 3 four years. That was the plan of the club. Then we know that was a break in in a relationship there between the manager and the club and they had to change unfortunately. Uh and now they today they have announced that they want to go in a direction with with Michael and hopefully for me I hope that he stays stable because the main thing the club needs is stability in terms of managing because if you really believe that Michael is the guy and and you took him to the job. I think you have to give him the foundations he need to build what he thinks he needs for a successful team. At the same time, I think you brought someone in that knows what are the values of the club. And I think that’s the main thing and the most important thing that the club brings people in that know the values and know what’s needed and have a great character to be at this club. And Michael’s the guy. Yeah. Because as I said, I think he’s the is the one that uh knows the club better than any any player that here. Uh he’s being probably more time at the club. I’ve been with him as a manager, assistant manager and then manager. the way he behaves uh he shows that he has the character to be the manager of many United. I think that’s very important to have someone that in the the full process will know always where he wants to go, where he wants to be and how much he wants this club to succeed. You said to me earlier that since Michael Carrick has joined, Man United have won more points than any club in the Premier League, and that’s statistically accurate. For this to continue on and to continue going forward, obviously the sum is going to be really, really important. And I was talking to a few of the other players about this as well like Diego. What needs to happen this summer in your opinion for Manchester United to continue to move up and potentially even fight for the title? We need recruitment is is obviously we know we know like obviously we losing Casemiro there is a pal pal thing that we had. So we going to need a player to replace him. Uh either is a player that is already in the house. Either is a player that’s coming. We need to reinforce the team to become stronger as a team. not we need the best player in the world this or that. No, we need players that want to come to United to understand that we through a process that we want to win the league but it might not happen but this is the way we want to go to become the successful club that we were before. So I think the recruitment has to be the right one. We need to bring the right people in again as we did last summer. I think in that Reuben was great in the choices he made to bring the players he he did to to the club because he brought good characters, good players and good professionals also. And I think that’s very important for the next one. Bruno, we have a closing tradition on this podcast where the last guest leaves a question for the next guest not knowing who they’re leaving the question for. And the question that’s been left for you is if we sat here in 5 years time and the five years that had just passed were a huge success, what would have had to have happened? Huge success. Oh, at let’s say that I’ve I’ve won the Premier League. I’ve won the Champions League with the club and uh we’ve brought got the old we’ve brought the club back to the place he has to be in terms of club. Obviously, in 5 years time, I would like to be able to touch that’s one of the gold ones too with my national team. Of course, that’s my biggest goal in terms of career is probably the World Cup. I would say because winning the Premier League and the Champions League with this club will be amazing, but representing my nation will be always the biggest achievement I have in my career because not many players get to do that. You know like uh representing your this is when you represent your people when you represent your parents your brother, sister, wife, kids. This is you you represent that small nation inside but in size but big in quality and big in in love and and fearless a fearless country that has conquered the world many times in different ways and do it in a in in in a football way will be will be a great achievement for us irrespective of what happens here and I I very much believe that Manchester United has now the potential to go and challenge for these these trophies here because of all the hard work that has been put in by many people in this club, but also because of your loyalty. Um, irrespective of what happens, uh, you’re going to be a cult hero at this club forever. Not not not irrespective of this stuff, because I think you’ve done something which is even harder and even more rare in the modern world, which is you’ve shown tremendous loyalty, unbelievable character, you’ve shown humanity, and you’ve set an example for the club when we were at our weakest, when we needed someone to do that the most. It’s all well and good doing it when everything’s great. It’s all well and good. But doing being that committed and that loyal and setting that much of an example and continuing to run on the pitch, but also to be an exceptional human off the pitch when times are hard, I think says even more about a man. So again, on behalf of all the Man United fans, a huge huge thank you and um please sign the contract when he’s in the table. Bruno, thank you. Thank you very much. Well done. Thank you so much. Appreciate it. Thank you. Okay.